US11136597B2 - Compositions for enhancing targeted gene editing and methods of use thereof - Google Patents

Compositions for enhancing targeted gene editing and methods of use thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US11136597B2
US11136597B2 US15/434,978 US201715434978A US11136597B2 US 11136597 B2 US11136597 B2 US 11136597B2 US 201715434978 A US201715434978 A US 201715434978A US 11136597 B2 US11136597 B2 US 11136597B2
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
lys
seq
sequence
cells
ooo
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Active, expires
Application number
US15/434,978
Other languages
English (en)
Other versions
US20170283830A1 (en
Inventor
W. Mark Saltzman
Peter Glazer
Raman Bahal
Nicole Ali McNeer
Danith H. LY
Elias Quijano
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Yale University
Carnegie Mellon University
Original Assignee
Yale University
Carnegie Mellon University
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Yale University, Carnegie Mellon University filed Critical Yale University
Priority to US15/434,978 priority Critical patent/US11136597B2/en
Publication of US20170283830A1 publication Critical patent/US20170283830A1/en
Assigned to CARNEGIE MELLON UNIVERSITY reassignment CARNEGIE MELLON UNIVERSITY ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: LY, DANITH H.
Assigned to YALE UNIVERSITY reassignment YALE UNIVERSITY ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: MCNEER, Nicole Ali, BAHAL, Raman, QUIJANO, Elias, SALTZMAN, W. MARK, GLAZER, PETER
Assigned to NATIONAL SCIENCE FOUNDATION reassignment NATIONAL SCIENCE FOUNDATION CONFIRMATORY LICENSE (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: YALE UNIVERSITY
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of US11136597B2 publication Critical patent/US11136597B2/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Adjusted expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/001—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof by chemical synthesis
    • C07K14/003—Peptide-nucleic acids (PNAs)
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/87—Introduction of foreign genetic material using processes not otherwise provided for, e.g. co-transformation
    • C12N15/90—Stable introduction of foreign DNA into chromosome
    • C12N15/902—Stable introduction of foreign DNA into chromosome using homologous recombination
    • C12N15/907—Stable introduction of foreign DNA into chromosome using homologous recombination in mammalian cells
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K48/00—Medicinal preparations containing genetic material which is inserted into cells of the living body to treat genetic diseases; Gene therapy
    • A61K48/005—Medicinal preparations containing genetic material which is inserted into cells of the living body to treat genetic diseases; Gene therapy characterised by an aspect of the 'active' part of the composition delivered, i.e. the nucleic acid delivered
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/14—Particulate form, e.g. powders, Processes for size reducing of pure drugs or the resulting products, Pure drug nanoparticles
    • A61K9/16—Agglomerates; Granulates; Microbeadlets ; Microspheres; Pellets; Solid products obtained by spray drying, spray freeze drying, spray congealing,(multiple) emulsion solvent evaporation or extraction
    • A61K9/1605—Excipients; Inactive ingredients
    • A61K9/1629—Organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K9/1641—Organic macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. polyethylene glycol, poloxamers
    • A61K9/1647—Polyesters, e.g. poly(lactide-co-glycolide)
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A61P31/18—Antivirals for RNA viruses for HIV
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/10—Processes for the isolation, preparation or purification of DNA or RNA
    • C12N15/102—Mutagenizing nucleic acids
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/11—DNA or RNA fragments; Modified forms thereof; Non-coding nucleic acids having a biological activity
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/11—DNA or RNA fragments; Modified forms thereof; Non-coding nucleic acids having a biological activity
    • C12N15/111—General methods applicable to biologically active non-coding nucleic acids
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/11—DNA or RNA fragments; Modified forms thereof; Non-coding nucleic acids having a biological activity
    • C12N15/113—Non-coding nucleic acids modulating the expression of genes, e.g. antisense oligonucleotides; Antisense DNA or RNA; Triplex- forming oligonucleotides; Catalytic nucleic acids, e.g. ribozymes; Nucleic acids used in co-suppression or gene silencing
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/10—Type of nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/15—Nucleic acids forming more than 2 strands, e.g. TFOs
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/10—Type of nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/15—Nucleic acids forming more than 2 strands, e.g. TFOs
    • C12N2310/152—Nucleic acids forming more than 2 strands, e.g. TFOs on a single-stranded target, e.g. fold-back TFOs
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
    • C12N2310/31—Chemical structure of the backbone
    • C12N2310/318—Chemical structure of the backbone where the PO2 is completely replaced, e.g. MMI or formacetal
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
    • C12N2310/31—Chemical structure of the backbone
    • C12N2310/318—Chemical structure of the backbone where the PO2 is completely replaced, e.g. MMI or formacetal
    • C12N2310/3181—Peptide nucleic acid, PNA
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
    • C12N2310/33—Chemical structure of the base
    • C12N2310/334—Modified C
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
    • C12N2310/35—Nature of the modification
    • C12N2310/351—Conjugate
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
    • C12N2310/35—Nature of the modification
    • C12N2310/351—Conjugate
    • C12N2310/3519—Fusion with another nucleic acid

Definitions

  • the field of the invention is generally related to gene editing technology used in combination with a gene modification potentiating agent, and compositions and methods of use thereof for ex vivo and in vivo gene editing.
  • HSPCs hematopoietic stem/progenitor cells
  • ZFNs zinc finger nucleases
  • CRISPRs Yin, et al., Nat.
  • PNA triplex-forming peptide nucleic acid
  • PNAs have a charge-neutral peptide-like backbone and nucleobases enabling hybridization with DNA and RNA with high affinity.
  • PNA/DNA/PNA triplexes recruit the cell's endogenous DNA repair systems to initiate site-specific modification of the genome when single-stranded “donor DNAs” are co-delivered as templates containing the desired sequence modification (Rogers, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 99:16695-16700 (2002)).
  • NER nucleotide excision repair
  • HDR homology-dependent repair
  • NPs polymer nanoparticles
  • compositions and methods for improved gene editing are needed.
  • Highly elevated levels of gene editing in hematopoietic stem/progenitor cells are achieved using triplex-forming peptide nucleic acids (PNAs) substituted at the ⁇ position for increased DNA binding affinity in combination with stimulation of the stem cell factor (SCF)/c-Kit pathway.
  • PNAs triplex-forming peptide nucleic acids
  • SCF/c-Kit pathway is believed to boost DNA repair gene expression and homology-dependent repair activity as evidence shows that stimulation is correlated with elevated DNA repair, specifically increased HDR activity and increased levels of HDR gene expression, including BRCA2 and Rad51.
  • mice In a mouse model of human ⁇ -thalassemia, injection with SCF plus nanoparticles containing ⁇ PNAs and donor DNAs yielded amelioration of the disease phenotype, with clinically relevant ⁇ -globin gene correction frequencies (4% in bone marrow) and extremely low off-target effects.
  • the mice showed alleviation of anemia with sustained elevation of blood hemoglobin levels into the normal range, reduced reticulocyte counts, and reversal of splenomegaly.
  • compositions and methods for enhancing targeted gene editing and methods of use thereof are disclosed.
  • gene editing is carried out utilizing a gene editing composition such as triplex-forming oligonucleotides, CRISPR, zinc finger nucleases, TALENS, or others, in combination with a gene modification potentiating agent such as SCF, a CHK1 or ATR inhibitor, a DNA polymerase alpha inhibitor, a heat shock protein 90 inhibitor (HSP90i) or a combination thereof.
  • a particularly preferred gene editing composition is triplex-forming peptide nucleic acids (PNAs) substituted at the ⁇ position for increased DNA binding affinity.
  • Nanoparticle compositions for intracellular delivery of the gene editing composition are also provided and particularly advantageous for use with in vivo applications.
  • an exemplary method of modifying the genome of a cell can include contacting the cell with an effective amount of (i) a gene editing potentiating agent selected from the group consisting of tyrosine kinase C-kit ligands, ATR-Chk1 cell cycle checkpoint pathway inhibitors, DNA polymerase alpha inhibitors, and heat shock protein 90 inhibitors (HSP90i), and (ii) a gene editing technology that can induce genomic modification of the cell selected from the group consisting of triplex forming molecules, pseudocomplementary oligonucleotides, a CRISPR system, zinc finger nucleases (ZFN), and transcription activator-like effector nucleases (TALEN); wherein genomic modification occurs at a higher frequency in a population of cells contacted with both (i) and (ii), then in an equivalent population contacted with (ii) in the absence of (i).
  • a gene editing potentiating agent selected from the group consisting of tyrosine kinase C-kit lig
  • the method can further include contacting the cells with a donor oligonucleotide including, for example, a sequence that corrects or induces a mutation(s) in the cell's genome by insertion or recombination of the donor induced or enhanced by the gene editing technology.
  • a donor oligonucleotide including, for example, a sequence that corrects or induces a mutation(s) in the cell's genome by insertion or recombination of the donor induced or enhanced by the gene editing technology.
  • a preferred C-kit ligand is a stem cell factor protein or fragment thereof sufficient to cause dimerization of C-kit and activate its tyrosine kinase activity.
  • the C-kit ligand is a nucleic acid such as an mRNA or an expression vector encoding a stem cell factor protein or fragment thereof sufficient to cause dimerization of C-kit and activate its tyrosine kinase activity.
  • ATR-Chk1 cell cycle checkpoint pathway inhibitors are typically small molecules though they can also be inhibitory nucleic acids such as siRNA that target and reduce expression a gene in the pathway.
  • Inhibitors include, for example, AZD7762, SCH900776/MK-8776, IC83/LY2603618, LY2606368, GDC-0425, PF-00477736, XL844, CEP-3891, SAR-020106, CCT-244747, Arry-575, SB218075, Schisandrin B, NU6027, NVP-BEZ235, VE-821, VE-822 (VX-970), AZ20, AZD6738, MIRIN, KU5593, VE-821, NU7441, LCA, and L189.
  • the cell's genome has a mutation underlying a disease or disorder, for example a genetic disorder such as hemophilia, globinopathies, cystic fibrosis, xeroderma pigmentosum, muscular dystrophy, and lysosomal storage diseases.
  • the globinopathy can be sickle cell anemia or beta-thalassemia.
  • the lysosomal storage disease can be Gaucher's disease, Fabry disease, or Hurler syndrome.
  • the method induces a mutation that reduces HIV infection, for example, by reducing an activity of a cell surface receptor that facilitates entry of HIV into the cell.
  • the contacting of the compositions with the cell can occur ex vivo.
  • the ex vivo-treated cells are hematopoietic stem cells.
  • the modified cells can be administered to a subject in need thereof in an effective amount to treat one or more symptoms of a disease or disorder such as hemophilia, a globinopathy, cystic fibrosis, xeroderma pigmentosum, muscular dystrophy, a lysosomal storage disease, or HIV.
  • the potentiating agent, gene editing technology and optionally the donor oligonucleotide are administered to a subject in need thereof.
  • the compositions induce or enhance in vivo gene modification in an effective amount to reduce one or more symptoms of the disease or disorder, for example, hemophilia, a globinopathy, xeroderma pigmentosum, a lysosomal storage disease, or HIV in the subject.
  • any of the disclosed compositions including potentiating agent, gene editing technology, and/or donor oligonucleotide can be packaged together or separately in nanoparticles.
  • the nanoparticles include poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid) (PLGA) alone or in a blend with poly(beta-amino) esters (PBAEs).
  • PBAEs poly(beta-amino) esters
  • the nanoparticles include a blend of PLGA and PBAE having between about 10 and about 20 percent PBAE (wt %).
  • the nanoparticles are prepared by double emulsion.
  • the gene editing technology, the donor oligonucleotide or a combination thereof are complexed with a polycation prior to preparation of the nanoparticles.
  • Functional molecules such as targeting moieties, a cell penetrating peptides, or a combination thereof can be associated with, linked, conjugated, or otherwise attached directly or indirectly to the potentiating agent, the gene editing technology, the nanoparticle, or a combination thereof.
  • a cell penetrating peptide including the sequence GALFLGFLGAAGSTMGAWS QPKKKRKV (SEQ ID NO:12) (MPG (Synthetic chimera: SV40 Lg T. Ant.+HIV gb41 coat)) is conjugated to the surface of the nanoparticles.
  • the triplex forming molecules can be utilized in all manners of gene modification including those methods both with and without a potentiating agent.
  • the triplex forming composition typically includes a Hoogsteen binding peptide nucleic acid (PNA) segment and a Watson-Crick binding PNA segment collectively totaling no more than about 50 nucleobases in length, wherein the two segments can bind or hybridize to a target region having a polypurine stretch in a cell's genome to induce strand invasion, displacement, and formation of a triple-stranded molecule among the two PNA segments and the polypurine stretch.
  • PNA Hoogsteen binding peptide nucleic acid
  • the Hoogsteen binding segment binds to the target duplex by Hoogsteen binding for a length of at least five nucleobases
  • the Watson-Crick binding segment typically binds to the target duplex by Watson-Crick binding for a length of least five nucleobases.
  • one or more of the PNA monomers are ⁇ PNA.
  • the side chain at the ⁇ position of the ⁇ PNA monomer(s) can be, for example, the side chain of an amino acid selected from the group consisting of alanine, serine, threonine, cysteine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, methionine, proline, phenylalanine, tyrosine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, asparagine, glutamine, histidine, lysine, arginine, and the derivatives thereof.
  • the side chain at the ⁇ position of the ⁇ PNA monomer(s) is a diethylene glycol (“miniPEG”).
  • all of the peptide nucleic acid monomers in the Hoogsteen-binding portion only, all of the peptide nucleic acid monomers in the Watson-Crick-binding portion only, or all of the peptide nucleic monomers in the PNA oligomer are ⁇ PNA monomers.
  • alternating residues in the Hoogsteen-binding portion only, the Watson-Crick-binding portion only, or across the entire PNA are PNA and ⁇ PNA. Specific exemplary sequences are provided below.
  • the Hoogsteen binding segment includes one or more chemically modified cytosines selected from the group consisting of pseudocytosine, pseudoisocytosine, and 5-methylcytosine.
  • the Watson-Crick binding segment preferably includes a tail sequence of up to fifteen nucleobases that binds to the target duplex by Watson-Crick binding outside of the triplex.
  • the two segments are linked by a linker, for example, between 1 and 10 units of 8-amino-3,6-dioxaoctanoic acid.
  • FIG. 1A is a schematic showing a strategy for targeted correction of a ⁇ -globin gene IVS2-654 (C ⁇ T) mutation in ⁇ -globin/GFP transgenic mice using triplex-forming tail clamp PNAs (tcPNAs) and donor DNAs.
  • FIG. 1B is an illustration showing tcPNA and ⁇ tcPNA oligomers (SEQ ID NOS:33-35, 162, and 158, respectively) designed to bind to the homopurine regions within intron 2 of the human ⁇ -globin gene in the vicinity of the thalassemia-associated mutation IVS2-654 (C ⁇ T), and a scrambled control sequence (SEQ ID NO:158).
  • FIG. 1A is a schematic showing a strategy for targeted correction of a ⁇ -globin gene IVS2-654 (C ⁇ T) mutation in ⁇ -globin/GFP transgenic mice using triplex-forming tail clamp PNAs (tcPNAs) and donor DNAs.
  • FIG. 1B
  • FIG. 1C is the chemical structures of DNA, unmodified PNA and miniPEG gamma PNA ( MP ⁇ PNA) units.
  • FIG. 1D is a bar graph showing gene correction of the IVS2-654 (C ⁇ T) mutation within the ⁇ -globin/GFP fusion gene in mouse bone marrow cells treated ex vivo with blank NPs and NPs containing donor DNA (SEQ ID NO:65) alone or in combination with tcPNA3 (SEQ ID NO:35), tcPNA2 (SEQ ID NO:34), or tcPNA1 (SEQ ID NO:33).
  • the % GFP+ cells among mouse bone marrow cells was determined by flow cytometry and indicates successful gene editing.
  • FIG. 1E is a line graph showing release of total nucleic acids (PNAs in combination with donor DNA (SEQ ID NO:65): ⁇ tcPNA4 (SEQ ID NO:162), tcPNA1 (SEQ ID NO:33), tcPNA2 (SEQ ID NO:34), tcPNA3 (SEQ ID NO:35) or ⁇ tcPNA4-Scr (SEQ ID NO:158); or DNA donor (SEQ ID NO:65) alone) from PLGA nanoparticles during incubation at 37° C. in PBS.
  • donor DNA SEQ ID NO:65
  • FIG. 1F is a bar graph showing % GFP+ cells determined by flow cytometry among mouse bone marrow cells (from ⁇ -globin/GFP transgenic mice) after ex vivo treatment with PLGA NPs containing tcPNA1 (SEQ ID NO:33), ⁇ tcPNA4 (SEQ ID NO:162), or ⁇ tcPNA4-Scr (SEQ ID NO:158) plus donor DNAs (SEQ ID NO:65). Replicates and statistics as above for FIG. 1D .
  • 1H is a bar graph showing the results of a comet assay to measure DNA breaks in NP-treated bone marrow cells.
  • Cells were treated with NPs containing either tcPNA1/donor DNA (SEQ ID NOS:33 and 65), ⁇ tcPNA4/donor DNA (SEQ ID NOS:162 and 65), or bleomycin/donor DNA (SEQ ID NO:65), as indicated.
  • FIG. 2A is a bar graph showing % GFP expression in treated mouse bone marrow cells based on selected hematopoietic cell surface markers.
  • FIG. 2C is a bar graph showing % GFP expressing CD117+ cells from ⁇ -globin/GFP transgenic mice after ex vivo treatment with NPs containing ⁇ tcPNA4/donor DNA (SEQ ID NOS:162 and 65) with or without prior treatment with the c-Kit ligand, SCF.
  • FIG. 2D is a bar graph showing % GFP expressing CD117+ cells isolated from ⁇ -globin/GFP transgenic mice after ex vivo treatment with NPs containing ⁇ tcPNA4/donor DNA (SEQ ID NOS:162 and 65) in the presence or absence of selected c-Kit pathway kinase inhibitors: dasatinib (inhibits c-Kit), MEK162 (inhibits mitogen/extracellular signal-regulated kinase, MEK) and BKM120 (inhibits phosphatidylinositol-3-kinase, PI3K).
  • FIGS. 2E and 2F are bar graphs showing qPCR determination of mRNA expression levels of BRCA2 (2E) and Rad51 (2I) in CD117- and CD117+ cells.
  • FIG. 2G is a heat map showing up-regulated genes involved in DNA repair pathways in CD117+ cells with or without treatment with SCF; rows are clustered by Euclidean distance measure.
  • 2H is a bar graph showing the results of a gene assay for homology-dependent repair (HDR) activity in the presence or absence of selected c-Kit pathway kinase inhibitors: dasatinib (inhibits c-Kit), MEK162 (inhibits mitogen/extracellular signal-regulated kinase, MEK) and BKM120 (inhibits phosphatidylinositol-3-kinase, PI3K).
  • dasatinib inhibits c-Kit
  • MEK162 inhibits mitogen/extracellular signal-regulated kinase
  • BKM120 inhibitors phosphatidylinositol-3-kinase, PI3K
  • Inset shows a diagram of the luciferase reporter gene assay for repair of a nuclease-induced double-strand break by homology-dependent repair (HDR).
  • FIGS. 3A and 3B are dot plots showing frequencies of gene editing (GFP expression) in bone marrow ( 3 A) and spleen ( 3 B) cells from ⁇ -globin/GFP transgenic mice (6 mice per group) injected or not (as indicated) with 15.6 ⁇ g of SCF i.p. followed by a single treatment of 4 mg of NPs injected intravenously.
  • Each group received either blank NPs or NPs containing ⁇ tcPNA4 and donor DNA (SEQ ID NOS:162 and 65), with or without SCF and were harvested and analysed two days later. Each data point represents analysis of cells from a single mouse.
  • Statistical analyses were performed using student's t-test: asterisk, p ⁇ 0.05.
  • 3C is a bar graph showing the results of deep-sequencing analysis to quantify the frequency of targeted gene editing (% modification frequency IVS2-654 (T ⁇ C)) in vivo in CD117+ cells from bone marrow and spleen of ⁇ -globin/GFP mice treated as described for FIGS. 3A and 3B . Error bars indicate standard error of proportions.
  • FIGS. 4A-4C are line graphs showing blood hemoglobin levels (g/dl) of thalassemic mice treated with blank NPs, SCF plus scrambled ⁇ tcPNA4-Scr/donor DNA (SEQ ID NOS:158 and 65) NPs, or with SCF plus ⁇ tcPNA4/donor DNA (SEQ ID NOS:162 and 65) NPs performed at the indicated times after treatment. Each line represents an individual mouse followed over time.
  • FIG. 4D is a bar graph showing reticulocyte counts (% of total RBCs) calculated in blood smears from thalassemic mice treated with either blank NPs or with NPs containing ⁇ tcPNA4/donor DNA (SEQ ID NOS:162 and 65) plus SCF on days 0 and 36 post treatment.
  • FIG. 4E is a bar graphs showing the % gene modification (T ⁇ C) as determined by deep-sequencing analysis of genomic DNA from bone marrow cells after treatment of thalassemic mice with either blank NPs or with NPs containing and ⁇ tcPNA4/donor DNA (SEQ ID NOS:162 and 65) plus SCF.
  • FIG. 5A is a flow diagram illustrating a GFP/beta globin gene correction assay.
  • FIG. 5B is a bar graph showing gene correction of cells treated with nanoparticles containing tcPNA1 (SEQ ID NO:191) and donor DNA (SEQ ID NO:65) alone, or in combination with an ataxia telangiectasia and Rad3-related protein (ATR) pathway inhibitor (MIRIN, KU5593, VE-821, NU7441, LCA, or L189).
  • ATR ataxia telangiectasia and Rad3-related protein pathway inhibitor
  • 5C is a bar graph showing gene correction of cells treated with nanoparticles containing tcPNA1 (SEQ ID NO:191) and donor DNA (SEQ ID NO:65) alone, or in combination with a Checkpoint Kinase 1 inhibitor (Chk1i) (SB218075), a DNA polymerase alpha inhibitor (Aphi) (aphidicolin) or a polyADP ribose polymerase (PARPi) (AZD-2281 (olaparib)).
  • Chk1i Checkpoint Kinase 1 inhibitor
  • Aphi DNA polymerase alpha inhibitor
  • PARPi polyADP ribose polymerase
  • 5D is a bar graph showing gene correction of control (blank), and cells treated with nanoparticles containing tcPNA1 (SEQ ID NO:191) and donor DNA (SEQ ID NO:76) alone, or in combination with a heat shock protein 90 inhibitor (HSP90i) (STA-9090 (ganetespib)).
  • HSP90i heat shock protein 90 inhibitor
  • FIG. 6A is an illustration of a Sickle Cell Disease mutation (GAG ⁇ GTG) in the human beta globin gene, relative to the ATG transcriptional start site and exemplary tcPNAs.
  • FIG. 6B shows the sequences of exemplary PNAs: tcPNA1: lys-lys-lys-JJTJTTJ-OOO-CTTCTCCAAAGGAGT-lys-lys-lys (SEQ ID NO:66); tcPNA2: lys-lys-lys-TTJJTJT-OOO-TCTCCTTAAACCTGT-lys-lys-lys (SEQ ID NO:67); and tcPNA3: lys-lys-lys-TJTJTTJT-OOO-TCTTCTCTGTCTCCAC-lys-lys-lys (SEQ ID NO:68).
  • FIG. 6C shows the sequence of a DNA donor (SEQ ID NO:64).
  • FIG. 7A is a bar graph showing the results of a MQAE (N-(Ethoxycarbonylmethyl)-6-Methoxyquinolinium Bromide) assay (delta(AFU)/(delta(Time (sec)) measuring chloride flux for negative control CFBE cells; CFBE cells treated with blank nanoparticles, PNA2: lys-lys-lys-TJTJJTTT-OOO-TTTCCTCTATGGGTAAG-lys-lys-lys (SEQ ID NO:93)-loaded nanoparticles, PNA2 (SEQ ID NO:93)-loaded nanoparticles with an MPG peptide, ⁇ PNA2 lys-lys-lys- T J T JJ T T T -OOO-TTTCCTCTATGGGTAAG-lys-lys-lys (SEQ ID NO:69)-loaded nanoparticles; and untreated positive control wildtype 16HBE14o-cells.
  • MQAE N-(E
  • FIG. 7B is a dot pot showing nasal potential difference (NPD) (pretreatment, after treatment with ⁇ PNA2 (SEQ ID NO:69)-loaded nanoparticles, and after treatment with blank nanoparticles) measured using a non-invasive assay used to detect chloride potential differences in vivo.
  • NPD nasal potential difference
  • FIG. 8A is an illustration of a mutation (G ⁇ A) in the CFTR gene (W1282X) relative to three exemplary tcPNAs.
  • FIG. 8B provides the sequences of the tcPNAs: CF-1236 lys-lys-lys-JTTJJTJTTT-OOO-TTTCTCCTTCAGTGTTCA-lys-lys-lys (SEQ ID NO:169), CF-1314 lys-lys-lys-TTTTJJT-OOO-TCCTTTTGCTCACCTGTGGT-lys-lys-lys (SEQ ID NO:170), and CF-1329: lys-lys-lys-lys-TJTTTTTTJJ-OOO-CCTTTTTTCTGGCTAAGT-lys-lys-lys (SEQ ID NO:171).
  • FIG. 8C provides the sequence of an exemplary donor DNA: T(s)C(s)T(s)TGGGATTCAATAAC C TTGCA G ACAGTGGAGGAAGGCCTT TGG C GTGATACCACAGG-(s)T(s)G(s) (SEQ ID NO:109).
  • FIG. 9A is an illustration of a mutation (G ⁇ T) in the CFTR gene (G542X) relative to three exemplary tcPNAs.
  • FIG. 9B provides the sequences of the tcPNAs: CF-302 lys-lys-lys-TJTTTTT-OOO-TTTTTCTGTAATTTTTAA-lys-lys-lys (SEQ ID NO:172), CF-529 lys-lys-lys-lys-TJTJTTTJT-OOO-TCTTTCTCTGCAAACTT-lys-lys-lys-lys (SEQ ID NO:173), and CF-586 lys-lys-lys-TTTJTTT-OOO-TTTCTTTAAGAACGAGCA-lys-lys-lys (SEQ ID NO:174).
  • FIG. 9C provides the sequence of an exemplary donor DNA: T(s)C(s)C(s)-AAGTTTGCAGAGAAAGA T AATATAGT C CTT G GAGAAGG A GGAATCA C C CTGAGTGGA-G(s)G(s)T(s) (SEQ ID NO:124).
  • FIG. 10A is an illustration of Strategy for targeted correction of a ⁇ -globin gene containing SCD mutation (A ⁇ T) mutation and tcPNAs designed to bind to homopurine regions near the mutation.
  • FIGS. 10D-10E are bar graphs showing the results of deep-sequencing analysis to quantify the frequency of targeted gene editing in vivo in bone marrow cells of Berkley “Berk” mice ( FIG. 10D ) and Townes mice ( FIG. 10E ). Error bars indicate standard error of proportions.
  • affinity tags are defined herein as molecular species which form highly specific, non-covalent, physiochemical interactions with defined binding partners. Affinity tags which form highly specific, non-covalent, physiochemical interactions with one another are defined herein as “complementary”.
  • coupling agents are defined herein as molecular entities which associate with polymeric nanoparticles and provide substrates that facilitate the modular assembly and disassembly of functional elements onto the nanoparticle.
  • Coupling agents can be conjugated to affinity tags. Affinity tags allow for flexible assembly and disassembly of functional elements which are conjugated to affinity tags that form highly specific, noncovalent, physiochemical interactions with affinity tags conjugated to adaptor elements. Coupling agents can also be covalently coupled to functional elements in the absence of affinity tags.
  • isolated describes a compound of interest (e.g., either a polynucleotide or a polypeptide) that is in an environment different from that in which the compound naturally occurs, e.g., separated from its natural milieu such as by concentrating a peptide to a concentration at which it is not found in nature. “Isolated” is meant to include compounds that are within samples that are substantially enriched for the compound of interest and/or in which the compound of interest is partially or substantially purified.
  • isolated includes any non-naturally-occurring nucleic acid sequence, since such non-naturally-occurring sequences are not found in nature and do not have immediately contiguous sequences in a naturally-occurring genome.
  • the term “host cell” refers to prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells into which a nucleic acid can be introduced.
  • transformed and transfected encompass the introduction of a nucleic acid into a cell by one of a number of techniques known in the art.
  • a molecule “specifically binds” to a target refers to a binding reaction which is determinative of the presence of the molecule in the presence of a heterogeneous population of other biologics.
  • a specified molecule binds preferentially to a particular target and does not bind in a significant amount to other biologics present in the sample.
  • Specific binding of an antibody to a target under such conditions requires the antibody be selected for its specificity to the target.
  • a variety of immunoassay formats may be used to select antibodies specifically immunoreactive with a particular protein. For example, solid-phase ELISA immunoassays are routinely used to select monoclonal antibodies specifically immunoreactive with a protein.
  • Specific binding between two entities means an affinity of at least 10 6 , 10 7 , 10 8 , 10 9 , or 10 10 M ⁇ 1 . Affinities greater than 10 8 M ⁇ 1 are preferred.
  • targeting molecule is a substance which can direct a nanoparticle to a receptor site on a selected cell or tissue type, can serve as an attachment molecule, or serve to couple or attach another molecule.
  • direct refers to causing a molecule to preferentially attach to a selected cell or tissue type. This can be used to direct cellular materials, molecules, or drugs, as discussed below.
  • antibody or “immunoglobulin” are used to include intact antibodies and binding fragments thereof. Typically, fragments compete with the intact antibody from which they were derived for specific binding to an antigen fragment including separate heavy chains, light chains Fab, Fab′ F(ab′)2, Fabc, and Fv. Fragments are produced by recombinant DNA techniques, or by enzymatic or chemical separation of intact immunoglobulins.
  • antibody also includes one or more immunoglobulin chains that are chemically conjugated to, or expressed as, fusion proteins with other proteins.
  • antibody also includes a bispecific antibody. A bispecific or bifunctional antibody is an artificial hybrid antibody having two different heavy/light chain pairs and two different binding sites.
  • Bispecific antibodies can be produced by a variety of methods including fusion of hybridomas or linking of Fab′ fragments. See, e.g., Songsivilai and Lachmann, Clin. Exp. Immunol., 79:315-321 (1990); Kostelny, et al., J. Immunol., 148, 1547-1553 (1992).
  • epitope or “antigenic determinant” refer to a site on an antigen to which B and/or T cells respond.
  • B-cell epitopes can be formed both from contiguous amino acids or noncontiguous amino acids juxtaposed by tertiary folding of a protein.
  • Epitopes formed from contiguous amino acids are typically retained on exposure to denaturing solvents whereas epitopes formed by tertiary folding are typically lost on treatment with denaturing solvents.
  • An epitope typically includes at least 3, and more usually, at least 5 or 8-10, amino acids, in a unique spatial conformation. Methods of determining spatial conformation of epitopes include, for example, x-ray crystallography and 2-dimensional nuclear magnetic resonance. See, e.g., Epitope Mapping Protocols in Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 66, Glenn E. Morris, Ed. (1996).
  • Antibodies that recognize the same epitope can be identified in a simple immunoassay showing the ability of one antibody to block the binding of another antibody to a target antigen.
  • T-cells recognize continuous epitopes of about nine amino acids for CD8 cells or about 13-15 amino acids for CD4 cells.
  • T cells that recognize the epitope can be identified by in vitro assays that measure antigen-dependent proliferation, as determined by 3 H-thymidine incorporation by primed T cells in response to an epitope (Burke, et al., J. Inf. Dis., 170:1110-19 (1994)), by antigen-dependent killing (cytotoxic T lymphocyte assay, Tigges, et al., J. Immunol., 156, 3901-3910) or by cytokine secretion.
  • small molecule generally refers to an organic molecule that is less than about 2000 g/mol in molecular weight, less than about 1500 g/mol, less than about 1000 g/mol, less than about 800 g/mol, or less than about 500 g/mol. Small molecules are non-polymeric and/or non-oligomeric.
  • carrier or “excipient” refers to an organic or inorganic ingredient, natural or synthetic inactive ingredient in a formulation, with which one or more active ingredients are combined.
  • the term “pharmaceutically acceptable” means a non-toxic material that does not interfere with the effectiveness of the biological activity of the active ingredients.
  • the terms “effective amount” or “therapeutically effective amount” means a dosage sufficient to alleviate one or more symptoms of a disorder, disease, or condition being treated, or to otherwise provide a desired pharmacologic and/or physiologic effect.
  • the precise dosage will vary according to a variety of factors such as subject-dependent variables (e.g., age, immune system health, etc.), the disease or disorder being treated, as well as the route of administration and the pharmacokinetics of the agent being administered.
  • prevention means to administer a composition to a subject or a system at risk for or having a predisposition for one or more symptom caused by a disease or disorder to cause cessation of a particular symptom of the disease or disorder, a reduction or prevention of one or more symptoms of the disease or disorder, a reduction in the severity of the disease or disorder, the complete ablation of the disease or disorder, stabilization or delay of the development or progression of the disease or disorder.
  • compositions and methods of increasing the efficacy of gene editing technology are provided.
  • a “gene editing potentiating factor” or “gene editing potentiating agent” or “potentiating factor or “potentiating agent” refers a compound that increases the efficacy of editing (e.g., mutation, including insertion, deletion, substitution, etc.) of a gene, genome, or other nucleic acid) by a gene editing technology relative to use of the gene editing technology in the absence of the compound.
  • Preferred gene editing technologies suitable for use alone or more preferably in combination with the disclosed potentiating factors are discussed in more detail below.
  • the gene editing technology is a triplex-forming ⁇ PNA and donor DNA, optionally, but preferably in a nanoparticle composition.
  • Potentiating factors include, for example, DNA damage or repair-stimulating or -potentiating factors.
  • the factor is one that engages one or more endogenous high fidelity DNA repair pathways.
  • the factor is one that increases expression of Rad51, BRCA2, or a combination thereof.
  • the preferred methods typically include contacting cells with an effective amount of a gene editing potentiating factor.
  • the contacting can occur ex vivo, for example isolated cells, or in vivo following, for example, administration of the potentiating factor to a subject.
  • the factor is an activator of the receptor tyrosine kinase c-Kit.
  • CD117 also known as mast/stem cell growth factor receptor or proto-oncogene c-Kit protein
  • CD117 is a receptor tyrosine kinase expressed on the surface of hematopoietic stem and progenitor cells as well as other cell types.
  • Stem cell factor (SCF) the ligand for c-Kit, causes dimerization of the receptor and activates its tyrosine kinase activity to trigger downstream signaling pathways that can impact survival, proliferation, and differentiation.
  • SCF and c-Kit are reviewed in Lennartsson and Ronnstrand, Physiological Reviews, 92(4):1619-1649 (2012)).
  • the human SCF gene encodes for a 273 amino acid transmembrane protein, which contains a 25 amino acid N-terminal signal sequence, a 189 amino acid extracellular domain, a 23 amino acid transmembrane domain, and a 36 amino acid cytoplasmic domain.
  • a canonical human SCF amino acid sequence is:
  • the secreted soluble form of SCF is generated by proteolytic processing of the membrane-anchored precursor.
  • a cleaved, secreted soluble form of human SCF is underlined in SEQ ID NO:1, which corresponds to SEQ ID NO:2 without the N-terminal methionine.
  • Murine and rat SCF are fully active on human cells.
  • a canonical mouse SCF amino acid sequence is:
  • a cleaved, secreted soluble form of mouse SCF is underlined in SEQ ID NO:3, which corresponds to SEQ ID NO:4 without the N-terminal methionine.
  • a canonical mouse SCF amino acid sequence is:
  • a cleaved, secreted soluble form of rat SCF is underlined in SEQ ID NO:5, which corresponds to SEQ ID NO:6 without the N-terminal methionine.
  • the factor is a SCF such as any of SEQ ID NO:1-6, with or without the N-terminal methionine, or a functional fragment thereof, or a variant thereof with at least 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, or more sequence identity to any one of SEQ ID NO:1-6.
  • SCF can be administered to cells or a subject as SCF protein, or as a nucleic acid encoding SCF (transcribed RNA, DNA, DNA in an expression vector).
  • nucleic acid sequences including RNA (e.g., mRNA) and DNA sequences, encoding SEQ ID NOS:1-6 are also provided, both alone and inserted into expression cassettes and vectors.
  • a sequence encoding SCF can be incorporated into an autonomously replicating plasmid, a virus (e.g., a retrovirus, lentivirus, adenovirus, or herpes virus), or into the genomic DNA of a prokaryote or eukaryote.
  • SCF erythropoietin
  • GM-CSF GM-CSF
  • EGF especially for epithelial cells; lung epithelia for cystic fibrosis
  • hepatocyte growth factor etc.
  • gene editing is enhanced in specific cell types using cytokines targeted to these cell types.
  • the potentiating factor is a replication modulator that can, for example, manipulate replication progression and/or replication forks.
  • the ATR-Chk1 cell cycle checkpoint pathway has numerous roles in protecting cells from DNA damage and stalled replication, one of the most prominent being control of the cell cycle and prevention of premature entry into mitosis (Thompson and Eastman, Br J Clin Pharmacol., 76(3): 358-369 (2013), Smith, et al., Adv Cancer Res., 108:73-112 (2010)).
  • Chk1 also contributes to the stabilization of stalled replication forks, the control of replication origin firing and replication fork progression, and homologous recombination.
  • DNA polymerase alpha also known as Pol ⁇ is an enzyme complex found in eukaryotes that is involved in initiation of DNA replication.
  • Hsp90 heat shock protein 90
  • Hsp90 heat shock protein 90
  • the potentiating factor is a CHK1 or ATR pathway inhibitor, a DNA polymerase alpha inhibitor, or an HSP90 inhibitor.
  • the inhibitor can be a functional nucleic acid, for example siRNA, miRNA, aptamers, ribozymes, triplex forming molecules, RNAi, or external guide sequences that targets CHK1, ATR, or another molecule in the ATR-Chk1 cell cycle checkpoint pathway; DNA polymerase alpha; or HSP90 and reduces expression or active of ATR, CHK1, DNA polymerase alpha, or HSP90.
  • a functional nucleic acid for example siRNA, miRNA, aptamers, ribozymes, triplex forming molecules, RNAi, or external guide sequences that targets CHK1, ATR, or another molecule in the ATR-Chk1 cell cycle checkpoint pathway; DNA polymerase alpha; or HSP90 and reduces expression or active of ATR, CHK1, DNA polymerase alpha, or HSP90.
  • the inhibitor is a small molecule.
  • the potentiating factor can be a small molecule inhibitor of ATR-Chk1 Cell Cycle Checkpoint Pathway Inhibitor.
  • Such inhibitors are known in the art, and many have been tested in clinical trials for the treatment of cancer.
  • Exemplary CHK1 inhibitors include, but are not limited to, AZD7762, SCH900776/MK-8776, IC83/LY2603618, LY2606368, GDC-0425, PF-00477736, XL844, CEP-3891, SAR-020106, CCT-244747, Arry-575 (Thompson and Eastman, Br J Clin Pharmacol., 76(3): 358-369 (2013)), and SB218075.
  • Exemplary ATR pathway inhibitors include, but are not limited to Schisandrin B, NU6027, NVP-BEZ235, VE-821, VE-822 (VX-970), AZ20, AZD6738, MIRIN, KU5593, VE-821, NU7441, LCA, and L189 (Weber and Ryan, Pharmacology & Therapeutics, 149:124-138 (2015)).
  • the potentiating factor is a DNA polymerase alpha inhibitor, such as aphidicolin.
  • the potentiating factor is a heat shock protein 90 inhibitor (HSP90i) such as STA-9090 (ganetespib).
  • HSP90 inhibitors include, but are not limited to, benzoquinone ansamycin antibiotics such as geldanamycin (GA); 17-AAG (17-Allylamino-17-demethoxy-geldanamycin); 17-DMAG (17-dimethylaminoethylamino-17-demethoxy-geldanamycin) (Alvespimycin); IPI-504 (Retaspimycin); and AUY922 (Tatokoro, et al., EXCLI J., 14:48-58 (2015)).
  • Gene editing technologies can be used alone or preferably in combination with a potentiating agent.
  • Exemplary gene editing technologies include, but are not limited to, triplex-forming, pseudocomplementary oligonucleotides, CRISPR/Cas, zinc finger nucleases, and TALENs, each of which are discussed in more detail below.
  • some gene editing technologies are used in combination with a donor oligonucleotide.
  • the gene editing technology is the donor oligonucleotide, which can be used be used alone to modify genes.
  • Strategies include, but are not limited to, small fragment homologous replacement (e.g., polynucleotide small DNA fragments (SDFs)), single-stranded oligodeoxynucleotide-mediated gene modification (e.g., ssODN/SSOs) and other described in Sargent, Oligonucleotides, 21(2): 55-75 (2011)), and elsewhere.
  • SDFs polynucleotide small DNA fragments
  • ssODN/SSOs single-stranded oligodeoxynucleotide-mediated gene modification
  • Other suitable gene editing technologies include, but are not limited to intron encoded meganucleases that are engineered to change their target specificity. See, e.g., Arnould, et al., Protein Eng. Des. Sel., 24(1-2):27-31 (2011)).
  • compositions containing “triplex-forming molecules,” that bind to duplex DNA in a sequence-specific manner to form a triple-stranded structure include, but are not limited to, triplex-forming oligonucleotides (TFOs), peptide nucleic acids (PNA), and “tail clamp” PNA (tcPNA).
  • TFOs triplex-forming oligonucleotides
  • PNA peptide nucleic acids
  • tcPNA tail clamp PNA
  • the triplex-forming molecules can be used to induce site-specific homologous recombination in mammalian cells when combined with donor DNA molecules.
  • the donor DNA molecules can contain mutated nucleic acids relative to the target DNA sequence. This is useful to activate, inactivate, or otherwise alter the function of a polypeptide or protein encoded by the targeted duplex DNA.
  • Triplex-forming molecules include triplex-forming oligonucleotides and peptide nucleic acids. Triplex forming molecules are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,962,426, 6,303,376, 7,078,389, 7,279,463, 8,658,608, U.S. Published Application Nos.
  • triplex forming molecules are typically single-stranded oligonucleotides that bind to polypyrimidine:polypurine target motif in a double stranded nucleic acid molecule to form a triple-stranded nucleic acid molecule.
  • the single-stranded oligonucleotide typically includes a sequence substantially complementary to the polypurine strand of the polypyrimidine:polypurine target motif.
  • TFOs Triplex-Forming Oligonucleotides
  • TFOs Triplex-forming oligonucleotides
  • the oligonucleotides are synthetic or isolated nucleic acid molecules which selectively bind to or hybridize with a predetermined target sequence, target region, or target site within or adjacent to a human gene so as to form a triple-stranded structure.
  • the oligonucleotide is a single-stranded nucleic acid molecule between 7 and 40 nucleotides in length, most preferably 10 to 20 nucleotides in length for in vitro mutagenesis and 20 to 30 nucleotides in length for in vivo mutagenesis.
  • the base composition may be homopurine or homopyrimidine.
  • the base composition may be polypurine or polypyrimidine.
  • other compositions are also useful.
  • oligonucleotides are preferably generated using known DNA synthesis procedures. In one embodiment, oligonucleotides are generated synthetically. Oligonucleotides can also be chemically modified using standard methods that are well known in the art.
  • the nucleotide sequence of the oligonucleotides is selected based on the sequence of the target sequence, the physical constraints imposed by the need to achieve binding of the oligonucleotide within the major groove of the target region, and the need to have a low dissociation constant (K d ) for the oligonucleotide/target sequence.
  • the oligonucleotides have a base composition which is conducive to triple-helix formation and is generated based on one of the known structural motifs for third strand binding. The most stable complexes are formed on polypurine:polypyrimidine elements, which are relatively abundant in mammalian genomes.
  • Triplex formation by TFOs can occur with the third strand oriented either parallel or anti-parallel to the purine strand of the duplex.
  • the triplets are G.G:C and A.A:T
  • the canonical triplets are C + .G:C and T.A:T.
  • the triplex structures are stabilized by two Hoogsteen hydrogen bonds between the bases in the TFO strand and the purine strand in the duplex.
  • the oligonucleotide binds to or hybridizes to the target sequence under conditions of high stringency and specificity. Most preferably, the oligonucleotides bind in a sequence-specific manner within the major groove of duplex DNA. Reaction conditions for in vitro triple helix formation of an oligonucleotide probe or primer to a nucleic acid sequence vary from oligonucleotide to oligonucleotide, depending on factors such as oligonucleotide length, the number of G:C and A:T base pairs, and the composition of the buffer utilized in the hybridization reaction. An oligonucleotide substantially complementary, based on the third strand binding code, to the target region of the double-stranded nucleic acid molecule is preferred.
  • a triplex forming molecule is said to be substantially complementary to a target region when the oligonucleotide has a heterocyclic base composition which allows for the formation of a triple-helix with the target region.
  • an oligonucleotide is substantially complementary to a target region even when there are non-complementary bases present in the oligonucleotide.
  • structural motifs available which can be used to determine the nucleotide sequence of a substantially complementary oligonucleotide.
  • PNA Peptide Nucleic Acids
  • the triplex-forming molecules are peptide nucleic acids (PNAs).
  • Peptide nucleic acids are molecules in which the phosphate backbone of oligonucleotides is replaced in its entirety by repeating N-(2-aminoethyl)-glycine units and phosphodiester bonds are replaced by peptide bonds.
  • the various heterocyclic bases are linked to the backbone by methylene carbonyl bonds.
  • PNAs maintain spacing of heterocyclic bases that are similar to oligonucleotides, but are achiral and neutrally charged molecules.
  • Peptide nucleic acids are comprised of peptide nucleic acid monomers.
  • the heterocyclic bases can be any of the standard bases (uracil, thymine, cytosine, adenine and guanine) or any of the modified heterocyclic bases described below.
  • PNAs can bind to DNA via Watson-Crick hydrogen bonds, but with binding affinities significantly higher than those of a corresponding nucleotide composed of DNA or RNA.
  • the neutral backbone of PNAs decreases electrostatic repulsion between the PNA and target DNA phosphates.
  • PNAs can mediate strand invasion of duplex DNA resulting in displacement of one DNA strand to form a D-loop.
  • Highly stable triplex PNA:DNA:PNA structures can be formed from a homopurine DNA strand and two PNA strands.
  • the two PNA strands may be two separate PNA molecules, or two PNA molecules linked together by a linker of sufficient flexibility to form a single bis-PNA molecule.
  • the PNA molecule(s) forms a triplex “clamp” with one of the strands of the target duplex while displacing the other strand of the duplex target.
  • one strand forms Watson-Crick base pairs with the DNA strand in the anti-parallel orientation (the Watson-Crick binding portion), whereas the other strand forms Hoogsteen base pairs to the DNA strand in the parallel orientation (the Hoogsteen binding portion).
  • a homopurine strand allows formation of a stable PNA/DNA/PNA triplex.
  • PNA clamps can form at shorter homopurine sequences than those required by triplex-forming oligonucleotides (TFOs) and also do so with greater stability.
  • Suitable molecules for use in linkers of bis-PNA molecules include, but are not limited to, 8-amino-3,6-dioxaoctanoic acid, referred to as an O-linker, and 6-aminohexanoic acid.
  • Poly(ethylene) glycol monomers can also be used in bis-PNA linkers.
  • a bis-PNA linker can contain multiple linker molecule monomers in any combination.
  • PNAs can also include other positively charged moieties to increase the solubility of the PNA and increase the affinity of the PNA for duplex DNA.
  • Commonly used positively charged moieties include the amino acids lysine and arginine, although other positively charged moieties may also be useful. Lysine and arginine residues can be added to a bis-PNA linker or can be added to the carboxy or the N-terminus of a PNA strand.
  • triplex-forming molecules include a “tail” added to the end of the Watson-Crick binding portion. Adding additional nucleobases, known as a “tail” or “tail clamp”, to the Watson-Crick binding portion that bind to the target strand outside the triple helix further reduces the requirement for a polypurine:polypyrimidine stretch and increases the number of potential target sites.
  • the tail is most typically added to the end of the Watson-Crick binding sequence furthest from the linker.
  • This molecule therefore mediates a mode of binding to DNA that encompasses both triplex and duplex formation (Kaihatsu, et al., Biochemistry, 42(47):13996-4003 (2003); Bentin, et al., Biochemistry, 42(47):13987-95 (2003)).
  • the triplex-forming molecules are tail clamp PNA (tcPNA)
  • the PNA/DNA/PNA triple helix portion and the PNA/DNA duplex portion both produce displacement of the pyrimidine-rich strand, creating an altered helical structure that strongly provokes the nucleotide excision repair pathway and activating the site for recombination with a donor DNA molecule (Rogers, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA., 99(26):16695-700 (2002)).
  • Tails added to clamp PNAs (sometimes referred to as bis-PNAs) form tail-clamp PNAs (referred to as tcPNAs) that have been described by Kaihatsu, et al., Biochemistry, 42(47):13996-4003 (2003); Bentin, et al., Biochemistry, 42(47):13987-95 (2003).
  • tcPNAs are known to bind to DNA more efficiently due to low dissociation constants.
  • the addition of the tail also increases binding specificity and binding stringency of the triplex-foiming molecules to the target duplex. It has also been found that the addition of a tail to clamp PNA improves the frequency of recombination of the donor oligonucleotide at the target site compared to PNA without the tail.
  • PNAs can also include other positively charged moieties to increase the solubility of the PNA and increase the affinity of the PNA for duplex DNA.
  • Commonly used positively charged moieties include the amino acids lysine and arginine, although other positively charged moieties may also be useful. Lysine and arginine residues can be added to a bis-PNA linker or can be added to the carboxy or the N-terminus of a PNA strand.
  • Common modifications to PNA are discussed in Sugiyama and Kittaka, Molecules, 18:287-310 (2013)) and Sahu, et al., J. Org.
  • the some or all of the PNA monomers are modified at the gamma position in the polyamide backbone ( ⁇ PNAs) as illustrated below (wherein “B” is a nucleobase and “R” is a substitution at the gamma position).
  • miniPEG One class of ⁇ substitution, is miniPEG, but other residues and side chains can be considered, and even mixed substitutions can be used to tune the properties of the oligomers.
  • “MiniPEG” and “MP” refers to diethylene glycol.
  • MiniPEG-containing ⁇ PNAs are conformationally preorganized PNAs that exhibit superior hybridization properties and water solubility as compared to the original PNA design and other chiral ⁇ PNAs.
  • ⁇ PNAs prepared from L-amino acids adopt a right-handed helix, while those prepared from D-amino acids adopt a left-handed helix; however, only the right-handed helical ⁇ PNAs hybridize to DNA or RNA with high affinity and sequence selectivity.
  • some or all of the PNA monomers are miniPEG-containing ⁇ PNAs (Sahu, et al., J. Org. Chem., 76, 5614-5627 (2011).
  • tcPNAs are prepared wherein every other PNA monomer on the Watson-Crick binding side of the linker is a miniPEG-containing ⁇ PNA. Accordingly, the tail clamp side of the PNA has alternating PNA and miniPEG-containing ⁇ PNA monomers.
  • PNA-mediated gene editing are achieved via additional or alternative ⁇ substitutions or other PNA chemical modifications including but limited to those introduced above and below.
  • ⁇ substitution with other side chains include that of alanine, serine, threonine, cysteine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, methionine, proline, phenylalanine, tyrosine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, asparagine, glutamine, histidine, lysine, arginine, and the derivatives thereof.
  • derivatives thereof herein are defined as those chemical moieties that are covalently attached to these amino acid side chains, for instance, to that of serine, cysteine, threonine, tyrosine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, asparagine, glutamine, lysine, and arginine.
  • any of the triplex forming sequences can be modified to include guanidine-G-clamp (“G-clamp”) PNA monomer(s) to enhance PNA binding.
  • G-clamp guanidine-G-clamp
  • clamp-G 9-(2-guanidinoethoxy) phenoxazine
  • clamp-G monomer-to-G base pair (clamp-G indicated by the “X”) is illustrated below in comparison to C-G base pair.
  • the triplex-forming molecules bind to a predetermined target region referred to herein as the “target sequence,” “target region,” or “target site.”
  • the target sequence for the triplex-forming molecules can be within or adjacent to a human gene encoding, for example the beta globin, cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator (CFTR) or other gene discussed in more detail below, or an enzyme necessary for the metabolism of lipids, glycoproteins, or mucopolysaccharides, or another gene in need of correction.
  • the target sequence can be within the coding DNA sequence of the gene or within an intron.
  • the target sequence can also be within DNA sequences which regulate expression of the target gene, including promoter or enhancer sequences or sites that regulate RNA splicing.
  • triplex-forming molecules are selected based on the sequence of the target sequence, the physical constraints, and the need to have a low dissociation constant (K d ) for the triplex-forming molecules/target sequence.
  • K d dissociation constant
  • triplex-forming molecules are said to be substantially complementary to a target region when the triplex-forming molecules has a heterocyclic base composition which allows for the formation of a triple-helix with the target region.
  • a triplex-forming molecules is substantially complementary to a target region even when there are non-complementary bases present in the triplex-forming molecules.
  • the triplex-forming molecules bind to or hybridize to the target sequence under conditions of high stringency and specificity.
  • Reaction conditions for in vitro triple helix formation of an triplex-forming molecules probe or primer to a nucleic acid sequence vary from triplex-forming molecules to triplex-forming molecules, depending on factors such as the length triplex-forming molecules, the number of G:C and A:T base pairs, and the composition of the buffer utilized in the hybridization reaction.
  • the TFO is a single-stranded nucleic acid molecule between 7 and 40 nucleotides in length, most preferably 10 to 20 nucleotides in length for in vitro mutagenesis and 20 to 30 nucleotides in length for in vivo mutagenesis.
  • the base composition may be homopurine or homopyrimidine.
  • the base composition may be polypurine or polypyrimidine.
  • other compositions are also useful.
  • the oligonucleotides bind in a sequence-specific manner within the major groove of duplex DNA. An oligonucleotide substantially complementary, based on the third strand binding code, to the target region of the double-stranded nucleic acid molecule is preferred.
  • the oligonucleotides will have a base composition which is conducive to triple-helix formation and will be generated based on one of the known structural motifs for third strand binding.
  • the most stable complexes are formed on polypurine:polypyrimidine elements, which are relatively abundant in mammalian genomes. Triplex formation by TFOs can occur with the third strand oriented either parallel or anti-parallel to the purine strand of the duplex. In the anti-parallel, purine motif, the triplets are G.G:C and A.A:T, whereas in the parallel pyrimidine motif, the canonical triplets are C + .G:C and T.A:T.
  • triplex structures are stabilized by two Hoogsteen hydrogen bonds between the bases in the TFO strand and the purine strand in the duplex.
  • a review of base compositions for third strand binding oligonucleotides is provided in U.S. Pat. No. 5,422,251.
  • oligonucleotides are preferably generated using known DNA synthesis procedures. In one embodiment, oligonucleotides are generated synthetically. Oligonucleotides can also be chemically modified using standard methods that are well known in the art.
  • triplex-forming molecules such as PNA and tcPNA invade the target duplex, with displacement of the polypyrimidine strand, and induce triplex formation with the polypurine strand of the target duplex by both Watson-Crick and Hoogsteen binding.
  • both the Watson-Crick and Hoogsteen binding portions of the triplex forming molecules are substantially complementary to the target sequence.
  • PNA clamps can form at shorter homopurine sequences than those required by triplex-forming oligonucleotides and also do so with greater stability.
  • PNAs are between 6 and 50 nucleotides in length.
  • the Watson-Crick portion should be 9 or more nucleobases in length, optionally including a tail sequence. More preferably, the Watson-Crick binding portion is between about 9 and 30 nucleobases in length, optionally including a tail sequence of between 0 and about 15 nucleobases. More preferably, the Watson-Crick binding portion is between about 10 and 25 nucleobases in length, optionally including a tail sequence of between 0 and about 10 nucleobases. In the most preferred embodiment, the Watson-Crick binding portion is between 15 and 25 nucleobases in length, optionally including a tail sequence of between 5 and 10 nucleobases.
  • the Hoogsteen binding portion should be 6 or more nucleobases in length. Most preferably, the Hoogsteen binding portion is between about 6 and 15 nucleobases, inclusive.
  • the triplex-forming molecules are designed to target the polypurine strand of a polypurine:polypyrimidine stretch in the target duplex nucleotide. Therefore, the base composition of the triplex-forming molecules may be homopyrimidine. Alternatively, the base composition may be polypyrimidine. The addition of a “tail” reduces the requirement for polypurine:polypyrimidine run. Adding additional nucleobases, known as a “tail,” to the Watson-Crick binding portion of the triplex-forming molecules allows the Watson-Crick binding portion to bind/hybridize to the target strand outside the site of polypurine sequence for triplex formation.
  • TFOs Triplex-forming oligonucleotides
  • TFOs may require stretch of at least 15 and preferably 30 or more nucleotides.
  • Peptide nucleic acids require fewer purines to a form a triple helix, although at least 10 or preferably more may be needed.
  • Peptide nucleic acids including a tail also referred to tail clamp PNAs, or tcPNAs, require even fewer purines to a form a triple helix.
  • a triple helix may be formed with a target sequence containing fewer than 8 purines. Therefore, PNAs should be designed to target a site on duplex nucleic acid containing between 6-30 polypurine:polypyrimidines, preferably, 6-25 polypurine:polypyrimidines, more preferably 6-20 polypurine:polypyrimidines.
  • a “mixed-sequence” tail to the Watson-Crick-binding strand of the triplex-forming molecules such as PNAs also increases the length of the triplex-forming molecule and, correspondingly, the length of the binding site. This increases the target specificity and size of the lesion created at the target site and disrupts the helix in the duplex nucleic acid, while maintaining a low requirement for a stretch of polypurine:polypyrimidines. Increasing the length of the target sequence improves specificity for the target, for example, a target of 17 base pairs will statistically be unique in the human genome.
  • triple-forming molecules are preferably generated using known synthesis procedures. In one embodiment, triplex-forming molecules are generated synthetically. Triplex-forming molecules can also be chemically modified using standard methods that are well known in the art.
  • the gene editing technology can be pseudocomplementary oligonucleotides such as those disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 8,309,356.
  • Double duplex-forming molecules are oligonucleotides that bind to duplex DNA in a sequence-specific manner to form a four-stranded structure.
  • Double duplex-forming molecules such as a pair of pseudocomplementary oligonucleotides, can induce recombination with a donor oligonucleotide at a chromosomal site in mammalian cells.
  • Pseudocomplementary oligonucleotides are complementary oligonucleotides that contain one or more modifications such that they do not recognize or hybridize to each other, for example due to steric hindrance, but each can recognize and hybridize to its complementary nucleic acid strands at the target site.
  • Preferred pseudocomplementary oligonucleotides include Pseudocomplementary peptide nucleic acids (pcPNAs).
  • pcPNAs Pseudocomplementary peptide nucleic acids
  • a pseudocomplementary oligonucleotide is said to be substantially complementary to a target region when the oligonucleotide has a base composition which allows for the formation of a double duplex with the target region. As such, an oligonucleotide is substantially complementary to a target region even when there are non-complementary bases present in the oligonucleotide.
  • This strategy can be more efficient and provides increased flexibility over other methods of induced recombination such as triple-helix oligonucleotides and bis-peptide nucleic acids which prefer a polypurine sequence in the target double-stranded DNA.
  • the design ensures that the pseudocomplementary oligonucleotides do not pair with each other but instead bind the cognate nucleic acids at the target site, inducing the formation of a double duplex.
  • the predetermined region that the double duplex-forming molecules bind to can be referred to as a “double duplex target sequence,” “double duplex target region,” or “double duplex target site.”
  • the double duplex target sequence (DDTS) for the double duplex-forming oligonucleotides can be, for example, within or adjacent to a human gene in need of induced gene correction.
  • the DDTS can be within the coding DNA sequence of the gene or within introns.
  • the DDTS can also be within DNA sequences which regulate expression of the target gene, including promoter or enhancer sequences.
  • the nucleotide sequence of the pseudocomplementary oligonucleotides is selected based on the sequence of the DDTS.
  • Therapeutic administration of pseudocomplementary oligonucleotides involves two single stranded oligonucleotides unlinked, or linked by a linker.
  • One pseudocomplementary oligonucleotide strand is complementary to the DDTS, while the other is complementary to the displaced DNA strand.
  • pseudocomplementary oligonucleotides are not subject to limitation on sequence choice and/or target length and specificity as are triplex-forming oligonucleotides, helix-invading peptide nucleic acids (bis-PNAs) and side-by-side minor groove binders.
  • Pseudocomplementary oligonucleotides do not require third-strand Hoogsteen-binding, and therefore are not restricted to homopurine targets.
  • Pseudocomplementary oligonucleotides can be designed for mixed, general sequence recognition of a desired target site.
  • the target site contains an A:T base pair content of about 40% or greater.
  • pseudocomplementary oligonucleotides are between about 8 and 50 nucleobases, more preferably 8 to 30, even more preferably between about 8 and 20 nucleobases.
  • the pseudocomplementary oligonucleotides should be designed to bind to the target site (DDTS) at a distance of between about 1 to 800 bases from the target site of the donor oligonucleotide. More preferably, the pseudocomplementary oligonucleotides bind at a distance of between about 25 and 75 bases from the donor oligonucleotide. Most preferably, the pseudocomplementary oligonucleotides bind at a distance of about 50 bases from the donor oligonucleotide.
  • Preferred pcPNA sequences for targeted repair of a mutation in the ⁇ -globin intron IVS2 are described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,309,356.
  • the pseudocomplementary oligonucleotides bind/hybridize to the target nucleic acid molecule under conditions of high stringency and specificity.
  • the oligonucleotides bind in a sequence-specific manner and induce the formation of double duplex.
  • Specificity and binding affinity of the pseudocomplementary oligonucleotides may vary from oligonucleotide to oligonucleotide, depending on factors such as oligonucleotide length, the number of G:C and A:T base pairs, and the formulation.
  • the gene editing composition is the CRISPR/Cas system.
  • CRISPR Clustered Regularly Interspaced Short Palindromic Repeats
  • the prokaryotic CRISPR/Cas system has been adapted for use as gene editing (silencing, enhancing or changing specific genes) for use in eukaryotes (see, for example, Cong, Science, 15:339(6121):819-823 (2013) and Jinek, et al., Science, 337(6096):816-21 (2012)).
  • the organism's genome can be cut and modified at any desired location.
  • Methods of preparing compositions for use in genome editing using the CRISPR/Cas systems are described in detail in WO 2013/176772 and WO 2014/018423, which are specifically incorporated by reference herein in their entireties.
  • CRISPR system refers collectively to transcripts and other elements involved in the expression of or directing the activity of CRISPR-associated (“Cas”) genes, including sequences encoding a Cas gene, a tracr (trans-activating CRISPR) sequence (e.g., tracrRNA or an active partial tracrRNA), a tracr-mate sequence (encompassing a “direct repeat” and a tracrRNA-processed partial direct repeat in the context of an endogenous CRISPR system), a guide sequence (also referred to as a “spacer” in the context of an endogenous CRISPR system), or other sequences and transcripts from a CRISPR locus.
  • a tracr trans-activating CRISPR
  • tracr-mate sequence encompassing a “direct repeat” and a tracrRNA-processed partial direct repeat in the context of an endogenous CRISPR system
  • guide sequence also referred to as a “spacer” in the context of an endogenous CRISPR system
  • One or more tracr mate sequences operably linked to a guide sequence can also be referred to as pre-crRNA (pre-CRISPR RNA) before processing or crRNA after processing by a nuclease.
  • pre-crRNA pre-CRISPR RNA
  • a tracrRNA and crRNA are linked and form a chimeric crRNA-tracrRNA hybrid where a mature crRNA is fused to a partial tracrRNA via a synthetic stem loop to mimic the natural crRNA:tracrRNA duplex as described in Cong, Science, 15:339(6121):819-823 (2013) and Jinek, et al., Science, 337(6096):816-21 (2012)).
  • a single fused crRNA-tracrRNA construct can also be referred to as a guide RNA or gRNA (or single-guide RNA (sgRNA)).
  • the crRNA portion can be identified as the “target sequence” and the tracrRNA is often referred to as the “scaffold.”
  • one or more vectors driving expression of one or more elements of a CRISPR system are introduced into a target cell such that expression of the elements of the CRISPR system direct formation of a CRISPR complex at one or more target sites. While the specifics can be varied in different engineered CRISPR systems, the overall methodology is similar.
  • a practitioner interested in using CRISPR technology to target a DNA sequence can insert a short DNA fragment containing the target sequence into a guide RNA expression plasmid.
  • the sgRNA expression plasmid contains the target sequence (about 20 nucleotides), a form of the tracrRNA sequence (the scaffold) as well as a suitable promoter and necessary elements for proper processing in eukaryotic cells.
  • Such vectors are commercially available (see, for example, Addgene). Many of the systems rely on custom, complementary oligos that are annealed to form a double stranded DNA and then cloned into the sgRNA expression plasmid. Co-expression of the sgRNA and the appropriate Cas enzyme from the same or separate plasmids in transfected cells results in a single or double strand break (depending of the activity of the Cas enzyme) at the desired target site.
  • the element that induces a single or a double strand break in the target cell's genome is a nucleic acid construct or constructs encoding a zinc finger nucleases (ZFNs).
  • ZFNs are typically fusion proteins that include a DNA-binding domain derived from a zinc-finger protein linked to a cleavage domain.
  • Fok1 catalyzes double-stranded cleavage of DNA, at 9 nucleotides from its recognition site on one strand and ⁇ nucleotides from its recognition site on the other. See, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,356,802; 5,436,150 and 5,487,994; as well as Li et al. Proc., Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89 (1992):4275-4279; Li et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 90:2764-2768 (1993); Kim et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA.
  • the DNA-binding domain which can, in principle, be designed to target any genomic location of interest, can be a tandem array of Cys 2 His 2 zinc fingers, each of which generally recognizes three to four nucleotides in the target DNA sequence.
  • the Cys 2 His 2 domain has a general structure: Phe (sometimes Tyr)-Cys-(2 to 4 amino acids)-Cys-(3 amino acids)-Phe(sometimes Tyr)-(5 amino acids)-Leu-(2 amino acids)-His-(3 amino acids)-His.
  • Rational design includes, for example, using databases including triplet (or quadruplet) nucleotide sequences and individual zinc finger amino acid sequences, in which each triplet or quadruplet nucleotide sequence is associated with one or more amino acid sequences of zinc fingers which bind the particular triplet or quadruplet sequence. See, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,140,081; 6,453,242; 6,534,261; 6,610,512; 6,746,838; 6,866,997; 7,067,617; U.S. Published Application Nos. 2002/0165356; 2004/0197892; 2007/0154989; 2007/0213269; and International Patent Application Publication Nos. WO 98/53059 and WO 2003/016496.
  • the element that induces a single or a double strand break in the target cell's genome is a nucleic acid construct or constructs encoding a transcription activator-like effector nuclease (TALEN).
  • TALENs have an overall architecture similar to that of ZFNs, with the main difference that the DNA-binding domain comes from TAL effector proteins, transcription factors from plant pathogenic bacteria.
  • the DNA-binding domain of a TALEN is a tandem array of amino acid repeats, each about 34 residues long. The repeats are very similar to each other; typically they differ principally at two positions (amino acids 12 and 13, called the repeat variable diresidue, or RVD).
  • Each RVD specifies preferential binding to one of the four possible nucleotides, meaning that each TALEN repeat binds to a single base pair, though the NN RVD is known to bind adenines in addition to guanine.
  • TAL effector DNA binding is mechanistically less well understood than that of zinc-finger proteins, but their seemingly simpler code could prove very beneficial for engineered-nuclease design.
  • TALENs also cleave as dimers, have relatively long target sequences (the shortest reported so far binds 13 nucleotides per monomer) and appear to have less stringent requirements than ZFNs for the length of the spacer between binding sites.
  • Monomeric and dimeric TALENs can include more than 10, more than 14, more than 20, or more than 24 repeats.
  • the gene editing composition includes or is administered in combination with a donor oligonucleotide.
  • the donor oligonucleotide includes a sequence that can correct a mutation(s) in the host genome, though in some embodiments, the donor introduces a mutation that can, for example, reduce expression of an oncogene or a receptor that facilitates HIV infection.
  • the donor oligonucleotide may also contain synonymous (silent) mutations (e.g., 7 to 10). The additional silent mutations can facilitate detection of the corrected target sequence using allele-specific PCR of genomic DNA isolated from treated cells.
  • the triplex forming molecules including peptide nucleic acids may be administered in combination with, or tethered to, a donor oligonucleotide via a mixed sequence linker or used in conjunction with a non-tethered donor oligonucleotide that is substantially homologous to the target sequence.
  • Triplex-forming molecules can induce recombination of a donor oligonucleotide sequence up to several hundred base pairs away. It is preferred that the donor oligonucleotide sequence is between 1 to 800 bases from the target binding site of the triplex-forming molecules. More preferably the donor oligonucleotide sequence is between 25 to 75 bases from the target binding site of the triplex-forming molecules. Most preferably that the donor oligonucleotide sequence is about 50 nucleotides from the target binding site of the triplex-forming molecules.
  • the donor sequence can contain one or more nucleic acid sequence alterations compared to the sequence of the region targeted for recombination, for example, a substitution, a deletion, or an insertion of one or more nucleotides. Successful recombination of the donor sequence results in a change of the sequence of the target region.
  • Donor oligonucleotides are also referred to herein as donor fragments, donor nucleic acids, donor DNA, or donor DNA fragments. This strategy exploits the ability of a triplex to provoke DNA repair, potentially increasing the probability of recombination with the homologous donor DNA.
  • Tethering of a donor oligonucleotide to a triplex-forming molecule facilitates target site recognition via triple helix formation while at the same time positioning the tethered donor fragment for possible recombination and information transfer.
  • Triplex-forming molecules also effectively induce homologous recombination of non-tethered donor oligonucleotides.
  • recombinagenic as used herein, is used to define a DNA fragment, oligonucleotide, peptide nucleic acid, or composition as being able to recombine into a target site or sequence or induce recombination of another DNA fragment, oligonucleotide, or composition.
  • Non-tethered or unlinked fragments may range in length from 20 nucleotides to several thousand.
  • the donor oligonucleotide molecules, whether linked or unlinked, can exist in single stranded or double stranded form.
  • the donor fragment to be recombined can be linked or un-linked to the triplex forming molecules.
  • the linked donor fragment may range in length from 4 nucleotides to 100 nucleotides, preferably from 4 to 80 nucleotides in length.
  • the unlinked donor fragments have a much broader range, from 20 nucleotides to several thousand.
  • the oligonucleotide donor is between 25 and 80 nucleobases.
  • the non-tethered donor nucleotide is about 50 to 60 nucleotides in length.
  • the donor oligonucleotides contain at least one mutated, inserted or deleted nucleotide relative to the target DNA sequence.
  • Target sequences can be within the coding DNA sequence of the gene or within introns.
  • Target sequences can also be within DNA sequences which regulate expression of the target gene, including promoter or enhancer sequences or sequences that regulate RNA splicing.
  • the donor oligonucleotides can contain a variety of mutations relative to the target sequence.
  • Representative types of mutations include, but are not limited to, point mutations, deletions and insertions. Deletions and insertions can result in frameshift mutations or deletions. Point mutations can cause missense or nonsense mutations. These mutations may disrupt, reduce, stop, increase, improve, or otherwise alter the expression of the target gene.
  • compositions including triplex-forming molecules such as tcPNA may include one or more than one donor oligonucleotides. More than one donor oligonucleotides may be administered with triplex-forming molecules in a single transfection, or sequential transfections. Use of more than one donor oligonucleotide may be useful, for example, to create a heterozygous target gene where the two alleles contain different modifications.
  • Donor oligonucleotides are preferably DNA oligonucleotides, composed of the principal naturally-occurring nucleotides (uracil, thymine, cytosine, adenine and guanine) as the heterocyclic bases, deoxyribose as the sugar moiety, and phosphate ester linkages.
  • Donor oligonucleotides may include modifications to nucleobases, sugar moieties, or backbone/linkages, as described above, depending on the desired structure of the replacement sequence at the site of recombination or to provide some resistance to degradation by nucleases. Modifications to the donor oligonucleotide should not prevent the donor oligonucleotide from successfully recombining at the recombination target sequence in the presence of triplex-forming molecules.
  • the nuclease activity of the genome editing systems described herein cleave target DNA to produce single or double strand breaks in the target DNA.
  • Double strand breaks can be repaired by the cell in one of two ways: non-homologous end joining, and homology-directed repair.
  • non-homologous end joining NHEJ
  • the double-strand breaks are repaired by direct ligation of the break ends to one another. As such, no new nucleic acid material is inserted into the site, although some nucleic acid material may be lost, resulting in a deletion.
  • a donor polynucleotide with homology to the cleaved target DNA sequence is used as a template for repair of the cleaved target DNA sequence, resulting in the transfer of genetic information from a donor polynucleotide to the target DNA.
  • new nucleic acid material can be inserted/copied into the site.
  • the genome editing composition optionally includes a donor polynucleotide.
  • the modifications of the target DNA due to NHEJ and/or homology-directed repair can be used to induce gene correction, gene replacement, gene tagging, transgene insertion, nucleotide deletion, gene disruption, gene mutation, etc.
  • cleavage of DNA by the genome editing composition can be used to delete nucleic acid material from a target DNA sequence by cleaving the target DNA sequence and allowing the cell to repair the sequence in the absence of an exogenously provided donor polynucleotide.
  • the methods can be used to add, i.e., insert or replace, nucleic acid material to a target DNA sequence (e.g., to “knock in” a nucleic acid that encodes for a protein, an siRNA, an miRNA, etc.), to add a tag (e.g., 6 ⁇ His, a fluorescent protein (e.g., a green fluorescent protein; a yellow fluorescent protein, etc.), hemagglutinin (HA), FLAG, etc.), to add a regulatory sequence to a gene (e.g., promoter, polyadenylation signal, internal ribosome entry sequence (IRES), 2A peptide, start codon, stop codon, splice signal, localization signal, etc.), to modify a nucleic acid sequence (e.g., introduce a mutation), and the like.
  • a target DNA sequence e.g., to “knock in” a nucleic acid that encodes for a protein, an siRNA, an miRNA, etc.
  • compositions can be used to modify DNA in a site-specific, i.e., “targeted”, way, for example gene knock-out, gene knock-in, gene editing, gene tagging, etc. as used in, for example, gene therapy.
  • a polynucleotide including a donor sequence to be inserted is also provided to the cell.
  • a “donor sequence” or “donor polynucleotide” or “donor oligonucleotide” it is meant a nucleic acid sequence to be inserted at the cleavage site.
  • the donor polynucleotide typically contains sufficient homology to a genomic sequence at the cleavage site, e.g., 70%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 100% homology with the nucleotide sequences flanking the cleavage site, e.g., within about 50 bases or less of the cleavage site, e.g., within about 30 bases, within about 15 bases, within about 10 bases, within about 5 bases, or immediately flanking the cleavage site, to support homology-directed repair between it and the genomic sequence to which it bears homology.
  • the donor sequence is typically not identical to the genomic sequence that it replaces.
  • the donor sequence may contain at least one or more single base changes, insertions, deletions, inversions or rearrangements with respect to the genomic sequence, so long as sufficient homology is present to support homology-directed repair.
  • the donor sequence includes a non-homologous sequence flanked by two regions of homology, such that homology-directed repair between the target DNA region and the two flanking sequences results in insertion of the non-homologous sequence at the target region.
  • any of the gene editing technologies, components thereof, donor oligonucleotides, or other nucleic acids disclosed herein can include one or more modifications or substitutions to the nucleobases or linkages. Although modifications are particularly preferred for use with triplex-forming technologies and typically discussed below with reference thereto, any of the modifications can be utilized in the construction of any of the disclosed gene editing compositions, donor, nucleotides, etc. Modifications should not prevent, and preferably enhance the activity, persistence, or function of the gene editing technology. For example, modifications to oligonucleotides for use as triplex-forming should not prevent, and preferably enhance duplex invasion, strand displacement, and/or stabilize triplex formation as described above by increasing specificity or binding affinity of the triplex-forming molecules to the target site.
  • Modified bases and base analogues, modified sugars and sugar analogues and/or various suitable linkages known in the art are also suitable for use in the molecules disclosed herein.
  • oligonucleotide compositions including PNA, and modification thereof to include MiniPEG at the ⁇ position in the PNA backbone are discussed above. Additional modifications are discussed in more detail below.
  • the principal naturally-occurring nucleotides include uracil, thymine, cytosine, adenine and guanine as the heterocyclic bases.
  • Gene editing molecules can include chemical modifications to their nucleotide constituents. For example, target sequences with adjacent cytosines can be problematic. Triplex stability is greatly compromised by runs of cytosines, thought to be due to repulsion between the positive charge resulting from the N 3 protonation or perhaps because of competition for protons by the adjacent cytosines. Chemical modification of nucleotides including triplex-forming molecules such as PNAs may be useful to increase binding affinity of triplex-forming molecules and/or triplex stability under physiologic conditions.
  • heterocyclic bases or heterocyclic base analogs may be effective to increase the binding affinity of a nucleotide or its stability in a triplex.
  • Chemically-modified heterocyclic bases include, but are not limited to, inosine, 5-(1-propynyl) uracil (pU), 5-(1-propynyl) cytosine (pC), 5-methylcytosine, 8-oxo-adenine, pseudocytosine, pseudoisocytosine, 5 and 2-amino-5-(2′-deoxy- ⁇ -D-ribofuranosyl)pyridine (2-aminopyridine), and various pyrrolo- and pyrazolopyrimidine derivatives.
  • PNAs Peptide nucleic acids
  • PNAs are synthetic DNA mimics in which the phosphate backbone of the oligonucleotide is replaced in its entirety by repeating N-(2-aminoethyl)-glycine units and phosphodiester bonds are typically replaced by peptide bonds.
  • the various heterocyclic bases are linked to the backbone by methylene carbonyl bonds, which allow them to form PNA-DNA or PNA-RNA duplexes via Watson-Crick base pairing with high affinity and sequence-specificity.
  • PNAs maintain spacing of heterocyclic bases that is similar to conventional DNA oligonucleotides, but are achiral and neutrally charged molecules.
  • Peptide nucleic acids are composed of peptide nucleic acid monomers.
  • backbone modifications particularly those relating to PNAs, include peptide and amino acid variations and modifications.
  • the backbone constituents of PNAs may be peptide linkages, or alternatively, they may be non-peptide linkages. Examples include acetyl caps, amino spacers such as 8-amino-3,6-dioxaoctanoic acid (referred to herein as O-linkers), amino acids such as lysine are particularly useful if positive charges are desired in the PNA, and the like.
  • O-linkers amino spacers
  • amino acids such as lysine are particularly useful if positive charges are desired in the PNA, and the like.
  • Methods for the chemical assembly of PNAs are well known. See, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,539,082, 5,527,675, 5,623,049, 5,714,331, 5,736,336, 5,773,571 and 5,786,571.
  • Backbone modifications used to generate triplex-forming molecules should not prevent the molecules from binding with high specificity to the target site and creating a triplex with the target duplex nucleic acid by displacing one strand of the target duplex and foiming a clamp around the other strand of the target duplex.
  • Oligonucleotides are composed a chain of nucleotides which are linked to one another.
  • Canonical nucleotides typically include a heterocyclic base (nucleic acid base), a sugar moiety attached to the heterocyclic base, and a phosphate moiety which esterifies a hydroxyl function of the sugar moiety.
  • the principal naturally-occurring nucleotides include uracil, thymine, cytosine, adenine and guanine as the heterocyclic bases, and ribose or deoxyribose sugar linked by phosphodiester bonds.
  • modified nucleotide or “chemically modified nucleotide” defines a nucleotide that has a chemical modification of one or more of the heterocyclic base, sugar moiety or phosphate moiety constituents.
  • charge of the modified nucleotide is reduced compared to DNA or RNA oligonucleotides of the same nucleobase sequence.
  • triplex-forming molecules have low negative charge, no charge, or positive charge such that electrostatic repulsion with the nucleotide duplex at the target site is reduced compared to DNA or RNA oligonucleotides with the corresponding nucleobase sequence.
  • modified nucleotides with reduced charge examples include modified internucleotide linkages such as phosphate analogs having achiral and uncharged intersubunit linkages (e.g., Sterchak, E. P. et al., Organic Chem., 52:4202, (1987)), and uncharged morpholino-based polymers having achiral intersubunit linkages (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,034,506).
  • Some internucleotide linkage analogs include morpholidate, acetal, and polyamide-linked heterocycles.
  • Locked nucleic acids are modified RNA nucleotides (see, for example, Braasch, et al., Chem.
  • LNAs form hybrids with DNA which are more stable than DNA/DNA hybrids, a property similar to that of peptide nucleic acid (PNA)/DNA hybrids. Therefore, LNA can be used just as PNA molecules would be. LNA binding efficiency can be increased in some embodiments by adding positive charges to it.
  • PNA peptide nucleic acid
  • Molecules may also include nucleotides with modified heterocyclic bases, sugar moieties or sugar moiety analogs.
  • Modified nucleotides may include modified heterocyclic bases or base analogs as described above with respect to peptide nucleic acids.
  • Sugar moiety modifications include, but are not limited to, 2′-O-aminoethoxy, 2′-O-amonioethyl (2′-OAE), 2′-O-methoxy, 2′-O-methyl, 2-guanidoethyl (2′-OGE), 2′-O,4′-C-methylene (LNA), 2′-O-(methoxyethyl) (2′-OME) and 2′-O—(N-(methyl)acetamido) (2′-OMA).
  • 2′-O-aminoethyl sugar moiety substitutions are especially preferred because they are protonated at neutral pH and thus suppress the charge repulsion between the triplex-forming molecule and the target duplex.
  • This modification stabilizes the C3′-endo conformation of the ribose or deoxyribose and also forms a bridge with the i ⁇ 1 phosphate in the purine strand of the duplex.
  • compositions including, but not limited to potentiating factors, gene editing molecules, donor oligonucleotides, etc., can be delivered to the target cells using a nanoparticle delivery vehicle.
  • some of the compositions are packaged in nanoparticles and some are not.
  • the gene editing technology and/or donor oligonucleotide is incorporated into nanoparticles while the potentiating factor is not.
  • the gene editing technology and/or donor oligonucleotide, and the potentiating factor are packaged in nanoparticles.
  • the different compositions can be packaged in the same nanoparticles or different nanoparticles.
  • the compositions can be mixed and packaged together.
  • the different compositions are packaged separately into separate nanoparticles wherein the nanoparticles are similarly or identically composed and/or manufactured. In some embodiments, the different compositions are packaged separately into separate nanoparticles wherein the nanoparticles are differentially composed and/or manufactured.
  • Nanoparticles generally refers to particles in the range of between 500 nm to less than 0.5 nm, preferably having a diameter that is between 50 and 500 nm, more preferably having a diameter that is between 50 and 300 nm.
  • Cellular internalization of polymeric particles is highly dependent upon their size, with nanoparticulate polymeric particles being internalized by cells with much higher efficiency than microparticulate polymeric particles.
  • Desai, et al. have demonstrated that about 2.5 times more nanoparticles that are 100 nm in diameter are taken up by cultured Caco-2 cells as compared to microparticles having a diameter on 1 ⁇ M (Desai, et al., Pharm. Res., 14:1568-73 (1997)).
  • Nanoparticles also have a greater ability to diffuse deeper into tissues in vivo.
  • the polymer that forms the core of the nanoparticle may be any biodegradable or non-biodegradable synthetic or natural polymer.
  • the polymer is a biodegradable polymer.
  • Nanoparticles are ideal materials for the fabrication of gene editing delivery vehicles: 1) control over the size range of fabrication, down to 100 nm or less, an important feature for passing through biological barriers; 2) reproducible biodegradability without the addition of enzymes or cofactors; 3) capability for sustained release of encapsulated, protected nucleic acids over a period in the range of days to months by varying factors such as the monomer ratios or polymer size, for example, the ratio of lactide to glycolide monomer units in poly(lactide-co-glycolide) (PLGA); 4) well-understood fabrication methodologies that offer flexibility over the range of parameters that can be used for fabrication, including choices of the polymer material, solvent, stabilizer, and scale of production; and 5) control over surface properties facilitating the introduction of modular functionalities into the surface.
  • biodegradable polymers include synthetic polymers that degrade by hydrolysis such as poly(hydroxy acids), such as polymers and copolymers of lactic acid and glycolic acid, other degradable polyesters, polyanhydrides, poly(ortho)esters, polyesters, polyurethanes, poly(butic acid), poly(valeric acid), poly(caprolactone), poly(hydroxyalkanoates), poly(lactide-co-caprolactone), and poly(amine-co-ester) polymers, such as those described in Zhou, et al., Nature Materials, 11:82-90 (2012) and WO 2013/082529, U.S. Published Application No. 2014/0342003, and PCT/US2015/061375.
  • poly(hydroxy acids) such as polymers and copolymers of lactic acid and glycolic acid
  • other degradable polyesters such as polyanhydrides, poly(ortho)esters, polyesters, polyurethanes, poly(butic acid), poly(valeric acid), poly(
  • Preferred natural polymers include alginate and other polysaccharides, collagen, albumin and other hydrophilic proteins, zein and other prolamines and hydrophobic proteins, copolymers and mixtures thereof. In general, these materials degrade either by enzymatic hydrolysis or exposure to water in vivo, by surface or bulk erosion.
  • non-biodegradable polymers can be used, especially hydrophobic polymers.
  • preferred non-biodegradable polymers include ethylene vinyl acetate, poly(meth) acrylic acid, copolymers of maleic anhydride with other unsaturated polymerizable monomers, poly(butadiene maleic anhydride), polyamides, copolymers and mixtures thereof, and dextran, cellulose and derivatives thereof.
  • biodegradable and non-biodegradable polymers include, but are not limited to, polyanhydrides, polyamides, polycarbonates, polyalkylenes, polyalkylene oxides such as polyethylene glycol, polyalkylene terepthalates such as poly(ethylene terephthalate), polyvinyl alcohols, polyvinyl ethers, polyvinyl esters, polyethylene, polypropylene, poly(vinyl acetate), poly vinyl chloride, polystyrene, polyvinyl halides, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polymers of acrylic and methacrylic esters, polysiloxanes, polyurethanes and copolymers thereof, modified celluloses, alkyl cellulose, hydroxyalkyl celluloses, cellulose ethers, cellulose esters, nitro celluloses, cellulose acetate, cellulose propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate, cellulose acetate phthalate, carboxyethyl cellulose, cellulose tria
  • the polymer may be a bioadhesive polymer that is hydrophilic or hydrophobic.
  • Hydrophilic polymers include CARBOPOLTM (a high molecular weight, crosslinked, acrylic acid-based polymers manufactured by NOVEONTM), polycarbophil, cellulose esters, and dextran.
  • Release rate controlling polymers may be included in the polymer matrix or in the coating on the formulation.
  • rate controlling polymers examples include hydroxypropylmethylcellulose (HPMC) with viscosities of either 5, 50, 100 or 4000 cps or blends of the different viscosities, ethylcellulose, methylmethacrylates, such as EUDRAGIT® RS100, EUDRAGIT® RL100, EUDRAGIT® NE 30D (supplied by Rohm America).
  • Gastrosoluble polymers, such as EUDRAGIT® E100 or enteric polymers such as EUDRAGIT® L100-55D, L100 and 5100 may be blended with rate controlling polymers to achieve pH dependent release kinetics.
  • Other hydrophilic polymers such as alginate, polyethylene oxide, carboxymethylcellulose, and hydroxyethylcellulose may be used as rate controlling polymers.
  • polymers can be obtained from sources such as Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis, Mo.; Polysciences, Warrenton, Pa.; Aldrich, Milwaukee, Wis.; Fluka, Ronkonkoma, N.Y.; and BioRad, Richmond, Calif., or can be synthesized from monomers obtained from these or other suppliers using standard techniques.
  • the nanoparticles are formed of polymers fabricated from polylactides (PLA) and copolymers of lactide and glycolide (PLGA). These have established commercial use in humans and have a long safety record (Jiang, et al., Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev., 57(3):391-410); Aguado and Lambert, Immunobiology, 184(2-3):113-25 (1992); Bramwell, et al., Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev., 57(9):1247-65 (2005)). These polymers have been used to encapsulate siRNA (Yuan, et al., Jour.
  • microspheres were too large to be endocytosed (35-45 ⁇ m) (Conner and Schmid, Nature, 422(6927):37-44 (2003)) and required release of the anti-VEGF siRNA extracellularly as a polyplex with either polyarginine or PEI before they could be internalized by the cell.
  • These microparticles may have limited applications because of the toxicity of the polycations and the size of the particles. Nanoparticles (100-300 nm) of PLGA can penetrate deep into tissue and are easily internalized by many cells (Conner and Schmid, Nature, 422(6927):37-44 (2003)).
  • the nanoparticles can be designed to release encapsulated nucleic acids over a period of days to weeks. Factors that affect the duration of release include pH of the surrounding medium (higher rate of release at pH 5 and below due to acid catalyzed hydrolysis of PLGA) and polymer composition. Aliphatic polyesters differ in hydrophobicity, affecting degradation rate. Specifically, the hydrophobic poly (lactic acid) (PLA), more hydrophilic poly (glycolic acid) PGA and their copolymers, poly (lactide-co-glycolide) (PLGA) have various release rates. The degradation rate of these polymers, and often the corresponding drug release rate, can vary from days (PGA) to months (PLA) and is easily manipulated by varying the ratio of PLA to PGA.
  • Exemplary nanoparticles are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,883,666, 5,114,719, 5,601,835, 7,534,448, 7,534,449, 7,550,154, and 8,889,117, and U.S. Published Application Nos.
  • the nucleic acids are complexed to polycations to increase the encapsulation efficiency of the nucleic acids into the nanoparticles.
  • polycation refers to a compound having a positive charge, preferably at least 2 positive charges, at a selected pH, preferably physiological pH.
  • Polycationic moieties have between about 2 to about 15 positive charges, preferably between about 2 to about 12 positive charges, and more preferably between about 2 to about 8 positive charges at selected pH values.
  • Suitable constituents of polycations include basic amino acids and their derivatives such as arginine, asparagine, glutamine, lysine and histidine; cationic dendrimers; and amino polysaccharides.
  • Suitable polycations can be linear, such as linear tetralysine, branched or dendrimeric in structure.
  • Exemplary polycations include, but are not limited to, synthetic polycations based on acrylamide and 2-acrylamido-2-methylpropanetrimethylamine, poly(N-ethyl-4-vinylpyridine) or similar quartemized polypyridine, diethylaminoethyl polymers and dextran conjugates, polymyxin B sulfate, lipopolyamines, poly(allylamines) such as the strong polycation poly(dimethyldiallylammonium chloride), polyethyleneimine, polybrene, and polypeptides such as protamine, the histone polypeptides, polylysine, polyarginine and polyornithine.
  • synthetic polycations based on acrylamide and 2-acrylamido-2-methylpropanetrimethylamine
  • poly(N-ethyl-4-vinylpyridine) or similar quartemized polypyridine diethylaminoethyl polymers and dextran conjugates
  • the polycation is a polyamine.
  • Polyamines are compounds having two or more primary amine groups.
  • the polyamine is a naturally occurring polyamine that is produced in prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells.
  • Naturally occurring polyamines represent compounds with cations that are found at regularly-spaced intervals and are therefore particularly suitable for complexing with nucleic acids.
  • Polyamines play a major role in very basic genetic processes such as DNA synthesis and gene expression. Polyamines are integral to cell migration, proliferation and differentiation in plants and animals. The metabolic levels of polyamines and amino acid precursors are critical and hence biosynthesis and degradation are tightly regulated.
  • Suitable naturally occurring polyamines include, but are not limited to, spermine, spermidine, cadaverine and putrescine.
  • the polyamine is spermidine.
  • the polycation is a cyclic polyamine.
  • Cyclic polyamines are known in the art and are described, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 5,698,546, WO 1993/012096 and WO 2002/010142.
  • Exemplary cyclic polyamines include, but are not limited to, cyclen.
  • spermine and spermidine are derivatives of putrescine (1,4-diaminobutane) which is produced from L-omithine by action of ODC (ornithine decarboxylase). L-ornithine is the product of L-arginine degradation by arginase.
  • Spermidine is a triamine structure that is produced by spermidine synthase (SpdS) which catalyzes monoalkylation of putrescine (1,4-diaminobutane) with decarboxylated S-adenosylmethionine (dcAdoMet) 3-aminopropyl donor.
  • putrescine, spermidine and spermine are metabolites derived from the amino acids L-arginine (L-ornithine, putrescine) and L-methionine (dcAdoMet, aminopropyl donor).
  • the particles themselves are a polycation (e.g., a blend of PLGA and poly(beta amino ester).
  • the external surface of the polymeric nanoparticles may be modified by conjugating to, or incorporating into, the surface of the nanoparticle a coupling agent or ligand.
  • the coupling agent is present in high density on the surface of the nanoparticle.
  • “high density” refers to polymeric nanoparticles having a high density of ligands or coupling agents, which is preferably in the range of 1,000 to 10,000,000, more preferably 10,000-1,000,000 ligands per square micron of nanoparticle surface area. This can be measured by fluorescence staining of dissolved particles and calibrating this fluorescence to a known amount of free fluorescent molecules in solution.
  • Coupling agents associate with the polymeric nanoparticles and provide substrates that facilitate the modular assembly and disassembly of functional elements to the nanoparticles.
  • Coupling agents or ligands may associate with nanoparticles through a variety of interactions including, but not limited to, hydrophobic interactions, electrostatic interactions and covalent coupling.
  • the coupling agents are molecules that match the polymer phase hydrophile-lipophile balance.
  • Hydrophile-lipophile balances range from 1 to 15. Molecules with a low hydrophile-lipophile balance are more lipid loving and thus tend to make a water in oil emulsion while those with a high hydrophile-lipophile balance are more hydrophilic and tend to make an oil in water emulsion. Fatty acids and lipids have a low hydrophile-lipophile balance below 10.
  • amphiphilic polymer with a hydrophile-lipophile balance in the range 1-10, more preferably between 1 and 6, most preferably between 1 and up to 5, can be used as a coupling agent.
  • coupling agents which may associate with polymeric nanoparticles via hydrophobic interactions include, but are not limited to, fatty acids, hydrophobic or amphipathic peptides or proteins, and polymers. These classes of coupling agents may also be used in any combination or ratio.
  • the association of adaptor elements with nanoparticles facilitates a prolonged presentation of functional elements which can last for several weeks.
  • Coupling agents can also be attached to polymeric nanoparticles through covalent interactions through various functional groups.
  • Functionality refers to conjugation of a molecule to the surface of the particle via a functional chemical group (carboxylic acids, aldehydes, amines, sulfhydryls and hydroxyls) present on the surface of the particle and present on the molecule to be attached.
  • Functionality may be introduced into the particles in two ways.
  • the first is during the preparation of the nanoparticles, for example during the emulsion preparation of nanoparticles by incorporation of stabilizers with functional chemical groups.
  • Suitable stabilizers include hydrophobic or amphipathic molecules that associate with the outer surface of the nanoparticles.
  • a second is post-particle preparation, by direct crosslinking particles and ligands with homo- or heterobifunctional crosslinkers.
  • This second procedure may use a suitable chemistry and a class of crosslinkers (CDI, EDAC, glutaraldehydes, etc. as discussed in more detail below) or any other crosslinker that couples ligands to the particle surface via chemical modification of the particle surface after preparation.
  • This second class also includes a process whereby amphiphilic molecules such as fatty acids, lipids or functional stabilizers may be passively adsorbed and adhered to the particle surface, thereby introducing functional end groups for tethering to ligands.
  • One useful protocol involves the “activation” of hydroxyl groups on polymer chains with the agent, carbonyldiimidazole (CDI) in aprotic solvents such as DMSO, acetone, or THF.
  • CDI forms an imidazolyl carbamate complex with the hydroxyl group which may be displaced by binding the free amino group of a molecule such as a protein.
  • the reaction is an N-nucleophilic substitution and results in a stable N-alkylcarbamate linkage of the molecule to the polymer.
  • the “coupling” of the molecule to the “activated” polymer matrix is maximal in the pH range of 9-10 and normally requires at least 24 hrs.
  • the resulting molecule-polymer complex is stable and resists hydrolysis for extended periods of time.
  • Another coupling method involves the use of 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide (EDAC) or “water-soluble CDI” in conjunction with N-hydroxylsulfosuccinimide (sulfo NHS) to couple the exposed carboxylic groups of polymers to the free amino groups of molecules in a totally aqueous environment at the physiological pH of 7.0.
  • EDAC and sulfo-NHS form an activated ester with the carboxylic acid groups of the polymer which react with the amine end of a molecule to form a peptide bond.
  • the resulting peptide bond is resistant to hydrolysis.
  • the use of sulfo-NHS in the reaction increases the efficiency of the EDAC coupling by a factor of ten-fold and provides for exceptionally gentle conditions that ensure the viability of the molecule-polymer complex.
  • a useful coupling procedure for attaching molecules with free hydroxyl and carboxyl groups to polymers involves the use of the cross-linking agent, divinylsulfone. This method would be useful for attaching sugars or other hydroxylic compounds with bioadhesive properties to hydroxylic matrices.
  • the activation involves the reaction of divinylsulfone to the hydroxyl groups of the polymer, forming the vinylsulfonyl ethyl ether of the polymer.
  • the vinyl groups will couple to alcohols, phenols and even amines.
  • Activation and coupling take place at pH 11.
  • the linkage is stable in the pH range from 1-8 and is suitable for transit through the intestine.
  • Any suitable coupling method known to those skilled in the art for the coupling of molecules and polymers with double bonds including the use of UV crosslinking, may be used for attachment of molecules to the polymer.
  • coupling agents can be conjugated to affinity tags.
  • Affinity tags are any molecular species which form highly specific, noncovalent, physiochemical interactions with defined binding partners. Affinity tags which form highly specific, noncovalent, physiochemical interactions with one another are defined herein as “complementary”. Suitable affinity tag pairs are well known in the art and include epitope/antibody, biotin/avidin, biotin/streptavidin, biotin/neutravidin, glutathione-S-transferase/glutathione, maltose binding protein/amylase and maltose binding protein/maltose.
  • epitope/antibody binding pairs examples include, but are not limited to, HA, FLAG, c-Myc, glutatione-S-transferase, His 6 , GFP, DIG, biotin and avidin.
  • Antibodies both monoclonal and polyclonal and antigen-binding fragments thereof which bind to these epitopes are well known in the art.
  • Affinity tags that are conjugated to coupling agents allow for highly flexible, modular assembly and disassembly of functional elements which are conjugated to affinity tags which form highly specific, noncovalent, physiochemical interactions with complementary affinity tags which are conjugated to coupling agents.
  • Adaptor elements may be conjugated with a single species of affinity tag or with any combination of affinity tag species in any ratio. The ability to vary the number of species of affinity tags and their ratios conjugated to adaptor elements allows foraki control over the number of functional elements which may be attached to the nanoparticles and their ratios.
  • coupling agents are coupled directly to functional elements in the absence of affinity tags, such as through direct covalent interactions.
  • Coupling agents can be covalently coupled to at least one species of functional element.
  • Coupling agents can be covalently coupled to a single species of functional element or with any combination of species of functional elements in any ratio.
  • coupling agents are conjugated to at least one affinity tag that provides for assembly and disassembly of modular functional elements which are conjugated to complementary affinity tags.
  • coupling agents are fatty acids that are conjugated with at least one affinity tag.
  • the coupling agents are fatty acids conjugated with avidin or streptavidin. Avidin/streptavidin-conjugated fatty acids allow for the attachment of a wide variety of biotin-conjugated functional elements.
  • the coupling agents are preferably provided on, or in the surface of, nanoparticles at a high density. This high density of coupling agents allows for coupling of the polymeric nanoparticles to a variety of species of functional elements while still allowing for the functional elements to be present in high enough numbers to be efficacious.
  • the coupling agents may include fatty acids.
  • Fatty acids may be of any acyl chain length and may be saturated or unsaturated.
  • the fatty acid is palmitic acid.
  • Other suitable fatty acids include, but are not limited to, saturated fatty acids such as butyric, caproic, caprylic, capric, lauric, myristic, stearic, arachidic and behenic acid.
  • Still other suitable fatty acids include, but are not limited to, unsaturated fatty acids such as oleic, linoleic, alpha-linolenic, arachidonic, eicosapentaenoic, docosahexaenoic and erucic acid.
  • the coupling agents may include hydrophobic or amphipathic peptides.
  • Preferred peptides should be sufficiently hydrophobic to preferentially associate with the polymeric nanoparticle over the aqueous environment.
  • Amphipathic polypeptides useful as adaptor elements may be mostly hydrophobic on one end and mostly hydrophilic on the other end. Such amphipathic peptides may associate with polymeric nanoparticles through the hydrophobic end of the peptide and be conjugated on the hydrophilic end to a functional group.
  • Coupling agents may include hydrophobic polymers.
  • hydrophobic polymers include, but are not limited to, polyanhydrides, poly(ortho)esters, and polyesters such as polycaprolactone.
  • Functional molecules can be associated with, linked, conjugated, or otherwise attached directly or indirectly gene editing technology, potentiating agents, or nanoparticles utilized for delivery thereof.
  • Targeting molecules can be associated with, linked, conjugated, or otherwise attached directly or indirectly to the gene editing molecule, or to a nanoparticle or other delivery vehicle thereof.
  • Targeting molecules can be proteins, peptides, nucleic acid molecules, saccharides or polysaccharides that bind to a receptor or other molecule on the surface of a targeted cell.
  • the degree of specificity and the avidity of binding to the graft can be modulated through the selection of the targeting molecule.
  • antibodies are very specific. These can be polyclonal, monoclonal, fragments, recombinant, or single chain, many of which are commercially available or readily obtained using standard techniques.
  • moieties include, for example, targeting moieties which provide for the delivery of molecules to specific cells, e.g., antibodies to hematopoietic stem cells, CD34 + cells, T cells or any other preferred cell type, as well as receptor and ligands expressed on the preferred cell type.
  • the moieties target hematopoeitic stem cells.
  • Examples of molecules targeting extracellular matrix (“ECM”) include glycosaminoglycan (“GAG”) and collagen.
  • GAG glycosaminoglycan
  • the external surface of polymer particles may be modified to enhance the ability of the particles to interact with selected cells or tissue. The method described above wherein an adaptor element conjugated to a targeting molecule is inserted into the particle is preferred.
  • the outer surface of a polymer micro- or nanoparticle having a carboxy terminus may be linked to targeting molecules that have a free amine terminus.
  • PAMPs pathogen-associated molecular patterns
  • TLRs Toll-like Receptors
  • PAMPs conjugated to the particle surface or co-encapsulated may include: unmethylated CpG DNA (bacterial), double-stranded RNA (viral), lipopolysacharride (bacterial), peptidoglycan (bacterial), lipoarabinomannin (bacterial), zymosan (yeast), mycoplasmal lipoproteins such as MALP-2 (bacterial), flagellin (bacterial) poly(inosinic-cytidylic) acid (bacterial), lipoteichoic acid (bacterial) or imidazoquinolines (synthetic).
  • the outer surface of the particle may be treated using a mannose amine, thereby mannosylating the outer surface of the particle. This treatment may cause the particle to bind to the target cell or tissue at a mannose receptor on the antigen presenting cell surface.
  • surface conjugation with an immunoglobulin molecule containing an Fc portion targeting Fc receptor
  • HSP receptor heat shock protein moiety
  • phosphatidylserine scavenger receptors
  • LPS lipopolysaccharide
  • Lectins that can be covalently attached to micro- and nanoparticles to render them target specific to the mucin and mucosal cell layer include lectins isolated from Abrus precatroius, Agaricus bisporus, Anguilla anguilla, Arachis hypogaea, Pandeiraea simplicifolia, Bauhinia purpurea, Caragan arobrescens, Cicer arietinum, Codium fragile, Datura stramonium, Dolichos biflorus, Erythrina corallodendron, Erythrina cristagalli, Euonymus europaeus, Glycine max, Helix aspersa, Helix pomatia, Lathyrus odoratus, Lens culinaris, Limulus polyphemus, Lysopersicon esculentum, Maclura pomifera, Momordica charantia, Mycoplasma gallisepticum, Naja mocambi
  • the choice of targeting molecule will depend on the method of administration of the nanoparticle composition and the cells or tissues to be targeted.
  • the targeting molecule may generally increase the binding affinity of the particles for cell or tissues or may target the nanoparticle to a particular tissue in an organ or a particular cell type in a tissue.
  • Avidin increases the ability of polymeric nanoparticles to bind to tissues. While the exact mechanism of the enhanced binding of avidin-coated particles to tissues has not been elucidated, it is hypothesized it is caused by electrostatic attraction of positively charged avidin to the negatively charged extracellular matrix of tissue. Non-specific binding of avidin, due to electrostatic interactions, has been previously documented and zeta potential measurements of avidin-coated PLGA particles revealed a positively charged surface as compared to uncoated PLGA particles.
  • any positively charged ligand such as polyethyleneimine or polylysine
  • any polymeric particle may improve bioadhesion due to the electrostatic attraction of the cationic groups coating the beads to the net negative charge of the mucus.
  • Any ligand with a high binding affinity for mucin could also be covalently linked to most particles with the appropriate chemistry and be expected to influence the binding of particles to the gut.
  • polyclonal antibodies raised against components of mucin or else intact mucin, when covalently coupled to particles, would provide for increased bioadhesion.
  • antibodies directed against specific cell surface receptors exposed on the lumenal surface of the intestinal tract would increase the residence time of beads, when coupled to particles using the appropriate chemistry.
  • the ligand affinity need not be based only on electrostatic charge, but other useful physical parameters such as solubility in mucin or else specific affinity to carbohydrate groups.
  • any of the natural components of mucin in either pure or partially purified form to the particles would decrease the surface tension of the bead-gut interface and increase the solubility of the bead in the mucin layer.
  • the list of useful ligands includes, but is not limited to the following: sialic acid, neuraminic acid, n-acetyl-neuraminic acid, n-glycolylneuraminic acid, 4-acetyl-n-acetylneuraminic acid, diacetyl-n-acetylneuraminic acid, glucuronic acid, iduronic acid, galactose, glucose, mannose, fucose, any of the partially purified fractions prepared by chemical treatment of naturally occurring mucin, mucoproteins, mucopolysaccharides and mucopolysaccharide-protein complexes, and antibodies immunoreactive against proteins or sugar structure on the mucosal surface.
  • polyamino acids containing extra pendant carboxylic acid side groups e.g., polyaspartic acid and polyglutamic acid
  • polyamino acids containing extra pendant carboxylic acid side groups e.g., polyaspartic acid and polyglutamic acid
  • polyamino acids in the 15,000 to 50,000 kDa molecular weight range yields chains of 120 to 425 amino acid residues attached to the surface of the particles.
  • the polyamino chains increase bioadhesion by means of chain entanglement in mucin strands as well as by increased carboxylic charge.
  • epithelial cells constitute the principal barrier that separates an organism's interior from the outside world.
  • Epithelial cells such as those that line the gastrointestinal tract form continuous monolayers that simultaneously confront the extracellular fluid compartment and the extracorporeal space.
  • the nanoparticles disclosed herein further include epithelial cell targeting molecules.
  • Epithelial cell targeting molecules include monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies or bioactive fragments thereof that recognize and bind to epitopes displayed on the surface of epithelial cells.
  • Epithelial cell targeting molecules also include ligands which bind to a cell surface receptor on epithelial cells.
  • Ligands include, but are not limited to, molecules such as polypeptides, nucleotides and polysaccharides.
  • a variety of receptors on epithelial cells may be targeted by epithelial cell targeting molecules.
  • suitable receptors to be targeted include, but are not limited to, IgE Fc receptors, EpCAM, selected carbohydrate specificites, dipeptidyl peptidase, and E-cadherin.
  • the efficiency of nanoparticle delivery systems can also be improved by the attachment of functional ligands to the NP surface.
  • Potential ligands include, but are not limited to, small molecules, cell-penetrating peptides (CPPs), targeting peptides, antibodies or aptamers (Yu, et al., PLoS One., 6:e24077 (2011), Cu, et al., J Control Release, 156:258-264 (2011), Nie, et al., J Control Release, 138:64-70 (2009), Cruz, et al., J Control Release, 144:118-126 (2010)).
  • CPPs cell-penetrating peptides
  • targeting peptides include, but are not limited to, small molecules, cell-penetrating peptides (CPPs), targeting peptides, antibodies or aptamers (Yu, et al., PLoS One., 6:e24077 (2011), Cu, et al., J Control Release,
  • Attachment of these moieties serves a variety of different functions; such as inducing intracellular uptake, endosome disruption, and delivery of the plasmid payload to the nucleus.
  • tether ligands to the particle surface.
  • One approach is direct covalent attachment to the functional groups on PLGA NPs (Bertram, Acta Biomater. 5:2860-2871 (2009)).
  • Another approach utilizes amphiphilic conjugates like avidin palmitate to secure biotinylated ligands to the NP surface (Fahmy, et al., Biomaterials, 26:5727-5736 (2005), Cu, et al., Nanomedicine, 6:334-343 (2010)).
  • lipid-conjugated polyethylene glycol PEG is used as a multivalent linker of penetratin, a CPP, or folate (Cheng, et al., Biomaterials, 32:6194-6203 (2011)).
  • PEG is used as a linker for linking functional molecules to nanoparticles.
  • DSPE-PEG(2000)-maleimide is commercially available and can be used utilized for covalently attaching functional molecules such as CPP.
  • PTD Protein Transduction Domain
  • PTA Protein Transduction Domain
  • a PTD attached to another molecule facilitates the molecule traversing membranes, for example going from extracellular space to intracellular space, or cytosol to within an organelle.
  • PTA can be short basic peptide sequences such as those present in many cellular and viral proteins.
  • Exemplary protein transduction domains that are well-known in the art include, but are not limited to, the Antennapedia PTD and the TAT (transactivator of transcription) PTD, poly-arginine, poly-lysine or mixtures of arginine and lysine, HIV TAT (YGRKKRRQRRR (SEQ ID NO:7) or RKKRRQRRR (SEQ ID NO:8), 11 arginine residues, VP22 peptide, and an ANTp peptide (RQIKIWFQNRRMKWKK) (SEQ ID NO:9) or positively charged polypeptides or polynucleotides having 8-15 residues, preferably 9-11 residues.
  • Short, non-peptide polymers that are rich in amines or guanidinium groups are also capable of carrying molecules crossing biological membranes.
  • Penetratin and other derivatives of peptides derived from antennapedia Choeng, et al., Biomaterials, 32(26):6194-203 (2011) can also be used.
  • results show that penetratin in which additional Args are added, further enhances uptake and endosomal escape, and IKK NBD, which has an antennapedia domain for permeation as well as a domain that blocks activation of NFkB and has been used safely in the lung for other purposes (von Bismarck, et al., Pulmonary Pharmacology & Therapeutics, 25(3):228-35 (2012), Kamei, et al., Journal Of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 102(11):3998-4008 (2013)).
  • a “fusogenic peptide” is any peptide with membrane destabilizing abilities.
  • fusogenic peptides have the propensity to form an amphiphilic alpha-helical structure when in the presence of a hydrophobic surface such as a membrane.
  • the presence of a fusogenic peptide induces formation of pores in the cell membrane by disruption of the ordered packing of the membrane phospholipids.
  • Some fusogenic peptides act to promote lipid disorder and in this way enhance the chance of merging or fusing of proximally positioned membranes of two membrane enveloped particles of various nature (e.g. cells, enveloped viruses, liposomes).
  • fusogenic peptides may simultaneously attach to two membranes, causing merging of the membranes and promoting their fusion into one.
  • fusogenic peptides include a fusion peptide from a viral envelope protein ectodomain, a membrane-destabilizing peptide of a viral envelope protein membrane-proximal domain from the cytoplasmic tails.
  • amphiphilic-region containing peptides include: melittin, magainins, the cytoplasmic tail of HIV1 gp41, microbial and reptilian cytotoxic peptides such as bomolitin 1, pardaxin, mastoparan, crabrolin, cecropin, entamoeba, and staphylococcal .alpha.-toxin; viral fusion peptides from (1) regions at the N terminus of the transmembrane (TM) domains of viral envelope proteins, e.g.
  • TM transmembrane
  • HIV-1, SIV, influenza, polio, rhinovirus, and coxsackie virus (2) regions internal to the TM ectodomain, e.g. semliki forest virus, Sindbis virus, rota virus, rubella virus and the fusion peptide from sperm protein PH-30: (3) regions membrane-proximal to the cytoplasmic side of viral envelope proteins e.g. in viruses of avian leukosis (ALV), Feline immunodeficiency (FIV), Rous Sarcoma (RSV), Moloney murine leukemia virus (MoMuLV), and spleen necrosis (SNV).
  • ABV avian leukosis
  • FMV Feline immunodeficiency
  • RSV Rous Sarcoma
  • MoMuLV Moloney murine leukemia virus
  • SNV spleen necrosis
  • a functional molecule such as a CPP is covalently linked to DSPE-PEG-maleimide functionalized nanoparticles such as PBAE/PLGA blended particles using known methods such as those described in Fields, et al., J Control Release, 164(1):41-48 (2012).
  • DSPE-PEG-function molecule can be added to the 5.0% PVA solution during formation of the second emulsion.
  • the loading ratio is about 5 nmol/mg ligand-to-polymer ratio.
  • the functional molecule is a CPP such as those above, or mTAT (HIV-1 (with histidine modification) HHHHRKKRRQRRRRHHHHH (SEQ ID NO:10) (Yamano, et al., J Control Release, 152:278-285 (2011)); or bPrPp (Bovine prion) MVKSKIGSWILVLFVAMWS DVGLCKKRPKP (SEQ ID NO:11) (Magzoub, et al., Biochem Biophys Res Commun., 348:379-385 (2006)); or MPG (Synthetic chimera: SV40 Lg T.
  • CPP such as those above, or mTAT (HIV-1 (with histidine modification) HHHHRKKRRQRRRRHHHHH (SEQ ID NO:10) (Yamano, et al., J Control Release, 152:278-285 (2011)); or bPrPp (Bovine prion) MVKSKIGSWI
  • nanoparticle compositions described herein can be prepared by a variety of methods.
  • the nucleic acid is first complexed to a polycation.
  • Complexation can be achieved by mixing the nucleic acids and polycations at an appropriate molar ratio.
  • a polyamine is used as the polycation species, it is useful to determine the molar ratio of the polyamine nitrogen to the polynucleotide phosphate (N/P ratio).
  • N/P ratio the molar ratio of the polyamine nitrogen to the polynucleotide phosphate
  • nucleic acids and polyamines are mixed together to form a complex at an N/P ratio of between approximately 8:1 to 15:1.
  • the volume of polyamine solution required to achieve particular molar ratios can be determined according to the following formula:
  • V NH ⁇ ⁇ 2 C nucacid , final ⁇ M w , nucacid / C nucacid , final ⁇ M w , P ⁇ ⁇ N : P ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ V final C NH ⁇ ⁇ 2 / M w , NH ⁇ ⁇ 2
  • M w,nucacid molecular weight of nucleic acid
  • M w,P molecular weight of phosphate groups of the nucleic acid
  • ⁇ N:P N:P ratio (molar ratio of nitrogens from polyamine to the ratio of phosphates from the nucleic acid)
  • C NH2 , stock concentration of polyamine stock solution
  • M w,NH2 molecular weight per nitrogen of polyamine.
  • Polycation complexation with nucleic acids can be achieved by mixing solutions containing polycations with solutions containing nucleic acids.
  • the mixing can occur at any appropriate temperature. In one embodiment, the mixing occurs at room temperature.
  • the mixing can occur with mild agitation, such as can be achieved through the use of a rotary shaker.
  • the nanoparticles are formed by a double-emulsion solvent evaporation technique, such as is disclosed in U.S. Published Application No. 2011/0008451 or U.S. Published Application No. 2011/0268810, each of which is a specifically incorporated by reference in its entirety, or Fahmy, et al., Biomaterials, 26:5727-5736, (2005), or McNeer, et al., Mol . Ther. 19, 172-180 (2011)).
  • the nucleic acids or nucleic acid/polycation complexes are reconstituted in an aqueous solution.
  • Nucleic acid and polycation amounts are discussed in more detail below and can be chosen, for example, based on amounts and ratios disclosed in U.S. Published Application No. 2011/0008451 or U.S. Published Application No. 2011/0268810, or used by McNeer, et al., (McNeer, et al., Mol. Ther. 19, 172-180 (2011)), or by Woodrow et al. for small interfering RNA encapsulation (Woodrow, et al., Nat Mater, 8:526-533 (2009)). This aqueous solution is then added dropwise to a polymer solution of a desired polymer dissolved in an organic solvent to form the first emulsion.
  • This mixture is then added dropwise to solution containing a surfactant, such as polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) and sonicated to form the double emulsion.
  • a surfactant such as polyvinyl alcohol (PVA)
  • PVA polyvinyl alcohol
  • the final emulsion is then poured into a solution containing the surfactant in an aqueous solution and stirred for a period of time to allow the dichloromethane to evaporate and the particles to harden.
  • concentration of the surfactant used to form the emulsion, and the sonication time and amplitude can been optimized according to principles known in the art for formulating particles with a desired diameter.
  • the particles can be collected by centrifugation. If it is desirable to store the nanoparticles for later use, they can be rapidly frozen, and lyophilized.
  • the nanoparticles are PLGA nanoparticles.
  • nucleic acid such as PNA, DNA, or PNA-DNA
  • a polycation such as spermidine
  • Encapsulant in H 2 O can be added dropwise to a polymer solution of 50:50 ester-terminated PLGA dissolved in dichloromethane (DCM), then sonicated to form the first emulsion.
  • DCM dichloromethane
  • This emulsion can then be added dropwise to 5% polyvinyl alcohol, then sonicated to form the second emulsion.
  • Nanoparticles can then be collected and washed with, for example H 2 O, collected by centrifugation, and then resuspended in H 2 O, frozen at ⁇ 80° C., and lyophilized. Particles can be stored at ⁇ 20° C. following lyophilization.
  • the polymer is dissolved in a volatile organic solvent, such as methylene chloride.
  • a volatile organic solvent such as methylene chloride.
  • the drug either soluble or dispersed as fine particles
  • the mixture is suspended in an aqueous solution that contains a surface active agent such as poly(vinyl alcohol).
  • the resulting emulsion is stirred until most of the organic solvent evaporated, leaving solid particles.
  • the resulting particles are washed with water and dried overnight in a lyophilizer Particles with different sizes (0.5-1000 microns) and morphologies can be obtained by this method.
  • This method is useful for relatively stable polymers like polyesters and polystyrene.
  • labile polymers such as polyanhydrides
  • polyanhydrides may degrade during the fabrication process due to the presence of water.
  • the following two methods which are performed in completely anhydrous organic solvents, are more useful.
  • Interfacial polycondensation is used to microencapsulate a core material in the following manner.
  • One monomer and the core material are dissolved in a solvent.
  • a second monomer is dissolved in a second solvent (typically aqueous) which is immiscible with the first.
  • An emulsion is formed by suspending the first solution through stirring in the second solution. Once the emulsion is stabilized, an initiator is added to the aqueous phase causing interfacial polymerization at the interface of each droplet of emulsion.
  • the polymer In solvent evaporation microencapsulation, the polymer is typically dissolved in a water immiscible organic solvent and the material to be encapsulated is added to the polymer solution as a suspension or solution in an organic solvent.
  • An emulsion is formed by adding this suspension or solution to a beaker of vigorously stirring water (often containing a surface active agent, for example, polyethylene glycol or polyvinyl alcohol, to stabilize the emulsion).
  • the organic solvent is evaporated while continuing to stir. Evaporation results in precipitation of the polymer, forming solid microcapsules containing core material.
  • the solvent evaporation process can be used to entrap a liquid core material in a polymer such as PLA, PLA/PGA copolymer, or PLA/PCL copolymer microcapsules.
  • the polymer or copolymer is dissolved in a miscible mixture of solvent and nonsolvent, at a nonsolvent concentration which is immediately below the concentration which would produce phase separation (i.e., cloud point).
  • the liquid core material is added to the solution while agitating to form an emulsion and disperse the material as droplets. Solvent and nonsolvent are vaporized, with the solvent being vaporized at a faster rate, causing the polymer or copolymer to phase separate and migrate towards the surface of the core material droplets.
  • phase-separated solution is then transferred into an agitated volume of nonsolvent, causing any remaining dissolved polymer or copolymer to precipitate and extracting any residual solvent from the formed membrane.
  • the result is a microcapsule composed of polymer or copolymer shell with a core of liquid material.
  • Solvent evaporation microencapsulation can result in the stabilization of insoluble active agent particles in a polymeric solution for a period of time ranging from 0.5 hours to several months.
  • Stabilizing an insoluble pigment and polymer within the dispersed phase can be useful for most methods of microencapsulation that are dependent on a dispersed phase, including film casting, solvent evaporation, solvent removal, spray drying, phase inversion, and many others.
  • insoluble active agent particles within the polymeric solution could be critical during scale-up.
  • the particles can remain homogeneously dispersed throughout the polymeric solution as well as the resulting polymer matrix that forms during the process of microencapsulation.
  • Solvent evaporation microencapsulation have several advantages. SEM allows for the determination of the best polymer-solvent-insoluble particle mixture that will aid in the formation of a homogeneous suspension that can be used to encapsulate the particles. SEM stabilizes the insoluble particles or pigments within the polymeric solution, which will help during scale-up because one will be able to let suspensions of insoluble particles or pigments sit for long periods of time, making the process less time-dependent and less labor intensive. SEM allows for the creation of nanoparticles that have a more optimized release of the encapsulated material.
  • the polymer is first melted and then mixed with the solid particles.
  • the mixture is suspended in a non-miscible solvent (like silicon oil), and, with continuous stirring, heated to 5° C. above the melting point of the polymer.
  • a non-miscible solvent like silicon oil
  • the emulsion is stabilized, it is cooled until the polymer particles solidify.
  • the resulting particles are washed by decantation with petroleum ether to give a free-flowing powder. Particles with sizes between 0.5 to 1000 microns are obtained with this method.
  • the external surfaces of spheres prepared with this technique are usually smooth and dense. This procedure is used to prepare particles made of polyesters and polyanhydrides. However, this method is limited to polymers with molecular weights between 1,000-50,000.
  • the polymer In solvent removal microencapsulation, the polymer is typically dissolved in an oil miscible organic solvent and the material to be encapsulated is added to the polymer solution as a suspension or solution in organic solvent.
  • Surface active agents can be added to improve the dispersion of the material to be encapsulated.
  • An emulsion is formed by adding this suspension or solution to vigorously stirring oil, in which the oil is a nonsolvent for the polymer and the polymer/solvent solution is immiscible in the oil.
  • the organic solvent is removed by diffusion into the oil phase while continuing to stir. Solvent removal results in precipitation of the polymer, forming solid microcapsules containing core material.
  • phase separation microencapsulation the material to be encapsulated is dispersed in a polymer solution with stirring. While continually stirring to uniformly suspend the material, a nonsolvent for the polymer is slowly added to the solution to decrease the polymer's solubility. Depending on the solubility of the polymer in the solvent and nonsolvent, the polymer either precipitates or phase separates into a polymer rich and a polymer poor phase. Under proper conditions, the polymer in the polymer rich phase will migrate to the interface with the continuous phase, encapsulating the core material in a droplet with an outer polymer shell.
  • Spontaneous emulsification involves solidifying emulsified liquid polymer droplets by changing temperature, evaporating solvent, or adding chemical cross-linking agents.
  • the physical and chemical properties of the encapsulant, and the material to be encapsulated dictates the suitable methods of encapsulation. Factors such as hydrophobicity, molecular weight, chemical stability, and thermal stability affect encapsulation.
  • Coacervation is a process involving separation of colloidal solutions into two or more immiscible liquid layers (Ref. Dowben, R. General Physiology, Harper & Row, New York, 1969, pp. 142-143.).
  • coacervation compositions comprised of two or more phases and known as coacervates may be produced.
  • the ingredients that comprise the two phase coacervate system are present in both phases; however, the colloid rich phase has a greater concentration of the components than the colloid poor phase.
  • This technique is primarily designed for polyanhydrides.
  • the drug is dispersed or dissolved in a solution of the selected polymer in a volatile organic solvent like methylene chloride.
  • This mixture is suspended by stirring in an organic oil (such as silicon oil) to form an emulsion.
  • an organic oil such as silicon oil
  • this method can be used to make particles from polymers with high melting points and different molecular weights. Particles that range between 1-300 microns can be obtained by this procedure.
  • the external morphology of spheres produced with this technique is highly dependent on the type of polymer used.
  • the polymer is dissolved in organic solvent.
  • a known amount of the active drug is suspended (insoluble drugs) or co-dissolved (soluble drugs) in the polymer solution.
  • the solution or the dispersion is then spray-dried.
  • the polymer and nucleic acids are co-dissolved in a selected, water-miscible solvent, for example DMSO, acetone, ethanol, acetone, etc.
  • a selected, water-miscible solvent for example DMSO, acetone, ethanol, acetone, etc.
  • nucleic acids and polymer are dissolved in DMSO.
  • the solvent containing the polymer and nucleic acids is then drop-wise added to an excess volume of stirring aqueous phase containing a stabilizer (e.g., poloxamer, Pluronic®, and other stabilizers known in the art). Particles are formed and precipitated during solvent evaporation.
  • a stabilizer e.g., poloxamer, Pluronic®, and other stabilizers known in the art.
  • the viscosity of the aqueous phase can be increased by using a higher concentration of the stabilizer or other thickening agents such as glycerol and others known in the art.
  • the entire dispersed system is centrifuged, and the nucleic acid-loaded polymer nanoparticles are collected and optionally filtered. Nanoprecipitation-based techniques are discussed in, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 5,118,528.
  • nanoprecipitation includes: the method can significantly increase the encapsulation efficiency of drugs that are polar yet water-insoluble, compared to single or double emulsion methods (Alshamsan, Saudi Pharmaceutical Journal, 22(3):219-222 (2014)). No emulsification or high shear force step (e.g., sonication or high-speed homogenization) is involved in nanoprecipitation, therefore preserving the conformation of nucleic acids. Nanoprecipitation relies on the differences in the interfacial tension between the solvent and the nonsolvent, rather than shear stress, to produce nanoparticles. Hydrophobicity of the drug will retain it in the instantly-precipitating nanoparticles; the un-precipitated polymer due to equilibrium is “lost” and not in the precipitated nanoparticle form.
  • targeting molecules There are two principle groups of molecules to be encapsulated or attached to the polymer, either directly or via a coupling molecule: targeting molecules, attachment molecules and therapeutic, nutritional, diagnostic or prophylactic agents. These can be coupled using standard techniques.
  • the targeting molecule or therapeutic molecule to be delivered can be coupled directly to the polymer or to a material such as a fatty acid which is incorporated into the polymer.
  • Functionality refers to conjugation of a ligand to the surface of the particle via a functional chemical group (carboxylic acids, aldehydes, amines, sulfhydryls and hydroxyls) present on the surface of the particle and present on the ligand to be attached.
  • Functionality may be introduced into the particles in two ways. The first is during the preparation of the particles, for example during the emulsion preparation of particles by incorporation of stabilizers with functional chemical groups. Example 1 demonstrates this type of process whereby functional amphiphilic molecules are inserted into the particles during emulsion preparation.
  • a second is post-particle preparation, by direct crosslinking particles and ligands with homo- or heterobifunctional crosslinkers.
  • This second procedure may use a suitable chemistry and a class of crosslinkers (CDI, EDAC, glutaraldehydes, etc. as discussed in more detail below) or any other crosslinker that couples ligands to the particle surface via chemical modification of the particle surface after preparation.
  • This second class also includes a process whereby amphiphilic molecules such as fatty acids, lipids or functional stabilizers may be passively adsorbed and adhered to the particle surface, thereby introducing functional end groups for tethering to ligands.
  • the surface is modified to insert amphiphilic polymers or surfactants that match the polymer phase HLB or hydrophile-lipophile balance, as demonstrated in the following example.
  • HLBs range from 1 to 15. Surfactants with a low HLB are more lipid loving and thus tend to make a water in oil emulsion while those with a high HLB are more hydrophilic and tend to make an oil in water emulsion. Fatty acids and lipids have a low HLB below 10. After conjugation with target group (such as hydrophilic avidin), HLB increases above 10. This conjugate is used in emulsion preparation. Any amphiphilic polymer with an HLB in the range 1-10, more preferably between 1 and 6, most preferably between 1 and up to 5, can be used. This includes all lipids, fatty acids and detergents.
  • One useful protocol involves the “activation” of hydroxyl groups on polymer chains with the agent, carbonyldiimidazole (CDI) in aprotic solvents such as DMSO, acetone, or THF.
  • CDI forms an imidazolyl carbamate complex with the hydroxyl group which may be displaced by binding the free amino group of a ligand such as a protein.
  • the reaction is an N-nucleophilic substitution and results in a stable N-alkylcarbamate linkage of the ligand to the polymer.
  • the “coupling” of the ligand to the “activated” polymer matrix is maximal in the pH range of 9-10 and normally requires at least 24 hrs.
  • the resulting ligand-polymer complex is stable and resists hydrolysis for extended periods of time.
  • Another coupling method involves the use of 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide (EDAC) or “water-soluble CDI” in conjunction with N-hydroxylsulfosuccinimide (sulfo NHS) to couple the exposed carboxylic groups of polymers to the free amino groups of ligands in a totally aqueous environment at the physiological pH of 7.0.
  • EDAC and sulfo-NHS form an activated ester with the carboxylic acid groups of the polymer which react with the amine end of a ligand to form a peptide bond.
  • the resulting peptide bond is resistant to hydrolysis.
  • the use of sulfo-NHS in the reaction increases the efficiency of the EDAC coupling by a factor of ten-fold and provides for exceptionally gentle conditions that ensure the viability of the ligand-polymer complex.
  • a useful coupling procedure for attaching ligands with free hydroxyl and carboxyl groups to polymers involves the use of the cross-linking agent, divinylsulfone. This method would be useful for attaching sugars or other hydroxylic compounds with bioadhesive properties to hydroxylic matrices.
  • the activation involves the reaction of divinylsulfone to the hydroxyl groups of the polymer, forming the vinylsulfonyl ethyl ether of the polymer.
  • the vinyl groups will couple to alcohols, phenols and even amines.
  • Activation and coupling take place at pH 11.
  • the linkage is stable in the pH range from 1-8 and is suitable for transit through the intestine.
  • Coupling is preferably by covalent binding but it may also be indirect, for example, through a linker bound to the polymer or through an interaction between two molecules such as strepavidin and biotin. It may also be by electrostatic attraction by dip-coating.
  • the molecules to be delivered can also be encapsulated into the polymer using double emulsion solvent evaporation techniques, such as that described by Luo et al., Controlled DNA delivery system, Phar. Res., 16: 1300-1308 (1999).
  • the nanoparticle formulation can be selected based on the considerations including the targeted tissue or cells. For example, in embodiments directed to treatment of treating or correcting beta-thalassemia (e.g. when the target cells are, for example, hematopoietic stem cells), a preferred nanoparticle formulation is PLGA.
  • nanoparticle formulations particularly preferred for treating cystic fibrosis, are described in McNeer, et al., Nature Commun., 6:6952. doi: 10.1038/ncomms7952 (2015), and Fields, et al., Adv Healthc Mater., 4(3):361-6 (2015). doi: 10.1002/adhm.201400355 (2015) Epub 2014.
  • Such nanoparticles are composed of a blend of Poly(beta-amino) esters (PBAEs) and poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid) (PLGA).
  • PBAEs Poly(beta-amino) esters
  • PBAEs Poly(beta-amino) esters
  • conjugate Miichael-like
  • bifunctional amines to diacrylate esters
  • PBAEs appear to have properties that make them efficient vectors for gene delivery.
  • These cationic polymers are able to condense negatively charged pDNA, induce cellular uptake, and buffer the low pH environment of endosomes leading to DNA escape (Lynn, Langer R, editor. J Am Chem Soc. 2000. pp.
  • PBAEs have the ability to form hybrid particles with other polymers, which allows for production of solid, stable and storable particles. For example, blending cationic PBAE with PLGA produced highly loaded pDNA particles. The addition of PBAE to PLGA resulted in an increase in gene transfection in vitro and induced antigen-specific tumor rejection in a murine model (Little, et al. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA., 101:9534-9539 (2004), Little, et al., J Control Release, 107:449-462 (2005)).
  • the nanoparticles utilized to deliver the disclosed compositions are composed of a blend of PBAE and a second polymer one of those discussed above. In some embodiments, the nanoparticles are composed of a blend of PBAE and PLGA.
  • PLGA and PBAE/PLGA blended nanoparticles loaded with gene editing technology can be formulated using a double-emulsion solvent evaporation technique such as that described in detail above, and in McNeer, et al., Nature Commun., 6:6952. doi: 10.1038/ncomms7952 (2015), and Fields, et al., Adv Healthc Mater., 4(3):361-6 (2015). doi: 10.1002/adhm.201400355 (2015) Epub 2014.
  • PBAE Poly(beta amino ester)
  • PBAE blended particles such as PLGA/PBAE blended particles, contain between about 1 and 99, or between about 1 and 50, or between about 5 and 25, or between about 5 and 20, or between about 10 and 20, or about 15 percent PBAE (wt %).
  • PBAE blended particles such as PLGA/PBAE blended particles, contain about 50, 45, 40, 35, 30, 25, 20, 15, 10, or 5% PBAE (wt %). Solvent from these particles in PVA as discussed above, and in some cases may continue overnight.
  • PLGA/PBAE/MPG nanoparticles was shown to produce significantly greater nanoparticle association with airway epithelial cells than PLGA nanoparticles (Fields, et al., Advanced Healthcare Materials, 4:361-366 (2015)).
  • compositions can be used to ex vivo or in vivo gene editing.
  • the methods typically include contacting a cell with an effective amount of gene editing composition, preferably in combination with a potentiating agent, to modify the cell's genome. As discussed in more detail below, the contacting can occur ex vivo or in vivo.
  • the method includes contacting a population of target cells with an effective amount of gene editing composition, preferably in combination with a potentiating agent, to modify the genomes of a sufficient number of cells to achieve a therapeutic result.
  • the effective amount or therapeutically effective amount can be a dosage sufficient to treat, inhibit, or alleviate one or more symptoms of a disease or disorder, or to otherwise provide a desired pharmacologic and/or physiologic effect, for example, reducing, inhibiting, or reversing one or more of the underlying pathophysiological mechanisms underlying a disease or disorder.
  • the molecules when the gene editing technology is triplex forming molecules, the molecules can be administered in an effective amount to induce formation of a triple helix at the target site.
  • An effective amount of gene editing technology such as triplex-forming molecules may also be an amount effective to increase the rate of recombination of a donor fragment relative to administration of the donor fragment in the absence of the gene editing technology.
  • the formulation is made to suit the mode of administration.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are determined in part by the particular composition being administered, as well as by the particular method used to administer the composition. Accordingly, there is a wide variety of suitable formulations of pharmaceutical compositions containing the nucleic acids. The precise dosage will vary according to a variety of factors such as subject-dependent variables (e.g., age, immune system health, clinical symptoms etc.). Exemplary symptoms, pharmacologic, and physiologic effects are discussed in more detail below.
  • compositions can be administered or otherwise contacted with target cells once, twice, or three time daily; one, two, three, four, five, six, seven times a week, one, two, three, four, five, six, seven or eight times a month.
  • the composition is administered every two or three days, or on average about 2 to about 4 times about week.
  • the potentiating agent is administered to the subject prior to administration of the gene editing technology to the subject.
  • the potentiating agent can be administered to the subject, for example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 18, or 24 hours, or 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 days, or any combination thereof prior to administration of the gene editing technology to the subject.
  • the gene editing technology is administered to the subject prior to administration of the potentiating agent to the subject.
  • the gene editing technology can be administered to the subject, for example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 18, or 24 hours, or 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 days, or any combination thereof prior to administration of the potentiating agent to the subject.
  • compositions are administered in an amount effective to induce gene modification in at least one target allele to occur at frequency of at least 0.1, 0.2. 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, or 25% of target cells.
  • gene modification occurs in at least one target allele at a frequency of about 0.1-25%, or 0.5-25%, or 1-25% 2-25%, or 3-25%, or 4-25% or 5-25% or 6-25%, or 7-25%, or 8-25%, or 9-25%, or 10-25%, 11-25%, or 12-25%, or 13%-25% or 14%-25% or 15-25%, or 2-20%, or 3-20%, or 4-20% or 5-20% or 6-20%, or 7-20%, or 8-20%, or 9-20%, or 10-20%, 11-20%, or 12-20%, or 13%-20% or 14%-20% or 15-20%, 2-15%, or 3-15%, or 4-15% or 5-15% or 6-15%, or 7-15%, or 8-15%, or 9-15%, or 10-15%, 11-15%, or 12-15%, or 13%-15% or 14%-15%.
  • gene modification occurs in at least one target allele at a frequency of about 0.1% to about 10%, or about 0.2% to about 10%, or about 0.3% to about 10%, or about 0.4% to about 10%, or about 0.5% to about 10%, or about 0.6% to about 10%, or about 0.7% to about 10%, or about 0.8% to about 10%, or about 0.9% to about 10%, or about 1.0% to about 10%, or about 1.1% to about 10%, or about 1.1% to about 10%, 1.2% to about 10%, or about 1.3% to about 10%, or about 1.4% to about 10%, or about 1.5% to about 10%, or about 1.6% to about 10%, or about 1.7% to about 10%, or about 1.8% to about 10%, or about 1.9% to about 10%, or about 2.0% to about 10%, or about 2.5% to about 10%, or about 3.0% to about 10%, or about 3.5% to about 10%, or about 4.0% to about 10%, or about 4.5% to about 10%, or about 5.0% to about 10%.
  • gene modification occurs with low off-target effects.
  • off-target modification is undetectable using routine analysis such as those described in the Examples below.
  • off-target incidents occur at a frequency of 0-1%, or 0-0.1%, or 0-0.01%, or 0-0.001%, or 0-0.0001%, or 0-0000.1%, or 0-0.000001%.
  • off-target modification occurs at a frequency that is about 10 2 , 10 3 , 10 4 , or 10 5 -fold lower than at the target site.
  • dosage forms useful in the disclosed methods can include doses in the range of about 10 2 to about 10 50 , or about 10 5 to about 10 40 , or about 10 10 to about 10 30 , or about 10 12 to about 10 20 copies of the gene editing technology per dose.
  • about 10 13 , 10 14 , 10 15 , 10 16 , or 10 17 copies of gene editing technology are administered to a subject in need thereof.
  • dosages are expressed in moles.
  • the dose of gene editing technology is about 0.1 nmol to about 100 nmol, or about 0.25 nmol to about 50 nmol, or about 0.5 nmol to about 25 nmol, or about 0.75 nmol to about 7.5 nmol.
  • dosages are expressed in molecules per target cells.
  • the dose of gene editing technology is about 10 2 to about 10 50 , or about 10 5 to about 10 15 , or about 10 7 to about 10 12 , or about 10 8 to about 10 11 copies of the gene editing technology per target cell.
  • dosages are expressed in mg/kg, particularly when the expressed as an in vivo dosage of gene editing composition packaged in a nanoparticle with or without functional molecules.
  • Dosages can be, for example 0.1 mg/kg to about 1,000 mg/kg, or 0.5 mg/kg to about 1,000 mg/kg, or 1 mg/kg to about 1,000 mg/kg, or about 10 mg/kg to about 500 mg/kg, or about 20 mg/kg to about 500 mg/kg per dose, or 20 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg per dose, or 25 mg/kg to about 75 mg/kg per dose, or about 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, or 75 mg/kg per dose.
  • dosages are expressed in mg/ml, particularly when the expressed as an ex vivo dosage of gene editing composition packaged in a nanoparticle with or without functional molecules.
  • Dosages can be, for example 0.01 mg/ml to about 100 mg/ml, or about 0.5 mg/ml to about 50 mg/ml, or about 1 mg/ml to about 10 mg/ml per dose to a cell population of 10 6 cells.
  • gene editing technology can be administered without, but is preferably administered with at least one donor oligonucleotide. Such donors can be administered at similar dosages as the gene editing technology.
  • Compositions should include an amount of donor fragment effective to recombine at the target site in the presence of a gene editing technology such as triplex forming molecules.
  • the methods can include contacting cells with an effective amount potentiating agents.
  • the amount of potentiating agent is effective to increase gene modification when used in combination with a gene modifying technology, compared to using the gene modifying technology in the absence of the potentiating agent.
  • Exemplary dosages for SCF include, about 0.01 mg/kg to about 250 mg/kg, or about 0.1 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg, or about 0.5 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg, or about 0.75 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg.
  • the dosage can be selected by the practitioner based on known, preferred humans dosages.
  • the dosage is below the lowest-observed-adverse-effect level (LOAEL), and is preferably a no observed adverse effect level (NOAEL) dosage.
  • LOAEL lowest-observed-adverse-effect level
  • NOAEL no observed adverse effect level
  • ex vivo gene therapy of cells is used for the treatment of a genetic disorder in a subject.
  • cells are isolated from a subject and contacted ex vivo with the compositions to produce cells containing mutations in or adjacent to genes.
  • the cells are isolated from the subject to be treated or from a syngenic host.
  • Target cells are removed from a subject prior to contacting with a gene editing composition and preferably a potentiating factor.
  • the cells can be hematopoietic progenitor or stem cells.
  • the target cells are CD34 + hematopoietic stem cells.
  • HSCs Hematopoietic stem cells
  • CD34 + cells are multipotent stem cells that give rise to all the blood cell types including erythrocytes. Therefore, CD34+ cells can be isolated from a patient with, for example, thalassemia, sickle cell disease, or a lysosomal storage disease, the mutant gene altered or repaired ex-vivo using the disclosed compositions and methods, and the cells reintroduced back into the patient as a treatment or a cure.
  • Stem cells can be isolated and enriched by one of skill in the art. Methods for such isolation and enrichment of CD34 + and other cells are known in the art and disclosed for example in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,965,204; 4,714,680; 5,061,620; 5,643,741; 5,677,136; 5,716,827; 5,750,397 and 5,759,793.
  • enriched indicates a proportion of a desirable element (e.g. hematopoietic progenitor and stem cells) which is higher than that found in the natural source of the cells.
  • a composition of cells may be enriched over a natural source of the cells by at least one order of magnitude, preferably two or three orders, and more preferably 10, 100, 200 or 1000 orders of magnitude.
  • CD34 + cells can be recovered from cord blood, bone marrow or from blood after cytokine mobilization effected by injecting the donor with hematopoietic growth factors such as granulocyte colony stimulating factor (G-CSF), granulocyte-monocyte colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF), stem cell factor (SCF) subcutaneously or intravenously in amounts sufficient to cause movement of hematopoietic stem cells from the bone marrow space into the peripheral circulation.
  • G-CSF granulocyte colony stimulating factor
  • GM-CSF granulocyte-monocyte colony stimulating factor
  • SCF stem cell factor
  • bone marrow cells may be obtained from any suitable source of bone marrow, e.g. tibiae, femora, spine, and other bone cavities.
  • an appropriate solution may be used to flush the bone, which solution will be a balanced salt solution, conveniently supplemented with fetal calf serum or other naturally occurring factors, in conjunction with an acceptable buffer at low concentration, generally from about 5 to 25 mM.
  • Convenient buffers include Hepes, phosphate buffers, lactate buffers, etc.
  • Cells can be selected by positive and negative selection techniques.
  • Cells can be selected using commercially available antibodies which bind to hematopoietic progenitor or stem cell surface antigens, e.g. CD34, using methods known to those of skill in the art.
  • the antibodies may be conjugated to magnetic beads and immunogenic procedures utilized to recover the desired cell type.
  • Other techniques involve the use of fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS).
  • FACS fluorescence activated cell sorting
  • the CD34 antigen which is found on progenitor cells within the hematopoietic system of non-leukemic individuals, is expressed on a population of cells recognized by the monoclonal antibody My-10 (i.e., express the CD34 antigen) and can be used to isolate stem cell for bone marrow transplantation.
  • progenitor or stem cells can be characterized as being any of CD3 ⁇ , CDT, CD8 ⁇ , CD10 ⁇ , CD14 ⁇ , CD15 ⁇ , CD19 ⁇ , CD20 ⁇ , CD33 ⁇ , Class II HLA + and Thy-1 + .
  • progenitor or stem cells may be propagated by growing in any suitable medium.
  • progenitor or stem cells can be grown in conditioned medium from stromal cells, such as those that can be obtained from bone marrow or liver associated with the secretion of factors, or in medium including cell surface factors supporting the proliferation of stem cells.
  • Stromal cells may be freed of hematopoietic cells employing appropriate monoclonal antibodies for removal of the undesired cells.
  • the isolated cells are contacted ex vivo with a combination of triplex-forming molecules and donor oligonucleotides in amounts effective to cause the desired mutations in or adjacent to genes in need of repair or alteration, for example the human beta-globin or ⁇ -L-iduronidase gene. These cells are referred to herein as modified cells.
  • Methods for transfection of cells with oligonucleotides and peptide nucleic acids are well known in the art (Koppelhus, et al., Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev., 55(2): 267-280 (2003)). It may be desirable to synchronize the cells in S-phase to further increase the frequency of gene correction.
  • Methods for synchronizing cultured cells for example, by double thymidine block, are known in the art (Zielke, et al., Methods Cell Biol., 8:107-121 (1974)).
  • the modified cells can be maintained or expanded in culture prior to administration to a subject.
  • Culture conditions are generally known in the art depending on the cell type. Conditions for the maintenance of CD34 + in particular have been well studied, and several suitable methods are available.
  • a common approach to ex vivo multi-potential hematopoietic cell expansion is to culture purified progenitor or stem cells in the presence of early-acting cytokines such as interleukin-3.
  • TPO thrombopoietin
  • SCF stem cell factor
  • Flt-3L flt3 ligand
  • cells can be maintained ex vivo in a nutritive medium (e.g., for minutes, hours, or 3, 6, 9, 13, or more days) including murine prolactin-like protein E (mPLP-E) or murine prolactin-like protein F (mPIP-F; collectively mPLP-E/IF) (U.S. Pat. No. 6,261,841).
  • a nutritive medium e.g., for minutes, hours, or 3, 6, 9, 13, or more days
  • mPLP-E murine prolactin-like protein E
  • mPIP-F murine prolactin-like protein F
  • the modified hematopoietic stem cells are differentiated ex vivo into CD4 + cells culture using specific combinations of interleukins and growth factors prior to administration to a subject using methods well known in the art.
  • the cells may be expanded ex vivo in large numbers, preferably at least a 5-fold, more preferably at least a 10-fold and even more preferably at least a 20-fold expansion of cells compared to the original population of isolated hematopoietic stem cells.
  • cells for ex vivo gene therapy can be dedifferentiated somatic cells.
  • Somatic cells can be reprogrammed to become pluripotent stem-like cells that can be induced to become hematopoietic progenitor cells.
  • the hematopoietic progenitor cells can then be treated with triplex-forming molecules and donor oligonucleotides as described above with respect to CD34 + cells to produce recombinant cells having one or more modified genes.
  • Representative somatic cells that can be reprogrammed include, but are not limited to fibroblasts, adipocytes, and muscles cells.
  • Hematopoietic progenitor cells from induced stem-like cells have been successfully developed in the mouse (Hanna, J. et al. Science, 318:1920-1923 (2007)).
  • somatic cells are harvested from a host.
  • the somatic cells are autologous fibroblasts.
  • the cells are cultured and transduced with vectors encoding Oct4, Sox2, Klf4, and c-Myc transcription factors.
  • the transduced cells are cultured and screened for embryonic stem cell (ES) morphology and ES cell markers including, but not limited to AP, SSEA1, and Nanog.
  • ES embryonic stem cell
  • the transduced ES cells are cultured and induced to produce induced stem-like cells.
  • Cells are then screened for CD41 and c-kit markers (early hematopoietic progenitor markers) as well as markers for myeloid and erythroid differentiation.
  • the modified hematopoietic stem cells or modified induced hematopoietic progenitor cells are then introduced into a subject. Delivery of the cells may be effected using various methods and includes most preferably intravenous administration by infusion as well as direct depot injection into periosteal, bone marrow and/or subcutaneous sites.
  • the subject receiving the modified cells may be treated for bone marrow conditioning to enhance engraftment of the cells.
  • the recipient may be treated to enhance engraftment, using a radiation or chemotherapeutic treatment prior to the administration of the cells.
  • the cells Upon administration, the cells will generally require a period of time to engraft. Achieving significant engraftment of hematopoietic stem or progenitor cells typically takes weeks to months.
  • modified hematopoietic stem cells A high percentage of engraftment of modified hematopoietic stem cells is not envisioned to be necessary to achieve significant prophylactic or therapeutic effect. It is expected that the engrafted cells will expand over time following engraftment to increase the percentage of modified cells. In some embodiments, the modified cells have a corrected ⁇ -L-iduronidase gene. Therefore, in a subject with Hurler syndrome, the modified cells are expected to improve or cure the condition. It is expected that engraftment of only a small number or small percentage of modified hematopoietic stem cells will be required to provide a prophylactic or therapeutic effect.
  • the cells to be administered to a subject will be autologous, e.g. derived from the subject, or syngenic.
  • compositions can be administered directly to a subject for in vivo gene therapy.
  • compositions are preferably employed for therapeutic uses in combination with a suitable pharmaceutical carrier.
  • suitable pharmaceutical carrier include an effective amount of the composition, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
  • nucleotides administered in vivo are taken up and distributed to cells and tissues (Huang, et al., FEBS Lett., 558(1-3):69-73 (2004)).
  • Nyce, et al. have shown that antisense oligodeoxynucleotides (ODNs) when inhaled bind to endogenous surfactant (a lipid produced by lung cells) and are taken up by lung cells without a need for additional carrier lipids (Nyce, et al., Nature, 385:721-725 (1997)).
  • small nucleic acids are readily taken up into T24 bladder carcinoma tissue culture cells (Ma, et al., Antisense Nucleic Acid Drug Dev., 8:415-426 (1998)).
  • compositions including triplex-forming molecules, such as TFOs and PNAs, and donor fragments may be in a formulation for administration topically, locally or systemically in a suitable pharmaceutical carrier.
  • Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 15th Edition by E. W. Martin discloses typical carriers and methods of preparation.
  • the compound may also be encapsulated in suitable biocompatible microcapsules, microparticles, nanoparticles, or microspheres formed of biodegradable or non-biodegradable polymers or proteins or liposomes for targeting to cells.
  • Such systems are well known to those skilled in the art and may be optimized for use with the appropriate nucleic acid.
  • nucleic acid delivery systems include the desired nucleic acid, by way of example and not by limitation, in either “naked” form as a “naked” nucleic acid, or formulated in a vehicle suitable for delivery, such as in a complex with a cationic molecule or a liposome forming lipid, or as a component of a vector, or a component of a pharmaceutical composition.
  • the nucleic acid delivery system can be provided to the cell either directly, such as by contacting it with the cell, or indirectly, such as through the action of any biological process.
  • the nucleic acid delivery system can be provided to the cell by endocytosis, receptor targeting, coupling with native or synthetic cell membrane fragments, physical means such as electroporation, combining the nucleic acid delivery system with a polymeric carrier such as a controlled release film or nanoparticle or microparticle, using a vector, injecting the nucleic acid delivery system into a tissue or fluid surrounding the cell, simple diffusion of the nucleic acid delivery system across the cell membrane, or by any active or passive transport mechanism across the cell membrane. Additionally, the nucleic acid delivery system can be provided to the cell using techniques such as antibody-related targeting and antibody-mediated immobilization of a viral vector.
  • Formulations for topical administration may include ointments, lotions, creams, gels, drops, suppositories, sprays, liquids and powders.
  • Conventional pharmaceutical carriers, aqueous, powder or oily bases, or thickeners can be used as desired.
  • Formulations suitable for parenteral administration include aqueous and non-aqueous, isotonic sterile injection solutions, which can contain antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats, and solutes that render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient, and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions, solutions or emulsions that can include suspending agents, solubilizers, thickening agents, dispersing agents, stabilizers, and preservatives.
  • aqueous and non-aqueous, isotonic sterile injection solutions which can contain antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats, and solutes that render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient
  • aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions, solutions or emulsions that can include suspending agents, solubilizers, thickening agents, dispersing agents, stabilizers, and preservatives.
  • Formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampules or in multi-dose containers, optionally with an added preservative.
  • the compositions may take such forms as sterile aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, suspensions and emulsions, which can be isotonic with the blood of the subject in certain embodiments.
  • nonaqueous solvents are polypropylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, vegetable oil such as olive oil, sesame oil, coconut oil, arachis oil, peanut oil, mineral oil, injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate, or fixed oils including synthetic mono or di-glycerides.
  • Aqueous carriers include water, alcoholic/aqueous solutions, emulsions or suspensions, including saline and buffered media.
  • Parenteral vehicles include sodium chloride solution, 1,3-butandiol, Ringer's dextrose, dextrose and sodium chloride, lactated Ringer's or fixed oils.
  • Intravenous vehicles include fluid and nutrient replenishers, and electrolyte replenishers (such as those based on Ringer's dextrose). Preservatives and other additives may also be present such as, for example, antimicrobials, antioxidants, chelating agents and inert gases.
  • sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
  • any bland fixed oil including synthetic mono- or di-glycerides may be employed.
  • fatty acids such as oleic acid may be used in the preparation of injectables.
  • Carrier formulation can be found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa. Those of skill in the art can readily determine the various parameters for preparing and formulating the compositions without resort to undue experimentation.
  • compositions alone or in combination with other suitable components, can also be made into aerosol formulations (i.e., they can be “nebulized”) to be administered via inhalation.
  • Aerosol formulations can be placed into pressurized acceptable propellants, such as dichlorodifluoromethane, propane, nitrogen, and air.
  • pressurized acceptable propellants such as dichlorodifluoromethane, propane, nitrogen, and air.
  • the compounds are delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation from pressurized packs or a nebulizer, with the use of a suitable propellant.
  • the compositions include pharmaceutically acceptable carriers with formulation ingredients such as salts, carriers, buffering agents, emulsifiers, diluents, excipients, chelating agents, fillers, drying agents, antioxidants, antimicrobials, preservatives, binding agents, bulking agents, silicas, solubilizers, or stabilizers.
  • formulation ingredients such as salts, carriers, buffering agents, emulsifiers, diluents, excipients, chelating agents, fillers, drying agents, antioxidants, antimicrobials, preservatives, binding agents, bulking agents, silicas, solubilizers, or stabilizers.
  • the triplex-forming molecules and/or donor oligonucleotides are conjugated to lipophilic groups like cholesterol and lauric and lithocholic acid derivatives with C32 functionality to improve cellular uptake.
  • cholesterol has been demonstrated to enhance uptake and serum stability of siRNA in vitro (Lorenz, et al., Bioorg. Med.
  • acridine derivatives include acridine derivatives; cross-linkers such as psoralen derivatives, azidophenacyl, proflavin, and azidoproflavin; artificial endonucleases; metal complexes such as EDTA-Fe(II) and porphyrin-Fe(II); alkylating moieties; nucleases such as alkaline phosphatase; terminal transferases; abzymes; cholesteryl moieties; lipophilic carriers; peptide conjugates; long chain alcohols; phosphate esters; radioactive markers; non-radioactive markers; carbohydrates; and polylysine or other polyamines.
  • cross-linkers such as psoralen derivatives, azidophenacyl, proflavin, and azidoproflavin
  • artificial endonucleases such as EDTA-Fe(II) and porphyrin-Fe(II)
  • alkylating moieties include nucleases
  • No. 6,919,208 to Levy, et al. also describes methods for enhanced delivery.
  • These pharmaceutical formulations may be manufactured in a manner that is itself known, e.g., by means of conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, levigating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping or lyophilizing processes.
  • compositions are injected into the organism undergoing genetic manipulation, such as an animal requiring gene therapy.
  • compositions can be administered by a number of routes including, but not limited to, oral, intravenous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, transdermal, subcutaneous, topical, sublingual, rectal, intranasal, pulmonary, and other suitable means.
  • routes including, but not limited to, oral, intravenous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, transdermal, subcutaneous, topical, sublingual, rectal, intranasal, pulmonary, and other suitable means.
  • the compositions can also be administered via liposomes.
  • Such administration routes and appropriate formulations are generally known to those of skill in the art.
  • Administration of the formulations may be accomplished by any acceptable method which allows the gene editing compositions to reach their targets.
  • any acceptable method known to one of ordinary skill in the art may be used to administer a formulation to the subject.
  • the administration may be localized (i.e., to a particular region, physiological system, tissue, organ, or cell type) or systemic, depending on the condition being treated.
  • Injections can be e.g., intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, or intraperitoneal. In some embodiments, the injections can be given at multiple locations. Implantation includes inserting implantable drug delivery systems, e.g., microspheres, hydrogels, polymeric reservoirs, cholesterol matrixes, polymeric systems, e.g., matrix erosion and/or diffusion systems and non-polymeric systems, e.g., compressed, fused, or partially-fused pellets. Inhalation includes administering the composition with an aerosol in an inhaler, either alone or attached to a carrier that can be absorbed. For systemic administration, it may be preferred that the composition is encapsulated in liposomes.
  • implantable drug delivery systems e.g., microspheres, hydrogels, polymeric reservoirs, cholesterol matrixes, polymeric systems, e.g., matrix erosion and/or diffusion systems and non-polymeric systems, e.g., compressed, fused, or partially-fused pellet
  • compositions may be delivered in a manner which enables tissue-specific uptake of the agent and/or nucleotide delivery system.
  • Techniques include using tissue or organ localizing devices, such as wound dressings or transdermal delivery systems, using invasive devices such as vascular or urinary catheters, and using interventional devices such as stents having drug delivery capability and configured as expansive devices or stent grafts.
  • the formulations may be delivered using a bioerodible implant by way of diffusion or by degradation of the polymeric matrix.
  • the administration of the formulation may be designed so as to result in sequential exposures to the composition, over a certain time period, for example, hours, days, weeks, months or years. This may be accomplished, for example, by repeated administrations of a formulation or by a sustained or controlled release delivery system in which the compositions are delivered over a prolonged period without repeated administrations. Administration of the formulations using such a delivery system may be, for example, by oral dosage forms, bolus injections, transdermal patches or subcutaneous implants. Maintaining a substantially constant concentration of the composition may be preferred in some cases.
  • release delivery systems include time-release, delayed release, sustained release, or controlled release delivery systems. Such systems may avoid repeated administrations in many cases, increasing convenience to the subject and the physician.
  • release delivery systems include, for example, polymer-based systems such as polylactic and/or polyglycolic acids, polyanhydrides, polycaprolactones, copolyoxalates, polyesteramides, polyorthoesters, polyhydroxybutyric acid, and/or combinations of these.
  • Microcapsules of the foregoing polymers containing nucleic acids are described in, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 5,075,109.
  • Non-polymer systems that are lipid-based including sterols such as cholesterol, cholesterol esters, and fatty acids or neutral fats such as mono-, di- and triglycerides; hydrogel release systems; liposome-based systems; phospholipid based-systems; silastic systems; peptide based systems; wax coatings; compressed tablets using conventional binders and excipients; or partially fused implants.
  • Specific examples include erosional systems in which the oligonucleotides are contained in a formulation within a matrix (for example, as described in U.S. Pat. Nos.
  • the formulation may be as, for example, microspheres, hydrogels, polymeric reservoirs, cholesterol matrices, or polymeric systems.
  • the system may allow sustained or controlled release of the composition to occur, for example, through control of the diffusion or erosion/degradation rate of the formulation containing the triplex-forming molecules and donor oligonucleotides.
  • a pump-based hardware delivery system may be used to deliver one or more embodiments.
  • Examples of systems in which release occurs in bursts include systems in which the composition is entrapped in liposomes which are encapsulated in a polymer matrix, the liposomes being sensitive to specific stimuli, e.g., temperature, pH, light or a degrading enzyme and systems in which the composition is encapsulated by an ionically-coated microcapsule with a microcapsule core degrading enzyme.
  • Examples of systems in which release of the inhibitor is gradual and continuous include, e.g., erosional systems in which the composition is contained in a form within a matrix and effusional systems in which the composition permeates at a controlled rate, e.g., through a polymer.
  • Such sustained release systems can be in the form of pellets, or capsules.
  • Long-term release implant means that the implant containing the composition is constructed and arranged to deliver therapeutically effective levels of the composition for at least 30 or 45 days, and preferably at least 60 or 90 days, or even longer in some cases.
  • Long-term release implants are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art, and include some of the release systems described above.
  • Active agent(s) and compositions thereof can be formulated for pulmonary or mucosal administration.
  • the administration can include delivery of the composition to the lungs, nasal, oral (sublingual, buccal), vaginal, or rectal mucosa.
  • the compounds are formulated for pulmonary delivery, such as intranasal administration or oral inhalation.
  • the respiratory tract is the structure involved in the exchange of gases between the atmosphere and the blood stream.
  • the lungs are branching structures ultimately ending with the alveoli where the exchange of gases occurs.
  • the alveolar surface area is the largest in the respiratory system and is where drug absorption occurs.
  • the alveoli are covered by a thin epithelium without cilia or a mucus blanket and secrete surfactant phospholipids.
  • the respiratory tract encompasses the upper airways, including the oropharynx and larynx, followed by the lower airways, which include the trachea followed by bifurcations into the bronchi and bronchioli.
  • the upper and lower airways are called the conducting airways.
  • the terminal bronchioli then divide into respiratory bronchiole, which then lead to the ultimate respiratory zone, the alveoli, or deep lung.
  • the deep lung, or alveoli is the primary target of inhaled therapeutic aerosols for systemic drug delivery.
  • Pulmonary administration of therapeutic compositions comprised of low molecular weight drugs has been observed, for example, beta-androgenic antagonists to treat asthma.
  • Other therapeutic agents that are active in the lungs have been administered systemically and targeted via pulmonary absorption.
  • Nasal delivery is considered to be a promising technique for administration of therapeutics for the following reasons: the nose has a large surface area available for drug absorption due to the coverage of the epithelial surface by numerous microvilli, the subepithelial layer is highly vascularized, the venous blood from the nose passes directly into the systemic circulation and therefore avoids the loss of drug by first-pass metabolism in the liver, it offers lower doses, more rapid attainment of therapeutic blood levels, quicker onset of pharmacological activity, fewer side effects, high total blood flow per cm 3 , porous endothelial basement membrane, and it is easily accessible.
  • aerosol refers to any preparation of a fine mist of particles, which can be in solution or a suspension, whether or not it is produced using a propellant. Aerosols can be produced using standard techniques, such as ultrasonication or high-pressure treatment.
  • Carriers for pulmonary formulations can be divided into those for dry powder formulations and for administration as solutions. Aerosols for the delivery of therapeutic agents to the respiratory tract are known in the art.
  • the formulation can be formulated into a solution, e.g., water or isotonic saline, buffered or un-buffered, or as a suspension, for intranasal administration as drops or as a spray.
  • solutions or suspensions are isotonic relative to nasal secretions and of about the same pH, ranging e.g., from about pH 4.0 to about pH 7.4 or, from pH 6.0 to pH 7.0.
  • Buffers should be physiologically compatible and include, simply by way of example, phosphate buffers.
  • a representative nasal decongestant is described as being buffered to a pH of about 6.2.
  • a suitable saline content and pH for an innocuous aqueous solution for nasal and/or upper respiratory administration is described.
  • the aqueous solution is water, physiologically acceptable aqueous solutions containing salts and/or buffers, such as phosphate buffered saline (PBS), or any other aqueous solution acceptable for administration to an animal or human.
  • PBS phosphate buffered saline
  • Such solutions are well known to a person skilled in the art and include, but are not limited to, distilled water, de-ionized water, pure or ultrapure water, saline, phosphate-buffered saline (PBS).
  • Other suitable aqueous vehicles include, but are not limited to, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride.
  • Aqueous suspensions may include suspending agents such as cellulose derivatives, sodium alginate, polyvinyl-pyrrolidone and gum tragacanth, and a wetting agent such as lecithin.
  • suspending agents such as cellulose derivatives, sodium alginate, polyvinyl-pyrrolidone and gum tragacanth
  • a wetting agent such as lecithin.
  • Suitable preservatives for aqueous suspensions include ethyl and n-propyl p-hydroxybenzoate.
  • solvents that are low toxicity organic (i.e. nonaqueous) class 3 residual solvents such as ethanol, acetone, ethyl acetate, tetrahydrofuran, ethyl ether, and propanol may be used for the formulations.
  • the solvent is selected based on its ability to readily aerosolize the formulation.
  • the solvent should not detrimentally react with the compounds.
  • An appropriate solvent should be used that dissolves the compounds or forms a suspension of the compounds.
  • the solvent should be sufficiently volatile to enable formation of an aerosol of the solution or suspension. Additional solvents or aerosolizing agents, such as freons, can be added as desired to increase the volatility of the solution or suspension.
  • compositions may contain minor amounts of polymers, surfactants, or other excipients well known to those of the art.
  • minor amounts means no excipients are present that might affect or mediate uptake of the compounds in the lungs and that the excipients that are present are present in amount that do not adversely affect uptake of compounds in the lungs.
  • Dry lipid powders can be directly dispersed in ethanol because of their hydrophobic character.
  • organic solvents such as chloroform
  • the desired quantity of solution is placed in a vial, and the chloroform is evaporated under a stream of nitrogen to form a dry thin film on the surface of a glass vial.
  • the film swells easily when reconstituted with ethanol.
  • the suspension is sonicated.
  • Nonaqueous suspensions of lipids can also be prepared in absolute ethanol using a reusable PARI LC Jet+ nebulizer (PARI Respiratory Equipment, Monterey, Calif.).
  • Gene therapy is apparent when studied in the context of human genetic diseases, for example, cystic fibrosis, hemophilia, globinopathies such as sickle cell anemia and beta-thalassemia, xeroderma pigmentosum, and lysosomal storage diseases, though the strategies are also useful for treating non-genetic disease such as HIV, in the context of ex vivo-based cell modification and also for in vivo cell modification.
  • the disclosed compositions are especially useful to treat genetic deficiencies, disorders and diseases caused by mutations in single genes, for example, to correct genetic deficiencies, disorders and diseases caused by point mutations. If the target gene contains a mutation that is the cause of a genetic disorder, then the disclosed compositions can be used for mutagenic repair that may restore the DNA sequence of the target gene to normal.
  • the target sequence can be within the coding DNA sequence of the gene or within an intron.
  • the target sequence can also be within DNA sequences that regulate expression of the target gene, including promoter or enhancer sequences.
  • the oligonucleotide is useful for causing a mutation that inactivates the gene and terminates or reduces the uncontrolled proliferation of the cell.
  • the oligonucleotide is also a useful anti-cancer agent for activating a repressor gene that has lost its ability to repress proliferation.
  • the target gene can also be a gene that encodes an immune regulatory factor, such as PD-1, in order to enhance the host's immune response to a cancer.
  • Programmed cell death protein 1 also known as PD-1 and CD279 (cluster of differentiation 279), is a protein encoded by the PDCD1 gene.
  • PD-1 has two ligands: PD-L1 and PD-L2.
  • PD-1 is expressed on a subset of thymocytes and up-regulated on T, B, and myeloid cells after activation (Agata, et al., Int. Immunol., 8:765-772 (1996)).
  • PD-1 acts to antagonize signal transduction downstream of the TCR after it binds a peptide antigen presented by the major histocompatibility complex (MHC).
  • MHC major histocompatibility complex
  • T-cells can function as an immune checkpoint, by preventing the activation of T-cells, which in turn reduces autoimmunity and promotes self-tolerance, but can also reduce the body's ability to combat cancer.
  • compositions are used to treat cancer.
  • the gene modification technology can be designed to reduce or prevent expression of PD-1, and administered in an effective amount to do so.
  • compositions can be used as antiviral agents, for example, when designed to modify a specific a portion of a viral genome necessary for proper proliferation or function of the virus.
  • any of the triplex-forming sequences herein can have one or more mutations (e.g., substitutions, deletions, or insertions), such that the triplex-forming molecules still bind to the target sequence.
  • triplex-forming sequences herein can be manufactured using canonical nucleic acids or other suitable substitutes including those disclosed herein (e.g., PNAs), without or without any of the base, sugar, or backbone modifications discussed herein or in WO 1996/040271, WO/2010/123983, and U.S. Pat. No. 8,658,608.
  • any of the triplex-forming sequences herein can be peptide nucleic acids.
  • one or more of the cytosines of any of triplex-forming sequences herein is substituted with a pseudoisocytosine.
  • all of the cytosines in the Hoogsteen-binding portion of a triplex forming molecule are substituted with pseudoisocytosine.
  • any of the triplex-forming sequences herein includes one or more of peptide nucleic acid monomers substituted with a ⁇ PNA.
  • all of the peptide nucleic acid monomers in the Hoogsteen-binding portion only, the Watson-Crick-binding portion only, or across the entire PNA are substituted with ⁇ PNA monomers.
  • alternating residues are PNA and ⁇ PNA in the Hoogsteen-binding portion only, the Watson-Crick-binding portion only, or across the entire PNA are substituted.
  • the ⁇ PNAs are miniPEG ⁇ PNA, methyl ⁇ PNA, another ⁇ substitution discussed above.
  • the PNA oligomer includes two or more different ⁇ PNAs.
  • the residues in the Watson-Crick binding portion are ⁇ PNA (e.g., miniPEG-containing ⁇ PNA); (2) some or all of the residues in the Hoogsteen binding portion are ⁇ PNA (e.g., miniPEG-containing ⁇ PNA); or (3) some or all of the residue (in the Watson-Crick and/or Hoogsteen binding portions) are ⁇ PNA (e.g., miniPEG-containing ⁇ PNA).
  • ⁇ PNA e.g., miniPEG-containing ⁇ PNA
  • some or all of the residues in the Watson-Crick binding portion are ⁇ PNA (e.g., miniPEG-containing ⁇ PNA).
  • any of the triplex foiming nucleic acid sequence herein is a peptide nucleic acid wherein (1) all of the residues in the Watson-Crick binding portion are ⁇ PNA (e.g., miniPEG-containing ⁇ PNA) and none of the residues is in Hoogsteen binding portion are ⁇ PNA (e.g., miniPEG-containing ⁇ PNA); (2) all of the residues in the Hoogsteen binding portion are ⁇ PNA (e.g., miniPEG-containing ⁇ PNA) and none of the residues is in Watson-Crick binding portion are ⁇ PNA (e.g., miniPEG-containing ⁇ PNA); or (3) all of the residues (in the Watson-Crick and Hoogsteen binding portions) are ⁇ PNA (e.g., miniPEG-containing ⁇ PNA).
  • ⁇ PNA e.g., miniPEG-containing ⁇ PNA
  • Preferred triplex molecules are bis-peptide nucleic acids with pseudoisocytosine substituted for one or more cytosines, particularly in the Hoogsteen-binding portion, and wherein some or all of the PNA are ⁇ PNA.
  • any of the triplex-forming sequences herein can have one or more G-clamp monomers.
  • one or more cytosines or variant thereof such as pseudoisocytosine in any of the triplex-forming sequences herein can be substituted or otherwise modified to be a clamp-G (9-(2-guanidinoethoxy) phenoxazine).
  • any of the triplex-forming sequences herein can include a flexible linker, linking, for example, a Hoogsteen-binding domain and a Watson-Crick binding domain to form a bis-PNA.
  • the sequences can be linked with a flexible linker.
  • the flexible linker includes about 1-10, more preferably 2-5, most preferably about 3 units such as 8-amino-2,6,10-trioxaoctanoic acid residues.
  • Some molecules include N-terminal or C-terminal non-binding residues, preferably positively charged.
  • some molecules include 1-10, preferable 2-5, most preferably about 3 lysines at the N-terminus, the C-terminus, or a combination thereof of the PNA.
  • “J” is pseudoisocyto sine
  • “O” is flexible 8-amino-3,6-dioxaoctanoic acid, 6-aminohexanoic acid monomers
  • “K” and “lys” are lysine.
  • PNA sequences are generally presented in an H-“nucleic acid sequence”-NH 2 orientation.
  • the Hoosten-binding portion is typically oriented up stream (e.g., at the “H” end) of the linker, while the Watson-Crick-binding portion is typically oriented downstream (e.g., at the NH 2 end) of the linker.
  • any of the donors can include optional phosphorothioate internucleoside linkages, particular between the three or four terminal 5′ and three or four terminal 3′ nucleotides.
  • each of the donor oligonucleotide sequences disclosed herein is expressly disclosed without any phosphorothioate internucleoside linkages, and with phosphorothioate internucleoside linkages, preferably between the three or four terminal 5′ and three or four terminal 3′ nucleotides.
  • globinopathies account for significant morbidity and mortality. Over 1,200 different known genetic mutations affect the DNA sequence of the human alpha-like (HBZ, HBA2, HBA1, and HBQ1) and beta-like (HBE1, HBG1, HBD, and HBB) globin genes. Two of the more prevalent and well-studied globinopathies are sickle cell anemia and ⁇ -thalassemia. Substitution of valine for glutamic acid at position 6 of the ⁇ -globin chain in patients with sickle cell anemia predisposes to hemoglobin polymerization, leading to sickle cell rigidity and vasoocclusion with resulting tissue and organ damage.
  • globinopathies represent the most common single-gene disorders in man.
  • Triplex forming oligonucleotides are particularly well suited to treat globinopathies, as they are single gene disorders caused by point mutations.
  • Triplex forming molecules disclosed herein are effective at binding to the human ⁇ -globin both in vitro and in living cells, both ex vivo and in vivo in animals.
  • Experimental results demonstrate correction of a thalassemia-associated mutation in vivo in a transgenic mouse carrying a human beta globin gene with the IVS2-654 thalassemia mutation (in place of the endogenous mouse beta globin) with correction of the mutation in 4% of the total bone marrow cells, cure of the anemia with blood hemoglobin levels showing a sustained elevation into the normal range, reversal of extramedullary hematopoiesis and reversal of splenomegaly, and reduction in reticulocyte counts, following systemic administration of PNA and DNA containing nanoparticles.
  • ⁇ -thalassemia is an unstable hemoglobinopathy leading to the precipitation of ⁇ -hemoglobin within RBCs resulting in a severe hemolytic anemia.
  • Patients experience jaundice and splenomegaly, with substantially decreased blood hemoglobin concentrations necessitating repeated transfusions, typically resulting in severe iron overload with time.
  • Cardiac failure due to myocardial siderosis is a major cause of death from ⁇ -thalassemia by the end of the third decade. Reduction of repeated blood transfusions in these patients is therefore of primary importance to improve patient outcomes.
  • GenBank sequence of the chromosome-11 human-native hemoglobin-gene cluster (GenBank: U01317.1—Human beta globin region on chromosome 11—LOCUS HUMHBB, 73308 bp ds-DNA) from base 60001 to base 66060 is presented below.
  • This portion of the GenBank sequence contains the native ⁇ globin gene sequence.
  • intron 2 In sickle cell hemoglobin the adenine base at position 62206 (or position 2206 as listed in SEQ ID NO:13, indicated in bold and heavy underlining) is mutated to a thymine.
  • IVS2 intron 2
  • SEQ ID NO:14 Other common point mutations occur in intron 2 (IVS2), which is highlighted in the sequence below by italics (SEQ ID NO:14) and corresponds with nucleotides 2,632-3,481 of SEQ ID NO:13. Mutations include IVS2-1, IVS2-566, IVS2-654, IVS2-705, and IVS2-745, which are also shown in bold and heavy underlining; numbering relative to the start of intron 2.
  • Exemplary triplex forming molecule binding sites are provided in, for example, WO 1996/040271, WO/2010/123983, and U.S. Pat. No. 8,658,608, and in the working Examples below.
  • Target regions can be reference based on the coding strand of genomic DNA, or the complementary non-coding sequence thereto (e.g., the Watson or Crick stand).
  • Exemplary target regions are identified with reference to the coding sequence of the globin gene sequence in the sequence below by double underlining and a combination of underlining and double underlining (wherein the underlining is optional additional binding sequence). Additionally, for each targeting sequence identified, the complementary target sequence on the reverse non-coding strand is also explicitly disclosed as a triplex forming molecule binding sequence.
  • triplex forming molecules can be designed to bind a target region on either the coding or non-coding strand.
  • triplex-forming molecules such as PNA and tcPNA preferably invade the target duplex, displacement of the polypyrimidine, and induce triplex formation with the displaced polypurine.
  • Gene editing molecules can be designed based on the guidance provided herein and otherwise known in the art. Exemplary triplex forming molecule and donor sequences, are provided in, for example, WO 1996/040271, WO/2010/123983, and U.S. Pat. No. 8,658,608, and in the working Examples below, and can be altered to include one or more of the modifications disclosed herein.
  • Triplex forming molecules can include a sequence substantially complementary to the polypurine strand of the polypyrimidine:polypurine target motif.
  • the triplex forming molecules target a region corresponding to nucleotides 566-577, optionally 566-583 or more of SEQ ID NO:14; a region corresponding to nucleotides 807-813, optionally 807-824 or more of SEQ ID NO:14; or a region corresponding to nucleotides 605-611, optionally 605-621 of SEQ ID NO:14.
  • the triplex-forming molecules can form a triple-stranded molecule with the sequence including GAAAGAAAGAGA (SEQ ID NO:15) or TGCCCTGAAAGAAAGAGA (SEQ ID NO:16) or GGAGAAA (SEQ ID NO:17) or AGAATGGTGCAAAGAGG (SEQ ID NO:18) or AAAAGGG (SEQ ID NO:19) or ACATGATTAGCAAAAGGG (SEQ ID NO:20).
  • the triplex-folining molecule includes the nucleic acid sequence CTTTCTTTCTCT (SEQ ID NO:21), preferable includes the sequence CTTTCTTTCTCT (SEQ ID NO:21) linked to the sequence TCTCTTTCTTTC (SEQ ID NO:22), or more preferable includes the sequence CTTTCTTTCTCT (SEQ ID NO:21) linked to the sequence TCTCTTTCTTTCAGGGCA (SEQ ID NO:23).
  • the triplex-forming molecule includes the nucleic acid sequence TTTCCC (SEQ ID NO:24), preferable includes the sequence TTTCCC (SEQ ID NO:24) linked to the sequence CCCTTTT (SEQ ID NO:25), or more preferable includes the sequence TTTCCC (SEQ ID NO:24) linked to the sequence CCCTTTTGCTAATCATGT (SEQ ID NO:26).
  • the triplex-forming molecule includes the nucleic acid sequence TTTCTCC (SEQ ID NO:27), preferable includes the sequence TTTCTCC (SEQ ID NO:27) linked to the sequence CCTCTTT (SEQ ID NO:28), or more preferable includes the sequence TTTCTCC (SEQ ID NO:27) linked to the sequence CCTCTTTGCACCATTCT (SEQ ID NO:29).
  • the triplex forming nucleic acid is a peptide nucleic acid including the sequence JTTTJTTTJTJT (SEQ ID NO:30) linked to the sequence TCTCTTTCTTTC (SEQ ID NO:22) or TCTCTTTCTTTCAGGGCA (SEQ ID NO:23); or
  • a peptide nucleic acid including the sequence TTTTJJJ (SEQ ID NO:31) linked to the sequence CCCTTTT (SEQ ID NO:25) or CCCTTTTGCTAATCATGT (SEQ ID NO:26);
  • TTTJTJJ (SEQ ID NO:32) linked to the sequence CCTCTTT (SEQ ID NO:28) or CCTCTTTGCACCATTCT (SEQ ID NO:29),
  • one or more of the PNA monomers is a ⁇ PNA.
  • the triplex forming molecule is a peptide nucleic acid including the sequence lys-lys-lys-JTTTJTTTJTJT-OOO-T C T C T T T C T T T C A G G G C A -lys-lys-lys (SEQ ID NO:33), or
  • the PNA monomers is a ⁇ PNA.
  • the bolded and underlined residues are miniPEG-containing ⁇ PNA.
  • the triplex forming nucleic acid is a peptide nucleic acid including the sequence TJTTTTJTTJ (SEQ ID NO:36) linked to the sequence CTTCTTTTCT (SEQ ID NO:37); or
  • TTJTTJTTTJ (SEQ ID NO:38) linked to the sequence CTTTCTTCTT (SEQ ID NO:39);
  • JJJTJJTTJT (SEQ ID NO:40) linked to the sequence TCTTCCTCCC (SEQ ID NO:41);
  • one or more of the PNA monomers is a ⁇ PNA.
  • the triplex forming nucleic acid is a peptide nucleic acid including the sequence lys-lys-lys-TJTTTTJTTJ-OOO-C T T C T T T T C T -lys-lys-lys (SEQ ID NO:42) (IVS2-24); or
  • the PNA monomers is a ⁇ PNA.
  • the bolded and underlined residues are miniPEG-containing ⁇ PNA.
  • the triplex-forming molecule includes the nucleic acid sequence CCTCTTC (SEQ ID NO:45), preferable includes the sequence CCTCTTC (SEQ ID NO:45) linked to the sequence CTTCTCC (SEQ ID NO:46), or more preferable includes the sequence CCTCTTC (SEQ ID NO:45) linked to the sequence CTTCTCCAAAGGAGT (SEQ ID NO:47) or CTTCTCCACAGGAGTCAG (SEQ ID NO:48) or CTTCTCCACAGGAGTCAGGTGC (SEQ ID NO:205).
  • the triplex-forming molecule includes the nucleic acid sequence TTCCTCT (SEQ ID NO:49), preferable includes the sequence TTCCTCT (SEQ ID NO:49) linked to the sequence TCTCCTT (SEQ ID NO:50), or more preferable includes the sequence TTCCTCT (SEQ ID NO:49) linked to the sequence TCTCCTTAAACCTGT (SEQ ID NO:51) or TCTCCTTAAACCTGTCTT (SEQ ID NO:212).
  • the triplex-forming molecule includes the nucleic acid sequence TCTCTTCT (SEQ ID NO:52), preferable includes the sequence TCTCTTCT (SEQ ID NO:52) linked to the sequence TCTTCTCT (SEQ ID NO:53), or more preferable includes the sequence TCTCTTCT (SEQ ID NO:52) linked to the sequence TCTTCTCTGTCTCCAC (SEQ ID NO:54) or TCTTCTCTGTCTCCACAT (SEQ ID NO:55).
  • the triplex forming nucleic acid is a peptide nucleic acid including the sequence JJTJTTJ (SEQ ID NO:56) linked to the sequence CTTCTCC (SEQ ID NO:46) or CTTCTCCAAAGGAGT (SEQ ID NO:47) or CTTCTCCACAGGAGTCAG (SEQ ID NO:48) or CTTCTCCACAGGAGTCAGGTGC (SEQ ID NO:205);
  • TTJJTJT (SEQ ID NO:214) linked to the sequence TCTCCTT (SEQ ID NO:50) or TCTCCTTAAACCTGT (SEQ ID NO:51) or TCTCCTTAAACCTGTCTT (SEQ ID NO:212);
  • TJTJTTJT SEQ ID NO:215 linked to the sequence TCTTCTCT (SEQ ID NO:53) or TCTTCTCTGTCTCCAC (SEQ ID NO:54) or TCTTCTCTGTCTCCACAT (SEQ ID NO:55);
  • one or more of the PNA monomers is a ⁇ PNA.
  • the triplex forming nucleic acid is a peptide nucleic acid including the sequence
  • the PNA monomers is a ⁇ PNA.
  • the bolded and underlined residues are miniPEG-containing ⁇ PNA.
  • the triplex forming molecules are used in combination with a donor oligonucleotide for correction of IVS2-654 mutation that includes the sequence 5′ AAAGAATAACAGTGATAATTTCTGGGTTAAGG C AATAGCAATATCTCTGCATATAAATAT 3′ (SEQ ID NO:65) with the correcting IVS2-654 nucleotide underlined, or a functional fragment thereof that is suitable and sufficient to correct the IVS2-654 mutation.
  • DonorGFP-IVS2-1 Sense
  • DonorGFP-IVS2-1 Antisense
  • 5′-AAACATCAAGGGTCCCATAGACTCACCTCGCCCTCGCCGGACACGCTGAAC-3′ SEQ ID NO:62
  • a Sickle Cells Disease mutation can be corrected using a donor having the sequence
  • 5ACAGACACCATGGTGCACCTGACTCCTGAGGAGAAGTCTGC CGTTACTGCC 3′ SEQ ID NO:64
  • a functional fragment thereof that is suitable and sufficient to correct a mutation, wherein the bolded and underlined residue is the correction (see, e.g., FIG. 6 ), or
  • Cystic fibrosis is a lethal autosomal recessive disease caused by defects in the cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator (CFTR), an ion channel that mediates Cl ⁇ transport. Lack of CFTR function results in chronic obstructive lung disease and premature death due to respiratory failure, intestinal obstruction syndromes, exocrine and endocrine pancreatic dysfunction, and infertility (Davis, et al., Pediatr Rev., 22(8):257-64 (2001)).
  • CFTR cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator
  • CFTR CFTR protein
  • nonsense mutations account for approximately 10% of disease causing mutations.
  • G542X and W1282X are the most common with frequencies of 2.6% and 1.6% respectfully.
  • the compositions are administered by intranasal or pulmonary delivery.
  • the compositions can be administered in an effective amount to induce or enhance gene correction in an amount effective to reduce one or more symptoms of cystic fibrosis.
  • the gene correction occurs at an amount effective to improve impaired response to cyclic AMP stimulation, improve hyperpolarization in response to forskolin, reduction in the large lumen negative nasal potential, reduction in inflammatory cells in the bronchoalveolar lavage (BAL), improve lung histology, or a combination thereof.
  • the target cells are cells, particularly epithelial cells, that make up the sweat glands in the skin, that line passageways inside the lungs, liver, pancreas, or digestive or reproductive systems.
  • the target cells are bronchial epithelial cells. While permanent genomic change using PNA/DNA is less transient than plasmid-based approaches and the changes will be passed on to daughter cells, some modified cells may be lost over time with regular turnover of the respiratory epithelium.
  • the target cells are lung epithelial progenitor cells. Modification of lung epithelial progenitors can induce more long-term correction of phenotype.
  • CFTR cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator
  • the triplex-forming molecules are designed to target the CFTR gene at nucleotides 9,152-9,159 (TTTCCTCT (SEQ ID NO:70)) or 9,159-9,168 (TTTCCTCTATGGGTAAG (SEQ ID NO:71) of accession number AH006034.1, or the non-coding strand (e.g., 3′-5′ complementary sequence) corresponding to nucleotides 9,152-9,159 or 9,152-9,168 (e.g., 5′-AGAGGAAA-3′ (SEQ ID NO:72), or 5′-CTTACCCATAGAGGAAA-3′ (SEQ ID NO:73)).
  • the triplex-forming molecules are designed to target the CFTR gene at nucleotides 9,039-9,046 (5′-AGAAGAGG-3′ (SEQ ID NO:74), or 9,030-9,046 (5′-ATGCCAACTAGAAGAGG-3′ (SEQ ID NO:75)) of accession number AH006034.1, or the non-coding strand (e.g., 3′-5′ complementary sequence) corresponding to nucleotides (5′ CCTCTTCT 3′ (SEQ ID NO:76)) or (5′ CCTCTTCTAGTTGGCAT 3′ (SEQ ID NO:77).
  • the triplex-forming molecules are designed to target the CFTR gene at nucleotides 8,665-8,683 (CTTTCCCTT (SEQ ID NO:78)) or 8,665-8,682 (CTTTCCCTTGTATCTTTT (SEQ ID NO:79) of accession number AH006034.1, or the non-coding strand (e.g., 3′-5′ complementary sequence) corresponding to nucleotides 8,665-8,683 or 8,665-8,682 (e.g., 5′-AAGGGAAAG-3′ (SEQ ID NO:80), or 5′-AAAAGATAC AAGGGAAAG-3′ (SEQ ID NO:81)).
  • CTTTCCCTT SEQ ID NO:78
  • CTTCCCTTGTATCTTTTTT accession number AH006034.1
  • the non-coding strand e.g., 3′-5′ complementary sequence
  • nucleotides 8,665-8,683 or 8,665-8,682 e.g., 5′-AAGGGA
  • the triplex-forming molecules are designed to target the W1282X mutation in CFTR gene at the sequence GAAGGAGAAA (SEQ ID NO:163), AAAAGGAA (SEQ ID NO:164), or AGAAAAAAGG (SEQ ID NO:165), or the inverse complement thereof. See FIG. 8C .
  • the triplex-forming molecules are designed to target the G542X mutation in CFTR gene at the sequence AGAAAAA (SEQ ID NO:166), AGAGAAAGA (SEQ ID NO:167), or AAAGAAA (SEQ ID NO:168), or the inverse complement thereof. See FIG. 9C .
  • the triplex-forming molecule includes the nucleic acid sequence includes TCTCCTTT (SEQ ID NO:82), preferably linked to the sequence TTTCCTCT (SEQ ID NO:83) or more preferably includes TCTCCTTT (SEQ ID NO:82) linked to the sequence TTTCCTCTATGGGTAAG (SEQ ID NO:84); or
  • TCTTCTCC (SEQ ID NO:85) preferably linked to the sequence CCTCTTCT (SEQ ID NO:86), or more preferably includes TCTTCTCC (SEQ ID NO:85) linked to CCTCTTCTAGTTGGCAT (SEQ ID NO:87); or
  • TTCCCTTTC (SEQ ID NO:88)
  • TTCCCTTTC (SEQ ID NO:88) linked to the sequence CTTTCCCTT (SEQ ID NO:89)
  • TTCCCTTTC (SEQ ID NO:89) linked to the sequence CTTTCCCTTGTATCTTTT (SEQ ID NO:90).
  • the triplex forming nucleic acid is a peptide nucleic acid including the sequence TJTJJTTT (SEQ ID NO:91), linked to the sequence TTTCCTCT (SEQ ID NO:83) or TTTCCTCTATGGGTAAG (SEQ ID NO:84); or
  • TJTTJTJJ (SEQ ID NO:216) linked to the sequence CCTCTTCT (SEQ ID NO:86), or CCTCTTCTAGTTGGCAT (SEQ ID NO:87);
  • TTJJJTTTJ linked to the sequence CTTTCCCTT (SEQ ID NO:89), or CTTTCCCTTGTATCTTTT (SEQ ID NO:90);
  • one or more of the PNA monomers is a ⁇ PNA.
  • the triplex forming nucleic acid is a peptide nucleic acid including the sequence is lys-lys-lys-TJTJJTTT-OOO-T T T C C T C T A T G G G T A A G-lys-lys-lys (SEQ ID NO:93) (hCFPNA2); or
  • the PNA monomers is a ⁇ PNA.
  • the bolded and underlined residues are miniPEG-containing ⁇ PNA.
  • a donor that can be used for CFTR gene correction particularly in combination with the foregoing triplex forming molecules, includes the sequence 5′TTCTGTATCTATATTCATCATAGGAAACACCAAAGATAATGTTCTCC TTAATGGTGCCAGG3′ (SEQ ID NO:96), or a functional fragment thereof that is suitable and sufficient to correct the F508del mutation in the cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator (CFTR) gene.
  • CFTR cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator
  • the triplex-forming molecule includes the nucleic acid sequence CTTCCTCTTT (SEQ ID NO:97), preferable includes the sequence CTTCCTCTTT (SEQ ID NO:97) linked to the sequence TTTCTCCTTC (SEQ ID NO:98), or more preferable includes the sequence CTTCCTCTTT (SEQ ID NO:97) linked to the sequence TTTCTCCTTCAGTGTTCA (SEQ ID NO:99); or
  • the triplex-forming molecule includes the nucleic acid sequence TTTTCCT (SEQ ID NO:100), preferable includes the sequence TTTTCCT (SEQ ID NO:100) linked to the sequence TCCTTTT (SEQ ID NO:101), or more preferable includes the sequence TTTTCCT (SEQ ID NO:100) linked to the sequence TCCTTTTGCTCACCTGTGGT (SEQ ID NO:102); or
  • the triplex-forming molecule includes the nucleic acid sequence TCTTTTTTCC (SEQ ID NO:103), preferable includes the sequence TCTTTTTTCC (SEQ ID NO:103) linked to the sequence CCTTTTTTCT (SEQ ID NO:104), or more preferable includes the sequence TCTTTTTTCC (SEQ ID NO:103) linked to the sequence CCTTTTTTCTGGCTAAGT (SEQ ID NO:105).
  • the triple forming nucleic acid is a peptide nucleic acid including the sequence JTTJJTJTTT (SEQ ID NO:106) linked to the sequence TTTCTCCTTC (SEQ ID NO:98) or TTTCTCCTTCAGTGTTCA (SEQ ID NO:99); or
  • a peptide nucleic acid including the sequence TTTTJJT (SEQ ID NO:107) linked to the sequence TCCTTTT (SEQ ID NO:101) or linked to the sequence TCCTTTTGCTCACCTGTGGT (SEQ ID NO:102); or
  • a peptide nucleic acid including the sequence TJTTTTTTJJ (SEQ ID NO:108) linked to the sequence CCTTTTTTCT (SEQ ID NO:104) or linked to the sequence CCTTTTTTCTGGCTAAGT (SEQ ID NO:105);
  • one or more of the PNA monomers is a ⁇ PNA.
  • the triplex forming nucleic acid is a peptide nucleic acid including the sequence lys-lys-lys-JTTJJTJTTT-OOO-T T T C T C C T T C A G T G T T C A -lys-lys-lys (SEQ ID NO:155) (tcPNA-1236); or
  • the PNA monomers is a ⁇ PNA.
  • the bolded and underlined residues are miniPEG-containing ⁇ PNA.
  • a donor that can be used for CFTR gene correction particularly in combination with the foregoing triplex forming molecules, includes the sequence T(s)C(s)T(s)-TGGGATTCAATAAC C TTGCA G ACAGTGGAG ⁇ square root over (G) ⁇ AA G GCCTTTGG C GTGATACCACAGG-(s)T(s)G(s) (SEQ ID NO:109) or a functional fragment thereof that is suitable and sufficient to correct a mutation in CFTR, wherein the bolded and underlined nucleotides are inserted mutations for gene correction, and “(s)” indicates an optional phosphorothioate internucleoside linkage. See also, FIGS. 8A-8C , W1282X.
  • the triplex-forming molecule includes the nucleic acid sequence TCTTTTT (SEQ ID NO:110), preferable includes the sequence TCTTTTT (SEQ ID NO:110) linked to the sequence TTTTTCT (SEQ ID NO:111), or more preferable includes the sequence TCTTTTT (SEQ ID NO:110) linked to the sequence TTTTTCTGTAATTTTTAA (SEQ ID NO:112); or
  • the triplex-forming molecule includes the nucleic acid sequence TCTCTTTCT (SEQ ID NO:113), preferable includes the sequence TCTCTTTCT (SEQ ID NO:113) linked to the sequence TCTTTCTCT (SEQ ID NO:114), or more preferable includes the sequence TCTCTTTCT (SEQ ID NO:113) linked to the sequence TCTTTCTCTGCAAACTT (SEQ ID NO:115); or
  • the triplex-forming molecule includes the nucleic acid sequence TTTCTTT (SEQ ID NO:116), preferable includes the sequence TTTCTTT (SEQ ID NO:116) linked to the sequence TTTCTTT (SEQ ID NO:116), or more preferable includes the sequence TTTCTTT (SEQ ID NO:116) linked to the sequence TTTCTTTAAGAACGAGCA (SEQ ID NO:117).
  • the triple forming nucleic acid is a peptide nucleic acid including the sequence TJTTTTT (SEQ ID NO:118) linked to the sequence TTTTTCT (SEQ ID NO:111) or TTTTTCTGTAATTTTTAA (SEQ ID NO:112); or
  • a peptide nucleic acid including the sequence TJTJTTTJT (SEQ ID NO:119) linked to the sequence TCTTTCTCT (SEQ ID NO:114) or linked to the sequence TCTTTCTCTGCAAACTT (SEQ ID NO:115); or
  • a peptide nucleic acid including the sequence TTTJTTT (SEQ ID NO:120) linked to the sequence TTTCTTT (SEQ ID NO:116) or linked to the sequence TTTCTTTAAGAACGAGCA (SEQ ID NO:117);
  • one or more of the PNA monomers is a ⁇ PNA.
  • the triplex forming nucleic acid is a peptide nucleic acid including the sequence lys-lys-lys-TJTTTTT-OOO-T T T T T C T G T A A T T T T T T A A -lys-lys-lys (SEQ ID NO:121) (tcPNA-302); or
  • the PNA monomers is a ⁇ PNA.
  • the bolded and underlined residues are miniPEG-containing ⁇ PNA.
  • a donor that can be used for CFTR gene correction particularly in combination with the foregoing triplex forming molecules, includes the sequence T(s)C(s)C(s)-AAGTTTGCAGAGAAAGA T AATATAGT C CTT G GAGAAGG A GGAATCAC C CTGAGTGG A-G(s)G(s)T(s) (SEQ ID NO:124), or a functional fragment thereof that is suitable and sufficient to correct a mutation in CFTR, wherein the bolded and underlined nucleotides are inserted mutations for gene correction, and “(s)” indicates an optional phosphorothioate internucleoside linkage. See also, FIGS. 9A-9C , G542X.
  • the gene editing compositions can be used to treat infections, for example those caused by HIV.
  • the target sequence for the triplex-forming molecules is within or adjacent to a human gene that encodes a cell surface receptor for human immunodeficiency virus (HIV).
  • the target sequence of the triplex-forming molecules is within or is adjacent to a portion of a HIV receptor gene important to its function in HIV entry into cells, such as sequences that are involved in efficient expression of the receptor, transport of the receptor to the cell surface, stability of the receptor, viral binding by the receptor, or endocytosis of the receptor.
  • Target sequences can be within the coding DNA sequence of the gene or within introns.
  • Target sequences can also be within DNA sequences that regulate expression of the target gene, including promoter or enhancer sequences.
  • the target sequence can be within or adjacent to any gene encoding a cell surface receptor that facilitates entry of HIV into cells.
  • the molecular mechanism of HIV entry into cells involves specific interactions between the viral envelope glycoproteins (env) and two target cell proteins, CD4 and the chemokine receptors. HIV cell tropism is determined by the specificity of the env for a particular chemokine receptor, a 7 transmembrane-spanning, G protein-coupled receptor (Steinberger, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA. 97: 805-10 (2000)).
  • CXC chemokine receptors The two major families of chemokine receptors are the CXC chemokine receptors and the CC chemokine receptors (CCR) so named for their binding of CXC and CC chemokines, respectively. While CXC chemokine receptors traditionally have been associated with acute inflammatory responses, the CCRs are mostly expressed on cell types found in connection with chronic inflammation and T-cell-mediated inflammatory reactions: eosinophils, basophils, monocytes, macrophages, dendritic cells, and T cells (Nansen, et al. 2002, Blood 99:4). In one embodiment, the target sequence is within or adjacent to the human genes encoding chemokine receptors, including, but not limited to, CXCR4, CCR5, CCR2b, CCR3, and CCR1.
  • the target sequence is within or adjacent to the human CCR5 gene.
  • the CCR5 chemokine receptor is the major co-receptor for R5-tropic HIV strains, which are responsible for most cases of initial, acute HIV infection. Individuals who possess a homozygous inactivating mutation, referred to as the A32 mutation, in the CCR5 gene are almost completely resistant to infection by R5-tropic HIV-1 strains. The A32 mutation produces a 32 base pair deletion in the CCR5 coding region.
  • CCR5 Another naturally occurring mutation in the CCR5 gene is the m303 mutation, characterized by an open reading frame single T to A base pair transversion at nucleotide 303 which indicates a cysteine to stop codon change in the first extracellular loop of the chemokine receptor protein at amino acid 101 (C101X) (Carrington et al. 1997). Mutagenesis assays have not detected the expression of the m303 co-receptor on the surface of CCR5 null transfected cells which were found to be non-susceptible to HIV-1 R5-isolates in infection assays (Blanpain, et al. (2000).
  • compositions and methods for targeted gene therapy using triplex-forming oligonucleotides and peptide nucleic acids for treating infectious diseases such as HIV are described in U.S. Application No. 2008/050920 and WO 2011/133803.
  • Each provides sequences of triplex foiming molecules, target sequences, and donor oligonucleotides that can be utilized in the compositions and methods provided herein.
  • the gene for human CCR5 is known in the art and is provided at GENBANK accession number NM_000579.
  • the coding region of the human CCR5 gene is provided by nucleotides 358 to 1416 of GENBANK accession number NM_000579.
  • the target region is a polypurine site within or adjacent to a gene encoding a chemokine receptor including CXCR4, CCR5, CCR2b, CCR3, and CCR1.
  • the target region is a polypurine or homopurine site within the coding region of the human CCR5 gene.
  • Three homopurine sites in the coding region of the CCR5 gene that are especially useful as target sites for triplex-forming molecules are from positions 509-518, 679-690 and 900-908 relative to the ATG start codon.
  • the homopurine site from 679-690 partially encompasses the site of the nonsense mutation created by the 432 mutation.
  • Triplex-forming molecules that bind to this target site are particularly useful.
  • the triplex-forming molecule includes the nucleic acid sequence CTCTTCTTCT (SEQ ID NO:125), preferable includes the sequence CTCTTCTTCT (SEQ ID NO:125) linked to the sequence TCTTCTTCTC (SEQ ID NO:126), or more preferable includes the sequence CTCTTCTTCT (SEQ ID NO:125) linked to the sequence TCTTCTTCTCATTTC (SEQ ID NO:127).
  • the triplex-forming molecule includes the nucleic acid sequence CTTCT (SEQ ID NO:128), preferable includes the sequence CTTCT (SEQ ID NO:128) linked to the sequence TCTTC (SEQ ID NO:129) or TCTTCTTCTC (SEQ ID NO:130), or more preferable includes the sequence CTTCT (SEQ ID NO:128) linked to the sequence TCTTCTTCTCATTTC (SEQ ID NO:131).
  • the triplex forming nucleic acid is a peptide nucleic acid including the sequence JTJTTJTTJT (SEQ ID NO:132) linked to the sequence TCTTCTTCTC (SEQ ID NO:126) or TCTTCTTCTCATTTC (SEQ ID NO:127);
  • JTTJT (SEQ ID NO:133) linked to the sequence TCTTC (SEQ ID NO:129) or TCTTCTTCTC (SEQ ID NO:130) or more preferably TCTTCTTCTCATTTC (SEQ ID NO:131);
  • one or more of the PNA monomers is a ⁇ PNA.
  • the triplex forming nucleic acid is a peptide nucleic acid including the sequence Lys-Lys-Lys-JTJTTJTTJT-OOO-T C T T C T T C T C A T T T C-Lys-Lys-Lys (SEQ ID NO:134) (PNA-679);
  • the bolded and underlined residues are miniPEG-containing ⁇ PNA.
  • the triplex forming molecules are used in combination with one or more donor oligonucleotides such as donor 591 having the sequence: 5′ AT TCC CGA GTA GCA GAT GAC CAT GAC AGC TTA GGG CAG GAC CAG CCC CAA GAT GAC TAT C 3′ (SEQ ID NO:136), or donor 597 having the sequence 5′ TT TAG GAT TCC CGA GTA GCA GAT GAC CCC TCA GAG CAG CGG CAG GAC CAG CCC CAA GAT G 3′ (SEQ ID NO:137), which can be used in combination to induce two different non-sense mutations, one in each allele of the CCR5 gene, in the vicinity of the A32 deletion (mutation sites are bolded); or a functional fragment thereof that is suitable and sufficient to introduce a non-sense mutation in at least one allele of the CCR5 gene.
  • donor oligonucleotides such as donor 591 having the sequence: 5′ AT TCC CGA GTA GCA
  • donor oligonucleotides are designed to span the ⁇ 32 deletion site (see, e.g., FIG. 1 of WO 2011/133803) and induce changes into a wildtype CCR5 allele that mimic the ⁇ 32 deletion.
  • Donor sequences designed to target the ⁇ 32 deletion site may be particularly usefully to facilitate knockout of the single wildtype CCR5 allele in heterozygous cells.
  • Preferred donor sequences designed to target the ⁇ 32 deletion site include, but are not limited to,
  • Donor DELTA32JDC (SEQ ID NO: 138) 5′GATGACTATCTTTAATGTCTGGAAATTCTTCCAGAATTAATTAAG ACTGTATGGAAAATGAGAGC 3′;
  • Donor DELTAJDC2 (SEQ ID NO: 139) 5′CCCCAAGATGACTATCTTTAATGTCTGGAACGATCATCAGAATTG ATACTGACTGTATGGAAAATG 3′;
  • Donor DELTA32RSB (SEQ ID NO: 140) 5′GATGACTATCTTTAATGTCTGGAAATTCTACTAGAATTGATACTG ACTGTATGGAAAATGAGAGC 3′,
  • SEQ ID NO:138, 139, or 140 or a functional fragment of SEQ ID NO:138, 139, or 140 that is suitable and sufficient to introduce mutation CCR5 gene.
  • compositions and methods compositions can also be used to treat lysosomal storage diseases.
  • Lysosomal storage diseases are a group of more than 50 clinically-recognized, rare inherited metabolic disorders that result from defects in lysosomal function (Walkley, J Inherit. Metab. Dis., 32(2):181-9 (2009)). Lysosomal storage disorders are caused by dysfunction of the cell's lysosome orangelle, which is part of the larger endosomal/lysosomal system. Together with the ubiquitin-proteosomal and autophagosomal systems, the lysosome is essential to substrate degradation and recycling, homeostatic control, and signaling within the cell.
  • Lysosomal dysfunction is usually the result of a deficiency of a single enzyme necessary for the metabolism of lipids, glycoproteins (sugar containing proteins) or mucopolysaccharides (long unbranched polysaccharides consisting of a repeating disaccharide unit; also known as glycosaminoglycans, or GAGs) which are fated for breakdown or recycling.
  • Enzyme deficiency reduces or prevents break down or recycling of the unwanted lipids, glycoproteins, and GAGs, and results in buildup or “storage” of these materials within the cell.
  • Most lysosomal diseases show widespread tissue and organ involvement, with brain, viscera, bone and connective tissues often being affected. More than two-thirds of lysosomal diseases affect the brain. Neurons appear particularly vulnerable to lysosomal dysfunction, exhibiting a range of defects from specific axonal and dendritic abnormalities to neuron death.
  • LSDs occur with incidences of less than 1:100,000, however, as a group the incidence is as high as 1 in 1,500 to 7,000 live births (Staretz-Chacham, et al., Pediatrics, 123(4):1191-207 (2009)). LSDs are typically the result of inborn genetic errors. Most of these disorders are autosomal recessively inherited, however a few are X-linked recessively inherited, such as Fabry disease and Hunter syndrome (MPS II). Affected individuals generally appear normal at birth, however the diseases are progressive. Develop of clinical disease may not occur until years or decades later, but is typically fatal. Lysosomal storage diseases affect mostly children and they often die at a young and unpredictable age, many within a few months or years of birth.
  • Clinical disease may be manifest as mental retardation and/or dementia, sensory loss including blindness or deafness, motor system dysfunction, seizures, sleep and behavioral disturbances, and so forth.
  • Some people with Lysosomal storage disease have enlarged livers (hepatomegaly) and enlarged spleens (splenomegaly), pulmonary and cardiac problems, and bones that grow abnormally.
  • ERT enzyme replacement therapy
  • SRT substrate reduction therapy
  • ERT enzyme replacement therapy
  • SRT substrate reduction therapy
  • ERT enzyme replacement therapy
  • SRT substrate reduction therapy
  • Allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell transplantation (HSCT) represents a highly effective treatment for selected LSDs. It is currently the only means to prevent the progression of associated neurologic sequelae.
  • HSCT is expensive, requires an HLA-matched donor and is associated with significant morbidity and mortality. Recent gene therapy studies suggest that LSDs are good targets for this type of treatment.
  • compositions and methods for targeted gene therapy using triplex-forming oligonucleotides and peptide nucleic acids for treating lysosomal storage diseases are described in WO 2011/133802, which provides sequences of triplex forming molecules, target sequences, and donor oligonucleotides that can be utilized in the compositions and methods provided herein.
  • compositions and methods can be employed to treat Gaucher's disease (GD).
  • Gaucher's disease also known as Gaucher syndrome, is the most common lysosomal storage disease.
  • Gaucher's disease is an inherited genetic disease in which lipid accumulates in cells and certain organs due to deficiency of the enzyme glucocerebrosidase (also known as acid ⁇ -glucosidase) in lysosomes.
  • glucocerebrosidase also known as acid ⁇ -glucosidase
  • Glucocerebrosidase enzyme contributes to the degradation of the fatty substance glucocerebroside (also known as glucosylceramide) by cleaving b-glycoside into b-glucose and ceramide subunits (Scriver C R, Beaudet A L, Valle D, Sly W S. The metabolic and molecular basis of inherited disease. 8th ed. New York: McGraw-Hill Pub, 2001: 3635-3668). When the enzyme is defective, the substance accumulates, particularly in cells of the mononuclear cell lineage, and organs and tissues including the spleen, liver, kidneys, lungs, brain and bone marrow.
  • non-neuropathic type 1
  • neuropathic type 2 and 3
  • GBA GBA glucosidase, beta, acid
  • GD glucosidase-mediated GD
  • chromosome 1 location 1q21.
  • More than 200 mutations have been defined within the known genomic sequence of this single gene (NCBI Reference Sequence: NG_009783.1).
  • the most commonly observed mutations are N370S, L444P, RecNcil, 84GG, R463C, recTL and 84 GG is a null mutation in which there is no capacity to synthesize enzyme.
  • N370S mutation is almost always related with type 1 disease and milder forms of disease.
  • triplex-forming molecules are used to induce recombination of donor oligonucleotides designed to correct mutations in GBA.
  • compositions and the methods disclosed herein are used to treat Fabry disease (also known as Fabry's disease, Anderson-Fabry disease, angiokeratoma corporis diffusum and alpha-galactosidase A deficiency), a rare X-linked recessive disordered, resulting from a deficiency of the enzyme alpha galactosidase A (a-GAL A, encoded by GLA).
  • Fabry disease also known as Fabry's disease, Anderson-Fabry disease, angiokeratoma corporis diffusum and alpha-galactosidase A deficiency
  • a-GAL A encoded by GLA
  • the human gene encoding GLA has a known genomic sequence (NCBI Reference Sequence: NG_007119.1) and is located at Xp22 of the X chromosome.
  • Gb3, GL-3, or ceramide trihexoside glycolipid globotriaosylceramide
  • Gb3, GL-3, or ceramide trihexoside glycolipid globotriaosylceramide
  • the condition affects hemizygous males (i.e. all males), as well as homozygous, and potentially heterozygous (carrier), females. Males typically experience severe symptoms, while women can range from being asymptomatic to having severe symptoms. This variability is thought to be due to X-inactivation patterns during embryonic development of the female.
  • triplex-forming molecules are used to induce recombination of donor oligonucleotides designed to correct mutations in GLA.
  • the disclosed compositions and methods are used to treat Hurler syndrome (HS).
  • Hurler syndrome also known as mucopolysaccharidosis type I (MPS I), ⁇ -L-iduronidase deficiency, and Hurler's disease
  • MPS I mucopolysaccharidosis type I
  • ⁇ -L-iduronidase deficiency a genetic disorder that results in the buildup of mucopolysaccharides due to a deficiency of ⁇ -L iduronidase, an enzyme responsible for the degradation of mucopolysaccharides in lysosomes (Dib and Pastories, Genet. Mol. Res., 6(3):667-74 (2007)).
  • MPS I is divided into three subtypes based on severity of symptoms.
  • MPS I H or Hurler syndrome is the most severe of the MPS I subtypes.
  • the other two types are MPS I S or Scheie syndrome and MPS I H-S or Hurler-Scheie syndrome.
  • ⁇ -L-iduronidase heparan sulfate and dermatan sulfate, the main components of connective tissues, build-up in the body.
  • GAGs glycosaminoglycans
  • the human gene encoding alpha-L-iduronidase ( ⁇ -L-iduronidase; IDUA) is found on chromosome 4, location 4p16.3, and has a known genomic sequence (NCBI Reference Sequence: NG 008103.1).
  • IDUA alpha-L-iduronidase
  • Two of the most common mutations in IDUA contributing to Hurler syndrome are the Q70X and the W420X, non-sense point mutations found in exon 2 (nucleotide 774 of genomic DNA relative to first nucleotide of start codon) and exon 9 (nucleotide 15663 of genomic DNA relative to first nucleotide of start codon) of IDUA respectively. These mutations cause dysfunction alpha-L-iduronidase enzyme.
  • triplex-forming molecule target sequences including a polypurine:polypyrimidine stretches have been identified within the IDUA gene.
  • One target site with the polypurine sequence 5′ CTGCTCGGAAGA 3′ (SEQ ID NO:141) and the complementary polypyrimidine sequence 5′ TCTTCCGAGCAG 3′ (SEQ ID NO:142) is located 170 base pairs downstream of the Q70X mutation.
  • a second target site with the polypurine sequence 5′ CCTTCACCAAGGGGA 3′ (SEQ ID NO:143) and the complementary polypyrimidine sequence 5′ TCCCCTTGGTGAAGG 3′ (SEQ ID NO:144) is located 100 base pairs upstream of the W402X mutation.
  • triplex-forming molecules are designed to bind/hybridize in or near these target locations.
  • a triplex-forming molecule binds to the target sequence upstream of the W402X mutation includes the nucleic acid sequence TTCCCCT (SEQ ID NO:145), preferable includes the sequence TTCCCCT (SEQ ID NO:145) linked to the sequence TCCCCTT (SEQ ID NO:146), or more preferable includes the sequence TTCCCCT (SEQ ID NO:145) linked to the sequence TCCCCTTGGTGAAGG (SEQ ID NO:147).
  • the triplex forming nucleic acid is a peptide nucleic acid that binds to the target sequence upstream of the W402X mutation including the sequence TTJJJJT (SEQ ID NO:148), linked to the sequence TCCCCTT (SEQ ID NO:146) or TCCCCTTGGTGAAGG (SEQ ID NO:147), optionally, but preferably wherein one or more of the PNA monomers is a ⁇ PNA.
  • the triplex forming nucleic acid is a peptide nucleic acid having the sequence Lys-Lys-Lys-TTJJJJT-OOO-T C C C T T G G T G A A G G-Lys-Lys-Lys (SEQ ID NO:159) (IDUA402tc715) optionally, but preferably wherein one or more of the PNA monomers is a ⁇ PNA.
  • the bolded and underlined residues are miniPEG-containing ⁇ PNA.
  • triplex-forming molecules are administered according to the disclosed methods in combination with one or more donor oligonucleotides designed to correct the point mutations at Q70X or W402X mutations sites.
  • the donor oligonuclotides may also contain 7 to 10 additional, synonymous (silent) mutations. The additional silent mutations can facilitate detection of the corrected target sequence using allele-specific PCR of genomic DNA isolated from treated cells.
  • the donor oligonucleotide with the sequence 5′ AGGACGGTCCCGGCCTGCGACACTTCCGCCCATAATTGTTCTTCATCT GCGGGGCGGGGGGGGG 3′ (SEQ ID NO:149), or a functional fragment thereof that is suitable and sufficient to correct the W402X mutation is administered with triplex-forming molecules designed to target the binding site upstream of W402X to correct the W402X mutation in cells.
  • a triplex-forming molecule that binds to the target sequence downstream of the Q70X mutation includes the nucleic acid sequence CCTTCT (SEQ ID NO:150), preferable includes the sequence CCTTCT (SEQ ID NO:150) linked to the sequence TCTTCC (SEQ ID NO:151), or more preferable includes the sequence CCTTCT (SEQ ID NO:150) linked to the sequence TCTTCCGAGCAG (SEQ ID NO:152).
  • the triplex forming nucleic acid is a peptide nucleic acid that binds to the target sequence downstream of the Q70X mutation including the sequence JJTTJT (SEQ ID NO:153) linked to the sequence TCTTCC (SEQ ID NO:151) or TCTTCCGAGCAG (SEQ ID NO:152) optionally, but preferably wherein one or more of the PNA monomers is a ⁇ PNA.
  • a tcPNA with a sequence of Lys-Lys-Lys-JJTTJT-OOO-T C T T C C G A G C A G -Lys-Lys-Lys (SEQ ID NO:153) (IDUA402tc715) optionally, but preferably wherein one or more of the PNA monomers is a ⁇ PNA.
  • the bolded and underlined residues are miniPEG-containing ⁇ PNA.
  • a donor oligonucleotide can have the sequence 5′GGGACGGCGCCCACATAGGCCAAATTCAATTGCTGATCCCAGCTTA AGACGTACTGGTCAGCCTGGC 3′ (SEQ ID NO:154), or a functional fragment thereof that is suitable and sufficient to correct the Q70X mutation is administered with triplex-forming molecules designed to target the binding site downstream of Q70X to correct the of Q70X mutation in cells.
  • Each of the different components of gene editing and potentiation disclosed here can be administered alone or in any combination and further in combination with one or more additional active agents.
  • the combination of agents can be part of the same admixture, or administered as separate compositions.
  • the separate compositions are administered through the same route of administration. In other embodiments, the separate compositions are administered through different routes of administration.
  • Examples of preferred additional active agents include other conventional therapies known in the art for treating the desired disease or condition.
  • the additional therapy may be hydroxurea.
  • the additional therapy may include mucolytics, antibiotics, nutritional agents, etc.
  • Specific drugs are outlined in the Cystic Fibrosis Foundation drug pipeline and include, but are not limited to, CFTR modulators such as KALYDECO® (invascaftor), ORKAMBITM (lumacaftor+ivacaftor), ataluren (PTC124), VX-661+ invacaftor, riociguat, QBW251, N91115, and QR-010; agents that improve airway surface liquid such as hypertonic saline, bronchitol, and P-1037; mucus alteration agents such as PULMOZYME® (dornase alfa); anti-inflammatories such as ibuprofen, alpha 1 anti-trypsin, CTX-4430, and JBT-101; anti-infective such as inhaled tobramycin, azithromycin, CAYSTON® (az
  • the additional therapy maybe an antiretroviral agents including, but not limited to, a non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NNRTIs), a nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NRTIs), a protease inhibitors (PIs), a fusion inhibitors, a CCR5 antagonists (CCR5s) (also called entry inhibitors), an integrase strand transfer inhibitors (INSTIs), or a combination thereof.
  • NRTIs non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor
  • NRTIs nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor
  • PIs protease inhibitors
  • CCR5s CCR5 antagonists
  • INSTIs integrase strand transfer inhibitors
  • the additional therapy could include, for example, enzyme replacement therapy, bone marrow transplantation, or a combination thereof.
  • compositions can be used in combination with other mutagenic agents.
  • the additional mutagenic agents are conjugated or linked to gene editing technology or a delivery vehicle (such as a nanoparticle) thereof.
  • Additional mutagenic agents that can be used in combination with gene editing technology, particularly triplex forming molecules include agents that are capable of directing mutagenesis, nucleic acid crosslinkers, radioactive agents, or alkylating groups, or molecules that can recruit DNA-damaging cellular enzymes.
  • Other suitable mutagenic agents include, but are not limited to, chemical mutagenic agents such as alkylating, bialkylating or intercalating agents.
  • a preferred agent for co-administration is psoralen-linked molecules as described in PCT/US/94/07234 by Yale University.
  • compositions may also be desirable to administer gene editing compositions in combination with agents that further enhance the frequency of gene modification in cells.
  • HDAC histone deacetylase
  • SAHA suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid
  • the nucleotide excision repair pathway is also known to facilitate triplex-forming molecule-mediated recombination. Therefore, the disclosed compositions can be administered in combination with an agent that enhances or increases the nucleotide excision repair pathway, for example an agent that increases the expression, or activity, or localization to the target site, of the endogenous damage recognition factor XPA.
  • an agent that enhances or increases the nucleotide excision repair pathway for example an agent that increases the expression, or activity, or localization to the target site, of the endogenous damage recognition factor XPA.
  • compositions may also be administered in combination with a second active agent that enhances uptake or delivery of the gene editing technology.
  • a second active agent that enhances uptake or delivery of the gene editing technology.
  • the lysosomotropic agent chloroquine has been shown to enhance delivery of PNAs into cells (Abes, et al., J Controll. Rel., 110:595-604 (2006).
  • Agents that improve the frequency of gene modification are particularly useful for in vitro and ex vivo application, for example ex vivo modification of hematopoietic stem cells for therapeutic use.
  • a useful measure of triple helix formation is the equilibrium dissociation constant, K d , of the triplex, which can be estimated as the concentration of triplex-forming molecules at which triplex formation is half-maximal.
  • the molecules have a binding affinity for the target sequence in the range of physiologic interactions.
  • Preferred triplex-forming molecules have a K d less than or equal to approximately 10 ⁇ 7 M. Most preferably, the K d is less than or equal to 2 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 8 M in order to achieve significant intramolecular interactions.
  • K d was estimated using a gel mobility shift assay (R. H. Durland et al., Biochemistry 30, 9246 (1991)).
  • the dissociation constant (K d ) can be determined as the concentration of triplex-forming molecules in which half was bound to the target sequence and half was unbound.
  • Sequencing and allele-specific PCR are preferred methods for determining if gene modification has occurred.
  • PCR primers are designed to distinguish between the original allele, and the new predicted sequence following recombination.
  • Other methods of determining if a recombination event has occurred are known in the art and may be selected based on the type of modification made.
  • Methods include, but are not limited to, analysis of genomic DNA, for example by sequencing, allele-specific PCR, or restriction endonuclease selective PCR (REMS-PCR); analysis of mRNA transcribed from the target gene for example by Northern blot, in situ hybridization, real-time or quantitative reverse transcriptase (RT) PCT; and analysis of the polypeptide encoded by the target gene, for example, by immunostaining, ELISA, or FACS. In some cases, modified cells will be compared to parental controls. Other methods may include testing for changes in the function of the RNA transcribed by, or the polypeptide encoded by the target gene. For example, if the target gene encodes an enzyme, an assay designed to test enzyme function may be used.
  • the medical kits can include, for example, a dosage supply of gene editing technology or a potentiating agent thereof, or a combination thereof in separately or together in the same admixture.
  • the active agents can be supplied alone (e.g., lyophilized), or in a pharmaceutical composition.
  • the active agents can be in a unit dosage, or in a stock that should be diluted prior to administration.
  • the kit includes a supply of pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the kit can also include devices for administration of the active agents or compositions, for example, syringes.
  • the kits can include printed instructions for administering the compound in a use as described above.
  • Example 1 Triplex-Forming PNA Design and Nanoparticle Formulation for Gene Editing of a ⁇ -Globin Mutation
  • tcPNA1 (SEQ ID NO: 33) H-KKK-JTTTJTTTJTJT-OOO-TCTCTTTCTTTCAGGGCA-KKK- NH 2 tcPNA2: (SEQ ID NO: 34) H-KKK-TTTTJJJ------OOO-CCCTTTTGCTAATCATGT-KKK- NH 2 tcPNA3: (SEQ ID NO: 35) H-KKK-TTTJTJJ------OOO-CCTCTTTGCACCATTCT-KKK- NH 2 ⁇ tcPNA4: (SEQ ID NO: 162) H-KKK-JTTTJTTTJTJT-OOO-T C T C T T T T T T T T C A G G G C A -KKK- NH 2 ⁇ tcPNA4-Scr.: (SEQ ID NO: 158) H-KKK-TTJTTTJTTJTJ-OOO-C T C T T C T T T T T T
  • tcPNA1 and ⁇ tcPNA4 Sequences of tcPNAs and ⁇ tcPNAs used in this study to bind to positions 577 to 595 (tcPNA1 and ⁇ tcPNA4), 611 to 629 (tcPNA2), and 807 to 825 (tcPNA3) in ⁇ -globin intron 2 within the ⁇ -globin/GFP fusion gene and within the human ⁇ -globin gene in the thalassemic mouse model.
  • ⁇ tcPNA4-Scr is a scrambled version of ⁇ tcPNA4 with the same base composition.
  • Bold and underline indicates ⁇ PNA residues. All PNAs have three lysine residues conjugated to each end.
  • J indicates pseudoisocytosine substituted for C to allow pH-independent triplex formation.
  • O represents 8-amino-2,6,10-trioxaoctanoic acid residues that are used to form flexible linkers connecting the Hoogsteen and Watson-Crick binding domains of the tcPNAs.
  • the single-stranded donor DNA oligomer was prepared by standard DNA synthesis except for the inclusion of 3 phosphorothioate internucleoside linkages at each end to protect from nuclease degradation.
  • the sequence of the donor DNA matches positions 624 to 684 in ⁇ -globin intron 2 and is as follows, with the correcting IVS2-654 nucleotide underlined:
  • PLGA nanoparticles containing the PNAs and DNAs were formulated using a double-emulsion solvent evaporation method and characterized as previously described (McNeer, et al., Molecular Therapy, 19(1):172-180 (2011), and). Release profiles were analyzed as previously described (McNeer, et al., Mol. Ther., 19:172-180 (2011)).
  • a transgenic mouse model was utilized with a ⁇ -globin/GFP fusion transgene of human ⁇ -globin intron 2 carrying a thalassemia-associated IVS2-654 (C ⁇ T) mutation embedded within the GFP coding sequence, resulting in incorrect splicing of ⁇ -globin/GFP mRNA and lack of GFP expression (Sazani, et al., Nat. Biotechnol., 20:1228-1233 (2002)).
  • C ⁇ T thalassemia-associated IVS2-654
  • PNA-mediated triplex-formation induces DNA repair and recombination of the genomic site with a 60-nucleotide sense donor DNA that is homologous to a portion of the ⁇ -globin intron 2 sequence except for providing a wild-type nucleotide at the IVS2-654 position.
  • the splice-site mutation is corrected and expression of functional GFP occurs ( FIG. 1A ) (McNeer, et al., Gene Therapy, 20:658-669 (2013); Bahal, et al., Curr. Gene Ther., 14:331-342 (2014)).
  • GFP expression provides a direct phenotypic assessment of genome editing frequencies that can be quantified by flow cytometry.
  • tcPNAs were designed to bind to selected polypurine stretches in the ⁇ -globin intron in the vicinity of the IVS2-654 mutation ( FIG. 1B ).
  • Two of the tcPNAs were synthesized to contain partial substitution with a mini-polyethylene-glycol (mini-PEG) group at the ⁇ position ( MP ⁇ PNA) ( FIG. 1C , and sequences above).
  • mini-PEG mini-polyethylene-glycol
  • FIG. 1C and sequences above.
  • Gamma substitutions in PNAs have been shown to enhance strand invasion and DNA binding affinity in the Watson-Crick binding mode due to helical pre-organization enforced by the modification (Bahal, et al., ChemBioChem, 13:56-60 (2012)).
  • ⁇ tcPNA4 matches the sequence of tcPNA1 except that it contains ⁇ units at alternating positions in the Watson-Crick domain (see sequences above). Scrambled ⁇ tcPNA ( ⁇ tcPNA4-Scr) had the same base composition as ⁇ tcPNA4 but a scrambled sequence. All tcPNA oligomers were synthesized with 3 lysines at both termini to improve solubility and increase binding affinity to genomic DNA (see sequences above).
  • Poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid) (PLGA) NPs can effectively deliver PNA/donor DNA combinations into primary human and mouse hematopoietic cells with essentially no toxicity (McNeer, et al., Gene Therapy, 20:658-669 (2013); Schleifinan, et al., Mol. Ther.—Nucleic Acids, 2:e135 (2013); McNeer, et al., Mol. Ther., 19:172-180 (2011)).
  • tcPNAs and donor DNAs at a molar ratio of 2:1, were incorporated into PLGA NPs.
  • the NP formulations were evaluated by scanning electron microscopy (SEM) and dynamic light scattering (DLS). All the NPs exhibited sizes within the expected range and showed a uniform charge distribution as calculated from their zeta potential.
  • Bone marrow cells were harvested by flushing of femurs and tibias from ⁇ -globin/GFP transgenic mice with Roswell Park Memorial Institute (RPMI)/10% FBS media. Two mg/ml of nanoparticles were used to treat approximately 300,000-500,000 cells for 48 hr in RPMI/10% FBS media containing glutamine, in triplicate samples. After 48 hr, cells were fixed by using 4% paraformaldehyde, and flow cytometry analyses were performed. Cells treated with blank nanoparticles were included as a control.
  • RPMI Roswell Park Memorial Institute
  • Iscove's Modified Dulbecco's Media (IMDM) media containing insulin (10 ng/ml), FCS (10%) and erythropoietin (1 U/ml) was used to culture CD117+ cells after isolation using magnetic separation.
  • IMDM Iscove's Modified Dulbecco's Media
  • FCS FCS
  • erythropoietin 1 U/ml
  • 3 ⁇ g/ml of SCF Recombinant murine SCF, catalog #250-03, PeproTech, Rocky Hill, N.J.;
  • 2 mg/ml of NPs were used to treat 50,000-100,000 CD117+ cells in triplicate for 48 hrs in the above media, followed by flow cytometry analyses as above.
  • Inhibitors were used at concentrations of 200 nM (dasatinib), 1.0 ⁇ M (MEK162) and 3.0 ⁇ M (BKM120). Dasatanib was obtained from Cayman Chemical (Ann Arbor, Mich.; item #11498) and dissolved according to manufacturer's protocol. MEK162 and BKM120 were obtained from Dr. Harriet Kluger, Yale University.
  • 400,000 bone marrow cells/well were plated on 6-well plates in 1 mL media, then treated with 2 mg/mL of PLGA nanoparticles with or without PNA and donor DNA. After 48 hours, cells were scraped and harvested, and prepared using the Trevigen Comet Assay kit per manufacturer's protocol (Trevigen, Gaithersburg, Md.). Briefly, cells were suspended in agarose, added to comet slides, allowed to set, incubated 1 hr in lysis solution, placed in electrophoresis solution for 30 min, then run at 21 V for 45 min, placed in acetate solution for 30 min, transferred to 70% ethanol solution for 30 min, dried, stained with Sybr Green for 30 min, then visualized using an EVOS microscope. TriTek Comet Score freeware was used to analyze images.
  • Bone marrow cells harvested from ⁇ -globin/GFP transgenic mice were treated ex vivo with PLGA NPs containing tcPNA1/donor DNA, tcPNA2/donor DNA and tcPNA3/donor DNA combinations. After 48 hr, the percentage of GFP+ (corrected) cells was quantified via flow cytometry, revealing that tcPNA1/donor DNA, tcPNA2/donor and tcPNA3/donor DNA-containing NPs induced genome modification at frequencies of ⁇ 1.0%, 0.51% and 0.1% respectively ( FIG. 1D ).
  • NPs containing the ⁇ -substituted tcPNA ( ⁇ tcPNA4) and donor DNA yielded significantly higher gene modification (1.62%) ( FIG. 1F ), showing that the MP ⁇ substitutions confer increased biological activity that correlates with their improved binding properties.
  • NPs with the ⁇ -substituted but scrambled sequence ⁇ tcPNA4-Scr produced no modification ( FIG. 1F ).
  • Bone marrow cells treated with either blank NPs or NPs containing ⁇ tcPNA4/donor DNA were plated in methylcellulose medium supplemented with selected cytokines for growth of granulocyte/macrophage colonies (CFU-G, CFU-M and CFU-GM) or combined colonies (CFU-GEMM, granulocyte, erythroid, monocyte/macrophage, megakaryocyte).
  • CFU-G, CFU-M and CFU-GM combined colonies
  • the two sets of treated cells formed myeloid and erythroid colonies at similar frequencies, indicating that treatment with ⁇ tcPNA4 and donor DNA does not impair the ability of the progenitor cells to proliferate and differentiate ( FIG. 1G ).
  • Example 3 Gene Modification is Elevated by ⁇ tcPNAs in CD117+ Hematopoietic Cells
  • BD Bioscience kit catalog #558451 (BDImagTM Hematopoietic Progenitor Stem Cell Enrichment Set—DM) was used to isolate CD117 cells. Enrichment for CD117 was confirmed by flow cytometry. CD117+ enriched cells were labeled with CD117-APC (BD PharmingenTM catalog #558451) antibody. Cells were co-labelled with control IgG antibody (BD PharmingenTM catalog #555746) for gating purposes.
  • CD117 also known as mast/stem cell growth factor receptor or proto-oncogene c-Kit protein
  • CD117 is a receptor tyrosine kinase expressed on the surface of hematopoietic stem and progenitor cells as well as other cell types.
  • Stem cell factor (SCF) the ligand for c-Kit, causes dimerization of the receptor and activates its tyrosine kinase activity to trigger downstream signaling pathways that can impact survival, proliferation, and differentiation.
  • Inhibitors of signaling factors downstream of c-Kit including mitogen/extracellular signal-regulated kinase (MEK) (Binimetinib; MEK162) and phosphatidylinositol-3-kinase (PI3K) (BKM120), also decreased the gene editing frequencies in CD117+ cells to 2.6% and 4.1%, respectively ( FIG. 2D ).
  • MEK mitogen/extracellular signal-regulated kinase
  • PI3K phosphatidylinositol-3-kinase
  • RNA stabilization reagent Qiagen
  • RNA was extracted from the cell pellets using the RNAeasy Mini Plus kit from Qiagen, as per the manufacturer's protocol.
  • the Invitrogen SuperScript III kit was used to generate cDNA from the RNA, as per the manufacturer's protocol, using 500 ng of RNA per reaction.
  • PCR reactions contained cDNA, 20% Betaine, 0.2 mM dNTPS, Advantage 2 Polymerase Mix, 0.2 ⁇ M of each primer, 2% Platinum Taq, and Brilliant SYBR Green. Primers and ROX reference dye were obtained from Stratagene and analysis was conducted using a Mx3000p realtime cycler.
  • Cycler conditions were 94° C. for 2 min, 40 cycles of 94° C. 30 s/50° C. 30 s/72° C. 1 min, then 95° C. 1 min.
  • Relative expression were calculated using the 2 ⁇ Ct method (Ct ⁇ 36) and then normalized.
  • Mouse BRCA2 primers were designed using Primer3 database: BRCA2-3F: 5′ GTTCATAACCGTGGGGCTTA (SEQ ID NO:203) and BRCA2-3R: 5′ TTGGGAAATTTTTAAGGCGA (SEQ ID NO:176).
  • CD117+ and CD117-cells were isolated from ⁇ -globin/GFP mice and protein was extracted with Radio-Immunoprecipitation Assay (RIPA) lysis buffer. 50-100 ⁇ g total protein was run on SDS/PAGE gels and transferred to nitrocellulose membranes.
  • Antibodies used were: Anti-BRCA2 (Ab-1) mouse mAb (EMD Millipore, OP95-100 ug) anti-RAD51-antibody (Santa Cruz biotechnology, SC 8349)).
  • I-Sce1 site was cloned 56 amino acids into the firefly luciferase open reading frame under the control of a CMV promoter.
  • the reporter construct also contains a promoterless luciferase gene used as a template for homologous recombination.
  • a double-strand break in the luciferase reporter is created by in vitro digestion with the I-Sce I restriction enzyme (NEB #R0694L). Plasmid DNA was digested with I-Sce 1 for 1 hour at 37° C. at a ratio of 10 units enzyme to 1 ⁇ g DNA and then the enzyme was inactivated at 65° C. for 20 minutes.
  • the linearization of the plasmid was confirmed for each digestion via gel electrophoresis and the linear plasmid was purified using the Qiagen Qiaquick spin columns.
  • cells were transfected using the Lonza 2b Nucleofector Device. 5 ⁇ 10 5 cells were transfected with 1 ⁇ g of either the luciferase reporter vector or a positive control firefly luciferase expression vector, along with 50 ng of a renilla luciferase expression plasmid as a transfection efficiency control. All transfections were performed in triplicate.
  • luciferase activity was measured using the Promega Dual Luciferase Assay Kit. In each sample firefly luciferase activity was normalized to the renilla luciferase transfection control. Reporter reactivation was calculated as a ratio of normalized firefly luciferase activity in the cells transfected with the reporter plasmid to the positive control.
  • a luciferase-based assay was used to quantify repair of DNA double-strand breaks (DSBs) by HDR.
  • DSBs DNA double-strand breaks
  • repair of a DSB in a reporter plasmid via intramolecular homologous recombination creates (“reactivates”) a functional luciferase gene ( FIG. 2H ), and so the assay provides a measure of HDR capacity ( FIG. 2J ).
  • the results show increased luciferase reactivation in CD117+ compared to CD117-cells ( FIG. 2H ).
  • Example 7 In Vivo Gene Editing by Intravenous Injections of PNA/DNA NPs is Enhanced by SCF Treatment
  • mice The ⁇ -globin/GFP transgenic mice were obtained from Ryszard Kole, University of North Carolina (Sazani, et al., Nat. Biotechnol., 20:1228-1233 (2002)).
  • SCF 15.6 ug per mouse, Recombinant Mouse SCF, carrier-free, R&D catalog #455-mc-050/CF
  • mice were sacrificed 48 hrs after the NP injections and bone marrow and spleen cells were harvested for further analysis.
  • the bone marrow and spleen cells (500,000 each) were co-labelled with APC conjugated antibodies as described above and flow cytometry was performed as above.
  • CD117+ cells were isolated based on magnetic separation methods according to BD Bioscience protocol (BDImagTM Hematopoietic Progenitor Stem Cell Enrichment Set—DM), and genomic DNA from three mice was pooled followed by sequence analysis as described (McNeer, et al., Gene Therapy, 20:658-669 (2013)).
  • mice The IVS2-654 ⁇ -thalassemic mice were also obtained from Ryszard Kole, University of North Carolina (Svasti, et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 106:1205-1210 (2009)).
  • SCF 15.6 ug per mouse, Recombinant Mouse SCF, carrier-free, R&D catalog #455-mc-050/CF
  • NPs NPs in 150 ⁇ l PBS delivered via retro-orbital intravenous injection.
  • Each mouse received 4 treatments given at 48 hr intervals.
  • mice were anesthetized with isoflurane followed by retro-orbital bleeding ( ⁇ 100 ⁇ L) using ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid-treated glass capillary tubes.
  • the blood was evacuated into tubes with 5 ⁇ L of 0.5 M EDTA acid in heparinized coated tubes.
  • Complete blood counts were performed using a Hemavet 950FS (Drew Scientific, Oxford, Conn.) according to the manufacturer's protocol. Slides containing blood smears were stained with Wright and Giemsa stain for microscopy. Methylene blue staining was used for reticulocyte counts.
  • Spleen images and weights were taken after selected mice were sacrificed on day 36 after the last treatment. Harvested spleens were fixed in 10% neutral buffered formalin and processed by Yale Pathology Tissue Services for H&E, CD61 and E cadherin staining.
  • mice For assigning animals into treatment groups as listed above, littermate animals were genotyped, and then the pups carrying the required genotypes (either ⁇ -globin/GFP transgenic mice or IVS2-654 ⁇ -thalassemic mice) were randomized into the several treatment groups in cohorts of 3 to 6, as indicated. The investigators were not blinded as to treatment groups.
  • PCR tube consisted of 28.2 ⁇ L dH2O, 5 ⁇ L 10 ⁇ HiFi Buffer, 3 ⁇ L 50 mM MgCl2, 1 ⁇ L DNTP, 1 ⁇ L each of forward and reverse primer, 0.8 ⁇ L High Fidelity Platinum Taq Polymerase (Invitrogen, Carlsbad Calif.) and 10 ⁇ L DNA template.
  • PCR products were prepared by end-repair and adapter ligation according to Illumina protocols (San Diego, Calif.), and samples sequenced by the Illumina HiSeq with 75 paired-end reads at the Yale Center for Genome Analysis. Samples were analyzed as previously described (McNeer, et al., Gene Therapy, 20:658-669 (2013)).
  • Primers for deep sequencing were designed using Primer3 data base.
  • the primers used for ⁇ -globin intron 2 were as follows: forward primer: 5′ TATCATGCCTCTTTGCACCA (SEQ ID NO:179); reverse primer: 5′ AGCAATATGAAACCTCTTACATCA (SEQ ID NO:180).
  • Primers for off-target sites of partial homology were as follows; forward primer is listed first:
  • Vascular cell adhesion protein precursor 1 (5′ AGATAATTATTGCCTCCCACTGC (SEQ ID NO: 181) and 5′ AATGGAAGGGCATGCAGTCA (SEQ ID NO: 182)); Polypyrimidine tract binding protein (5′ CCCAATCCTGAATCCTGGCT (SEQ ID NO: 183) and 5′ CATACTGATGTCTGTGGCTTGA (SEQ ID NO: 184)); Protocadherin fat 4 precursor (5′ AAGCTCAAACCTACCAGACCA (SEQ ID NO: 185) and 5′ AGCTGGAAGCTTCTTCAGTCA (SEQ ID NO: 186)); Olfactory receptor 266 (5′ CCCTCTGTGGACTGAGGAAG (SEQ ID NO: 187) and 5′ TGATGAGCTACGGGTATGTGA (SEQ ID NO: 188)); Syntaxin binding protein (5′ CAAAAAGCCTTAAGCAAACACTC (SEQ ID NO: 189) and 5′ TCTCTCCCTCAGCATCTATTCC (SEQ ID NO:
  • mice were treated with a single intravenous dose of 4 mg NPs in 150 ⁇ l PBS, and 2 days later the mice were sacrificed for analysis of gene editing in cells from the bone marrow and spleen. Some mice also received murine SCF (15.6 ⁇ g) given by intraperitoneal injection 3 hr prior to the NP injection, as indicated.
  • SCF murine SCF (15.6 ⁇ g) given by intraperitoneal injection 3 hr prior to the NP injection, as indicated.
  • In vivo gene editing was scored by GFP expression in marker-sorted cell populations from bone marrow and spleen ( FIGS. 3A and B). The highest levels of gene editing were seen in CD117+ cells from bone marrow and spleen of the SCF-treated mice, with frequencies in the range of 1% in several mice, and average frequencies in the 0.4% to 0.5% range.
  • Mutation frequencies at these sites were quantified via deep sequencing. Extremely low frequencies of off-target effects were found in the ⁇ tcPNA4/donor DNA treated mice, with six sites showing no detectable sequence changes out of millions of reads and two sites showing modification frequencies of only 0.0074% and 0.00018% compared to 0.56% at the targeted ⁇ -globin site. (Table 4). The overall off-target modification frequency at all seven sites combined was 0.00034%, 1,647-fold lower than the frequency of the targeted gene editing.
  • the top seven gene loci with partial homology to the 18 bp ⁇ tcPNA4 target site in ⁇ -globin intron 2 were identified, with the sequences as indicated.
  • ⁇ -globin/GFP mice were treated with SCF followed by intravenous infusion with NPs containing ⁇ tcPNA4/donor DNA, and genomic DNA from c-Kit+ bone marrow cells was subject to deep sequencing analysis at these loci.
  • the size of the region sequenced around each site is listed, along with the number of alleles sequenced and the number of alleles with modified sequences.
  • Example 8 SCF and PNA NP Treatment can Correct a Genomic Mutation in a Mouse ⁇ -Thalassemia Disease Model
  • a transgenic mouse line was utilized in which the two (cis) murine adult beta globin genes were replaced with a single copy of the human ⁇ -globin gene with the thalassemia-associated IVS2-654 mutation (Svasti, et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 106:1205-1210 (2009)).
  • mice Homozygous mice do not survive, and heterozygotes have a moderate form of ⁇ -thalassemia, with marked hemolytic anemia, microcytosis, and increased MCHC and red cell distribution width reflecting reduced amounts of mouse ⁇ -globin and no human ⁇ -globin (Lewis, et al., Blood, 91:2152-2156 (1998); Svasti, et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 106:1205-1210 (2009)). Blood smears from these mice show erythrocyte morphologies consistent with ⁇ -thalassemia.
  • Treatment groups for this experiment included (1) blank NPs; (2) SCF treatment alone (no NPs); (3) SCF plus ⁇ tcPNA4/donor DNA NPs; and (4) SCF plus ⁇ tcPNA4-Scr/donor DNA.
  • SCF injections were given i.p., and NPs were given i.v. via retro-orbital injection.
  • Each treatment group consisted of six mice, and each mouse received four treatments at two-day intervals.
  • Treatment with ⁇ tcPNA4/donor DNA and SCF ameliorates the poikilocytosis and yields a reduction in anisocytosis, ovalocytosis, and target cells indicative of reduced alpha-globin precipitation in the RBCs.
  • CBC analyses performed on blood samples taken at 30, 45, 60, and 75 days post-treatment from mice in each group showed persistent correction of the anemia in the mice treated with SCF plus the ⁇ tcPNA4/donor DNA NPs ( FIG. 4A-4C ), with elevation of the blood hemoglobin levels into the normal range. Only the SCF plus ⁇ tcPNA4/donor DNA-treated mice achieved and maintained hemoglobin levels within the normal range during the duration of the experiment, reflecting the increased hemoglobin stability conferred by the gene editing.
  • mice treated with SCF plus the ⁇ tcPNA4/donor DNA NPs but not in the mice treated with blank NPs FIG. 4D ).
  • Deep sequencing analyses were performed on genomic DNA extracted from bone marrow cells of three mice from each group that were sacrificed on day 36 post-treatment. Correction of the targeted mutation was seen at a frequency of almost 4% in the ⁇ tcPNA4/donor DNA treated group ( FIG. 4E ), whereas no correction was seen in the mice treated with blank NPs.
  • the ⁇ tcPNA4/donor DNA treated mice also showed reduced splenomegaly at 36 days post-treatment.
  • mice sacrificed on day 36 showed substantially improved splenic architecture specifically in the ⁇ tcPNA4/donor DNA treated mice.
  • the regular splenic histologic pattern of white pulp (lymphoid follicles) surrounded by rims of red pulp as seen in the wild-type spleen is disrupted in the ⁇ -thalassemic animals (blank NPs, SCF alone, SCF plus scrambled ⁇ tcPNA4-Scr/donor DNA NPs) due to extramedullary hematopoiesis, which results in an expansion in the red pulp (causing the splenomegaly) and disruption of the white pulp.
  • the CD61 and Ecad immunohistochemical stains highlight the increased cellularity characteristic of extramedullary hematopoiesis and demonstrate that the expanded red pulp in the ⁇ -thalassemic animals includes elevated numbers of megakaryocytes and erythroid precursors, respectively. This increased cellularity is substantially ameliorated in the ⁇ tcPNA4/donor DNA treated mice.
  • Deep-sequencing was also used to assess off-target effects in the bone marrow of the in vivo treated thalassemic mice.
  • seven off-target sites with partial homology to the binding site of ⁇ tcPNA4 in the ⁇ -globin gene were analyzed. Only extremely low frequencies of off-target effects were found in the ⁇ tcPNA4/donor DNA-treated thalassemic mice (Table 5), similar to the results in the ⁇ -globin/GFP transgenic mice (Table 4).
  • the overall off-target modification frequency in this case was 0.0032%, 1,218-fold lower than the frequency off ⁇ -globin gene editing.
  • the top seven gene loci with partial homology to the 18 bp ⁇ tcPNA4 target site in ⁇ -globin intron 2 were identified, with the sequences as indicated.
  • Thalassemic mice were treated with SCF followed by intravenous infusion with NPs containing ⁇ tcPNA4/donor DNA, and genomic DNA from c-Kit+ bone marrow cells was subject to deep sequencing analysis at these loci.
  • the size of the region sequenced around each site is listed, along with the number of alleles sequenced and the number of alleles with modified sequences.
  • Another advance is the finding that the SCF/c-Kit pathway promotes increased gene editing by triplex-forming PNAs and donor DNAs.
  • the gene editing frequency in c-Kit+ cells was as high as 8%.
  • the combination of SCF treatment with the ⁇ PNAs yielded even higher frequencies in the c-Kit+ cells, with just over 15% in a single treatment.
  • CD117 is the product of the c-Kit gene and is a receptor tyrosine kinase that mediates downstream signalling to multiple cellular pathways. The results discussed above indicate that activation of this pathway promotes gene editing, rather than CD117 simply being a marker for the phenotype. Inhibition of the c-Kit kinase with dasatinib reduces the frequency by almost 4-fold, whereas treatment with SCF almost doubles the frequency.
  • CD117+ bone marrow cells in comparison to CD117-cells, have elevated levels of expression of numerous DNA repair genes, including factors in the HDR pathway that prior work has shown is required for triplex-induced gene editing (Vasquez, et al., Science, 290:530-533 (2000); Rogers, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 99:16695-16700 (2002); Datta, et al., J Biol Chem, 276:18018-18023 (2001); Vasquez, et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 99:5848-5853 (2002)).
  • SCF triplex-induced gene editing
  • results show that the elevated expression of DNA repair genes in CD117+ cells is associated with functionally increased HDR activity using an assay for recombination between reporter gene constructs.
  • Treatment of the CD117+ cells with SCF produced a further 2-fold increase in HDR, whereas dasatinib and the other inhibitors yielded reductions in HDR activity.
  • the 4% frequency of bone marrow gene editing achieved in the thalassemic mice was sufficient to achieve a clear improvement in phenotype, with blood hemoglobin levels rising into the normal range, suppression of the reticulocytosis, and reduction in the splenomegaly that is otherwise associated with extramedullary hematopoiesis.
  • SCF stimulates gene editing identifies SCF as a possible pharmacologic means to boost gene editing, a strategy that may be applicable not just to PNA-mediated gene editing as shown here but possibly also to editing by other methods, such as CRISPR/Cas9, SFHR, or ZFNs.
  • CRISPR/Cas9 CRISPR/Cas9
  • SFHR CRISPR/Cas9
  • ZFNs CRISPR/Cas9
  • Skin fibroblasts were isolated from the ⁇ -globin/GFP mice (intron 2 of human ⁇ -globin inserted with in the GFP coding regions) and grown in culture in DMEM medium plus 10% FCS.
  • the intron contains the IVS2-654 (C ⁇ T) mutation.
  • the gene correction assay is illustrated in FIG. 5A .
  • the fibroblasts were treated ex vivo with nanoparticles containing tcPNA1+ Donor DNA and 72 hours later flow cytometry analysis was performed to quantify the % gene correction based on the frequency of GFP positive cells. In some cases, DNA repair inhibitors or other small molecule inhibitors were given 48 hours before the nanoparticle treatment.
  • tcPNA1 (SEQ ID NO: 35) H-KKK-TTTJTJJ-OOO-CCTCTTTGCACCATTCT-KKK-NH2 Donor DNA: (SEQ ID NO: 175) 5′A(s)A(s)A(s)GAATAACAGTGATAATTTCTGGGTTAAGGCAAT AGCAATATCTCTGCATATAAA(s)T(s)A(s)T 3′
  • Example 11 Nanoparticle Delivered tcPNA and Donor Oligonucleotide Correct a Sickle Cell Mutation In Vivo
  • SCD-tcPNA 1 (SEQ ID NO: 59) H-KKK-JJTJTTJ-OOO-CTTCTCCACAGGAGTCAG-KKK-NH 2
  • SCD-tcPNA 2 (SEQ ID NO: 213) H-KKK-TTJJTJT-OOO-TCTCCTTAAACCTGTCTT-KKK-NH 2
  • SCD-tcPNA 3 (SEQ ID NO: 60) H-KKK-TJTJTTJT-OOO-TCTTCTCTGTCTCCACAT-KKK-NH 2.
  • K indicates lysine; J, pseudoisocytosine (for C) for pH-independent triplex formation.
  • mice express exclusively human sickle hemoglobin (HbS). They were produced by generating transgenic mice expressing human ⁇ -, ⁇ -, and ⁇ s -globin that were then bred with knockout mice that had deletions of the murine ⁇ - and ⁇ -globin genes. Thus the resulting progeny no longer express mouse ⁇ - and ⁇ -globin. Instead, they express exclusively human ⁇ - and ⁇ s -globin. Hence, the mice express human sickle hemoglobin and possess many of the major hematologic and histopathologic features of individuals with SCD.
  • HbS human sickle hemoglobin
  • tcPNAs and donor DNAs were incorporated into PLGA NPs.
  • the NP formulations were evaluated by scanning electron microscopy (SEM) and dynamic light scattering (DLS).
  • Mice were injected intravenously with 2 mg of NPs containing the PNAs and donor DNAs every two days for a total of 4 injections. After the last treatment, bone marrow and spleen were collected for histology, deep sequencing, and restriction enzyme digest.
  • a series of tcPNAs were designed to bind to selected polypurine stretches in the ⁇ -globin gene in the vicinity of the SCD mutation and synthesized ( FIG. 10A ).
  • a sense donor DNA a single-stranded 60-mer matching nucleotides in ⁇ -globin gene and end-protected from degradation by 3 terminal phosphorothioate internucleoside linkages was also designed.
  • gel mobility shift assays demonstrated binding of SCDtcPNA1, SCDtcPNA2, SCDtcPNA3 to 120 bp double-stranded DNA fragments containing ⁇ -globin sequences. Each 120 bp dsDNA contained the binding site for the respective tcPNAs. The binding assays revealed that all synthesized SCD tcPNAs bind specifically to double-stranded genomic DNA under physiological conditions.
  • Poly (lactic-co-glycolic acid) (PLGA) NPs can effectively deliver PNA/donor DNA combinations into primary human and mouse hematopoietic cells with essentially no toxicity.
  • tcPNAs and donor DNAs at a molar ratio of 2:1, were incorporated into PLGA NPs.
  • the NP formulations were evaluated by scanning electron microscopy (SEM) and dynamic light scattering (DLS). All the NPs exhibited sizes within the expected range and showed uniform charge distribution ( FIGS. 10B-10C ).
  • Treatment groups included (1) blank NPs; (2) SCD tcPNA1/donor DNA; (3) SCD tcPNA2/donor DNA; and (4) SCD tcPNA3/donor DNA. Mice were injected intravenously with 2 mg of NPs containing the PNAs and DNAs every two days for a total of 4 injections.
  • Sequences with ⁇ PNA substitutions based on the above SCD PNAs can be and have been designed, and include, for example, partial or complete ⁇ PNA substitution in the Watson-Crick domain, partial or complete substitutions in the Hoogsteen domain, or a combination thereof.
  • Exemplary sequences include, but are not limited to,
  • SCD-tcPNA 1A (SEQ ID NO: 59) H-KKK-JJTJTTJ-OOO- C T T C T C C A C A G G A G T C A G-KKK-NH 2 SCD-tcPNA 1B: (SEQ ID NO: 211) H-KKK-JJTJTTJ-OOO- CTTCTCCACAGGAGTCAG -KKK-NH 2 SCD-tcPNA 1C: (SEQ ID NO: 210) H-KKK-JJ T J TT J-OOO- CTTCTCCACAGGAGTCAG-KKK -NH 2 SCD-tcPNA 1D: (SEQ ID NO: 208) H-KKK-JJTJTTJ-OOO- C T T C T C C A C A G G A G T C A G G T G C-KKK- NH 2 SCD-tcPNA 1E: (SEQ ID NO: 207) H-KKK-JJTJTTJ-OOO- CTTCTC
  • Underlined residues include a gamma modification, for example, miniPEG ⁇ PNA substitution.
  • K indicates lysine;
  • J pseudoisocytosine (for C) for pH-independent triplex formation.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Plant Pathology (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Mycology (AREA)
  • Cell Biology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • AIDS & HIV (AREA)
US15/434,978 2016-02-16 2017-02-16 Compositions for enhancing targeted gene editing and methods of use thereof Active 2037-12-31 US11136597B2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US15/434,978 US11136597B2 (en) 2016-02-16 2017-02-16 Compositions for enhancing targeted gene editing and methods of use thereof

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201662295789P 2016-02-16 2016-02-16
US15/434,978 US11136597B2 (en) 2016-02-16 2017-02-16 Compositions for enhancing targeted gene editing and methods of use thereof

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20170283830A1 US20170283830A1 (en) 2017-10-05
US11136597B2 true US11136597B2 (en) 2021-10-05

Family

ID=58314495

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/434,978 Active 2037-12-31 US11136597B2 (en) 2016-02-16 2017-02-16 Compositions for enhancing targeted gene editing and methods of use thereof

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (1) US11136597B2 (ja)
EP (1) EP3416976A2 (ja)
JP (1) JP2019508037A (ja)
CN (1) CN109476706A (ja)
AU (1) AU2017221405A1 (ja)
CA (1) CA3014792A1 (ja)
WO (1) WO2017143042A2 (ja)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20190365806A1 (en) * 2016-11-02 2019-12-05 Universität Basel Immunologically discernible cell surface variants for use in cell therapy
US20210340280A1 (en) * 2018-08-31 2021-11-04 Yale University Compositions and methods for enhancing donor oligonucleotide-based gene editing
WO2023108083A2 (en) 2021-12-08 2023-06-15 Yale University Nanoparticle immunogenic compositions and vaccination methods
US20230277658A1 (en) * 2018-08-31 2023-09-07 Yale University Compositions and methods for enhancing triplex and nuclease-based gene editing

Families Citing this family (61)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2734621B1 (en) 2011-07-22 2019-09-04 President and Fellows of Harvard College Evaluation and improvement of nuclease cleavage specificity
US10370415B2 (en) 2013-04-11 2019-08-06 Carnegie Mellon University Divalent nucleobase compounds and uses therefor
US10221216B2 (en) 2013-04-11 2019-03-05 Carnegie Mellon University Template-directed γPNA synthesis process and γPNA targeting compounds
US9163284B2 (en) 2013-08-09 2015-10-20 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Methods for identifying a target site of a Cas9 nuclease
US9359599B2 (en) 2013-08-22 2016-06-07 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Engineered transcription activator-like effector (TALE) domains and uses thereof
US9340799B2 (en) 2013-09-06 2016-05-17 President And Fellows Of Harvard College MRNA-sensing switchable gRNAs
US9526784B2 (en) 2013-09-06 2016-12-27 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Delivery system for functional nucleases
US9388430B2 (en) 2013-09-06 2016-07-12 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Cas9-recombinase fusion proteins and uses thereof
US9840699B2 (en) 2013-12-12 2017-12-12 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Methods for nucleic acid editing
CA2956224A1 (en) 2014-07-30 2016-02-11 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Cas9 proteins including ligand-dependent inteins
US10167457B2 (en) 2015-10-23 2019-01-01 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Nucleobase editors and uses thereof
EP3416976A2 (en) 2016-02-16 2018-12-26 Yale University Compositions for enhancing targeted gene editing and methods of use thereof
US10188749B2 (en) * 2016-04-14 2019-01-29 Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center Compositions and methods to program therapeutic cells using targeted nucleic acid nanocarriers
SG11201900907YA (en) 2016-08-03 2019-02-27 Harvard College Adenosine nucleobase editors and uses thereof
LT3496743T (lt) 2016-08-08 2022-04-11 Aerase, Inc. Kompozicijos ir metodai, skirti vėžio gydymui arginino deplecija ir imunoonkologiniais preparatais
CN109804066A (zh) 2016-08-09 2019-05-24 哈佛大学的校长及成员们 可编程cas9-重组酶融合蛋白及其用途
MX2019002004A (es) 2016-08-19 2019-10-09 Whitehead Inst Biomedical Res Metodos para editar la metilacion del adn.
US11542509B2 (en) 2016-08-24 2023-01-03 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Incorporation of unnatural amino acids into proteins using base editing
JP2019531763A (ja) 2016-09-07 2019-11-07 フラッグシップ パイオニアリング， インコーポレイテッド 遺伝子発現をモジュレートするための方法および組成物
CN109923105A (zh) 2016-09-26 2019-06-21 卡耐基梅隆大学 二价核碱基化合物及其用途
SG11201903089RA (en) 2016-10-14 2019-05-30 Harvard College Aav delivery of nucleobase editors
US10745677B2 (en) 2016-12-23 2020-08-18 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Editing of CCR5 receptor gene to protect against HIV infection
EP3565535A4 (en) 2017-01-05 2020-12-30 Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR IMPROVING THE EFFECTIVENESS OF A VACCINE
ES2949801T3 (es) 2017-01-09 2023-10-03 Whitehead Inst Biomedical Res Métodos para alterar la expresión génica mediante la perturbación de multímeros de factores de transcripción que estructuran bucles reguladores
WO2018165504A1 (en) 2017-03-09 2018-09-13 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Suppression of pain by gene editing
WO2018165629A1 (en) 2017-03-10 2018-09-13 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Cytosine to guanine base editor
US11268082B2 (en) 2017-03-23 2022-03-08 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Nucleobase editors comprising nucleic acid programmable DNA binding proteins
WO2018209320A1 (en) 2017-05-12 2018-11-15 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Aptazyme-embedded guide rnas for use with crispr-cas9 in genome editing and transcriptional activation
EP3658573A1 (en) 2017-07-28 2020-06-03 President and Fellows of Harvard College Methods and compositions for evolving base editors using phage-assisted continuous evolution (pace)
WO2019139645A2 (en) 2017-08-30 2019-07-18 President And Fellows Of Harvard College High efficiency base editors comprising gam
CN111757937A (zh) 2017-10-16 2020-10-09 布罗德研究所股份有限公司 腺苷碱基编辑器的用途
US20190134118A1 (en) * 2017-10-18 2019-05-09 City Of Hope Adeno-associated virus compositions for restoring hbb gene function and methods of use thereof
JP2021505620A (ja) 2017-12-05 2021-02-18 イーレイズ・インコーポレーテッド アルギナーゼ１欠損症を治療するための方法及び組成物
WO2019139997A1 (en) * 2018-01-09 2019-07-18 Trucode Gene Repair, Inc. Polymer-based nanoparticles, related formulation methods, and apparatus
WO2019175328A1 (en) 2018-03-14 2019-09-19 Imba - Institut Für Molekulare Biotechnologie Gmbh Bh4pathwayactivationandusethereoffortreatingcancer
US20210189431A1 (en) * 2018-08-10 2021-06-24 Yale University Compositions and methods for embryonic gene editing in vitro
JP2022500052A (ja) * 2018-09-18 2022-01-04 サンガモ セラピューティクス， インコーポレイテッド プログラム細胞死１（ｐｄ１）特異的ヌクレアーゼ
WO2020112195A1 (en) 2018-11-30 2020-06-04 Yale University Compositions, technologies and methods of using plerixafor to enhance gene editing
BR112021018607A2 (pt) 2019-03-19 2021-11-23 Massachusetts Inst Technology Métodos e composições para editar sequências de nucleotídeos
US20220195455A1 (en) * 2019-04-03 2022-06-23 University Of Georgia Research Foundation, Inc. Delivery of crispr/mcas9 through extracellular vesicles for genome editing
CN110078834B (zh) * 2019-05-05 2021-07-30 华中科技大学 一种类短肽、辅助透膜剂及其应用
EP3969166A1 (fr) 2019-05-16 2022-03-23 Gem Innov Procede de preparation de microcapsules biodegradables et microcapsules ainsi obtenues
WO2020257779A1 (en) 2019-06-21 2020-12-24 Yale University Hydroxymethyl-modified gamma-pna compositions and methods of use thereof
US20220243211A1 (en) 2019-06-21 2022-08-04 Yale University Peptide nucleic acid compositions with modified hoogsteen binding segments and methods of use thereof
CN112391410B (zh) * 2020-02-17 2024-04-02 华东师范大学 一种sgRNA及其在修复内含子异常剪接中的应用
US20220280656A1 (en) * 2019-07-31 2022-09-08 Yale University Compositions and methods for treating sickle cell disease
MX2022002342A (es) 2019-08-30 2022-06-14 Univ Yale Composiciones y metodos para suministro de acidos nucleicos a celulas.
AU2020352552A1 (en) 2019-09-23 2022-03-17 Omega Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions and methods for modulating hepatocyte nuclear factor 4-alpha (HNF4α) gene expression
KR102320650B1 (ko) * 2019-10-16 2021-11-04 주식회사 시선테라퓨틱스 혈뇌장벽 투과능을 가지는 펩티드 핵산 복합체 및 이를 포함하는 조성물
CN111394430B (zh) * 2020-03-30 2021-05-25 重庆大学 一种基于CRISPR-Cas12a耦合增强型链置换扩增的检测系统及其应用
JP2023525304A (ja) 2020-05-08 2023-06-15 ザ ブロード インスティテュート，インコーポレーテッド 標的二本鎖ヌクレオチド配列の両鎖同時編集のための方法および組成物
US11833254B2 (en) 2020-05-27 2023-12-05 University Of Connecticut Discoidal nano universal platform for efficient delivery of PNAs
EP4204002A1 (en) 2020-08-31 2023-07-05 Yale University Compositions and methods for delivery of nucleic acids to cells
WO2022232840A1 (en) * 2021-04-29 2022-11-03 The Regents Of The University Of California Systems and methods for genetic editing with increased efficiency
CN113827731B (zh) * 2021-09-22 2022-08-19 范德里希(上海)生物科技有限公司 Vegf抑制剂和pd-1单克隆抗体在制备用于抑制卵巢癌的药盒中的用途
GB2611043A (en) 2021-09-22 2023-03-29 Univ Dublin City A cis-platinum(II)-oligomer hybrid
WO2023069429A1 (en) * 2021-10-19 2023-04-27 Oncogenuity, Inc. Peptide nucleic acid compositions and methods of use for gene editing
CA3237696A1 (en) 2021-11-08 2023-05-11 Progentos Therapeutics, Inc. Platelet-derived growth factor receptor (pdgfr) alpha inhibitors and uses thereof
US20240091140A1 (en) * 2022-08-29 2024-03-21 Celanese Eva Performance Polymers Llc Implantable Device for Intratumorally Administering a Therapeutic Agent
WO2024055034A1 (en) 2022-09-09 2024-03-14 Yale University Proteolysis targeting antibodies and methods of use thereof
WO2024081736A2 (en) 2022-10-11 2024-04-18 Yale University Compositions and methods of using cell-penetrating antibodies

Citations (144)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB929401A (en) 1958-12-22 1963-06-19 Upjohn Co Encapsulated emulsions and processes for their preparation
US3266987A (en) 1962-06-08 1966-08-16 Boots Pure Drug Co Ltd Substituted thiourea compounds and methods of using same as anthelmintics
US3832253A (en) 1973-03-21 1974-08-27 Baxter Laboratories Inc Method of making an inflatable balloon catheter
US3854480A (en) 1969-04-01 1974-12-17 Alza Corp Drug-delivery system
US4452775A (en) 1982-12-03 1984-06-05 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. Cholesterol matrix delivery system for sustained release of macromolecules
US4460563A (en) 1980-04-09 1984-07-17 Eurand S.P.A. Process for preparing microcapsules in a liquid vehicle
US4667013A (en) 1986-05-02 1987-05-19 Union Carbide Corporation Process for alkylene oxide polymerization
US4675189A (en) 1980-11-18 1987-06-23 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. Microencapsulation of water soluble active polypeptides
US4714680A (en) 1984-02-06 1987-12-22 The Johns Hopkins University Human stem cells
EP0253193A2 (en) 1986-07-08 1988-01-20 Abbott Laboratories Method for mutagenesis by oligonucleotide-directed repair of a strand break
EP0266099A2 (en) 1986-10-28 1988-05-04 The Johns Hopkins University Oligonucleoside alkyl or arylphosphonate derivatives capable of crosslinking with or cleaving nucleic acids
US4748034A (en) 1983-05-13 1988-05-31 Nestec S.A. Preparing a heat stable aqueous solution of whey proteins
US4794000A (en) 1987-01-08 1988-12-27 Synthetic Blood Corporation Coacervate-based oral delivery system for medically useful compositions
US4883666A (en) 1987-04-29 1989-11-28 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Controlled drug delivery system for treatment of neural disorders
EP0375408A1 (en) 1988-12-20 1990-06-27 Baylor College Of Medicine Method for making synthetic oligonucleotides which bind specifically to target sites on duplex DNA molecules, by forming a colinear triplex, the synthetic oligonucleotides and methods of use
US4965204A (en) 1984-02-06 1990-10-23 The Johns Hopkins University Human stem cells and monoclonal antibodies
US5034506A (en) 1985-03-15 1991-07-23 Anti-Gene Development Group Uncharged morpholino-based polymers having achiral intersubunit linkages
US5061620A (en) 1990-03-30 1991-10-29 Systemix, Inc. Human hematopoietic stem cell
US5075109A (en) 1986-10-24 1991-12-24 Southern Research Institute Method of potentiating an immune response
US5114719A (en) 1987-04-29 1992-05-19 Sabel Bernhard A Extended drug delivery of small, water-soluble molecules
US5118528A (en) 1986-12-31 1992-06-02 Centre National De La Recherche Scientifique Process for the preparation of dispersible colloidal systems of a substance in the form of nanoparticles
US5133974A (en) 1989-05-05 1992-07-28 Kv Pharmaceutical Company Extended release pharmaceutical formulations
US5142047A (en) 1985-03-15 1992-08-25 Anti-Gene Development Group Uncharged polynucleotide-binding polymers
WO1992020698A1 (en) 1991-05-17 1992-11-26 Uab Research Foundation Sequence specific dna binding drugs
US5176996A (en) 1988-12-20 1993-01-05 Baylor College Of Medicine Method for making synthetic oligonucleotides which bind specifically to target sites on duplex DNA molecules, by forming a colinear triplex, the synthetic oligonucleotides and methods of use
US5185444A (en) 1985-03-15 1993-02-09 Anti-Gene Deveopment Group Uncharged morpolino-based polymers having phosphorous containing chiral intersubunit linkages
WO1993012096A1 (en) 1991-12-16 1993-06-24 Johnson Matthey Public Limited Company Linked cyclic polyamines with activity against hiv
US5239660A (en) 1990-10-31 1993-08-24 Nec Corporation Vector processor which can be formed by an integrated circuit of a small size
WO1993017102A1 (en) 1992-02-19 1993-09-02 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania MODULATIONS OF CELLULAR FUNCTIONS WITH HnRNP PROTEINS
US5354670A (en) 1991-12-24 1994-10-11 The President And Fellows Of Harvard College Site-directed mutagenesis of DNA
US5356802A (en) 1992-04-03 1994-10-18 The Johns Hopkins University Functional domains in flavobacterium okeanokoites (FokI) restriction endonuclease
WO1995001364A1 (en) 1993-06-25 1995-01-12 Yale University Chemically modified oligonucleotide for site-directed mutagenesis
US5407686A (en) 1991-11-27 1995-04-18 Sidmak Laboratories, Inc. Sustained release composition for oral administration of active ingredient
WO1995013650A1 (en) 1993-11-12 1995-05-18 Exabyte Corporation Power-off motor deceleration control system
US5422251A (en) 1986-11-26 1995-06-06 Princeton University Triple-stranded nucleic acids
US5436150A (en) 1992-04-03 1995-07-25 The Johns Hopkins University Functional domains in flavobacterium okeanokoities (foki) restriction endonuclease
WO1995026136A1 (en) 1994-03-25 1995-10-05 Duke University Parasite enzyme inhibitors and substrate analogs
US5487994A (en) 1992-04-03 1996-01-30 The Johns Hopkins University Insertion and deletion mutants of FokI restriction endonuclease
WO1996002558A1 (en) 1994-07-15 1996-02-01 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Linked peptide nucleic acids
WO1996004000A1 (en) 1994-08-05 1996-02-15 The Regents Of The University Of California PEPTIDE-BASED NUCLEIC ACID MIMICS (PENAMs)
WO1996017074A2 (en) 1994-12-02 1996-06-06 Yale University Rna polymerase ii peptides and methods of use
US5527675A (en) 1993-08-20 1996-06-18 Millipore Corporation Method for degradation and sequencing of polymers which sequentially eliminate terminal residues
US5539082A (en) 1993-04-26 1996-07-23 Nielsen; Peter E. Peptide nucleic acids
WO1996039195A2 (en) 1995-06-06 1996-12-12 Yale University Chemically modified oligonucleotide for site-directed mutagenesis
WO1996040898A1 (en) 1995-06-07 1996-12-19 Yale University Triple-helix forming oligonucleotides for targeted mutagenesis
WO1996040271A1 (en) 1995-06-07 1996-12-19 Yale University Treatment of hemoglobinopathies
US5601835A (en) 1987-04-29 1997-02-11 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Polymeric device for controlled drug delivery to the CNS
US5623049A (en) 1993-09-13 1997-04-22 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Nucleic acid-binding oligomers possessing N-branching for therapy and diagnostics
US5665541A (en) 1986-10-28 1997-09-09 The Johns Hopkins University Formation of triple helix complexes for the detection of double stranded DNA sequences using oligomers which comprise an 8-modified purine base
US5677136A (en) 1994-11-14 1997-10-14 Systemix, Inc. Methods of obtaining compositions enriched for hematopoietic stem cells, compositions derived therefrom and methods of use thereof
US5698546A (en) 1994-01-11 1997-12-16 Johnson Matthey Public Limted Company Cyclic polyamines
US5714331A (en) 1991-05-24 1998-02-03 Buchardt, Deceased; Ole Peptide nucleic acids having enhanced binding affinity, sequence specificity and solubility
US5736152A (en) 1995-10-27 1998-04-07 Atrix Laboratories, Inc. Non-polymeric sustained release delivery system
US5739308A (en) 1993-01-21 1998-04-14 Hybridon, Inc. Integrated oligonucleotides
US5759793A (en) 1993-09-30 1998-06-02 Systemix, Inc. Method for mammalian cell separation from a mixture of cell populations
US5776744A (en) 1995-06-07 1998-07-07 Yale University Methods and compositions for effecting homologous recombination
US5786461A (en) 1991-05-24 1998-07-28 Buchardt; Ole Peptide nucleic acids having amino acid side chains
US5786571A (en) 1997-05-09 1998-07-28 Lexmark International, Inc. Wrapped temperature sensing assembly
WO1998034945A1 (en) 1997-02-06 1998-08-13 Epoch Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Targeted modification of the ccr-5 gene
WO1998053059A1 (en) 1997-05-23 1998-11-26 Medical Research Council Nucleic acid binding proteins
US5854033A (en) 1995-11-21 1998-12-29 Yale University Rolling circle replication reporter systems
US5866361A (en) 1992-05-05 1999-02-02 Institut Pasteur Nucleotide sequence encoding the enzyme I-SceI and the uses thereof
US5932711A (en) 1997-03-05 1999-08-03 Mosaic Technologies, Inc. Nucleic acid-containing polymerizable complex
US5945337A (en) 1996-10-18 1999-08-31 Quality Biological, Inc. Method for culturing CD34+ cells in a serum-free medium
US6010908A (en) 1992-08-21 2000-01-04 The Regents Of The University Of California Gene therapy by small fragment homologous replacement
WO2000022113A1 (en) 1998-10-09 2000-04-20 Ingene, Inc. ENZYMATIC SYNTHESIS OF ssDNA
WO2000022114A1 (en) 1998-10-09 2000-04-20 Ingene, Inc. PRODUCTION OF ssDNA $i(IN VIVO)
US6140081A (en) 1998-10-16 2000-10-31 The Scripps Research Institute Zinc finger binding domains for GNN
WO2001025419A1 (en) 1999-10-04 2001-04-12 Cytogenix, Inc. ALTERING GENE EXPRESSION WITH ssDNA PRODUCED IN VIVO
US6261841B1 (en) 1999-06-25 2001-07-17 The Board Of Trustees Of Northwestern University Compositions, kits, and methods for modulating survival and differentiation of multi-potential hematopoietic progenitor cells
US6326479B1 (en) 1998-01-27 2001-12-04 Boston Probes, Inc. Synthetic polymers and methods, kits or compositions for modulating the solubility of same
US6331617B1 (en) 1996-03-21 2001-12-18 University Of Iowa Research Foundation Positively charged oligonucleotides as regulators of gene expression
WO2002010142A1 (en) 2000-08-02 2002-02-07 Slil Biomedical Corporation Cyclic polyamine compounds for cancer therapy
US6363746B1 (en) 2000-03-15 2002-04-02 Corning Incorporated Method and apparatus for making multi-component glass soot
US6422251B1 (en) 2000-12-14 2002-07-23 Windbrella Products Corp. Umbrella having a simplified configuration
US6441130B1 (en) 1991-05-24 2002-08-27 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Linked peptide nucleic acids
US6453242B1 (en) 1999-01-12 2002-09-17 Sangamo Biosciences, Inc. Selection of sites for targeting by zinc finger proteins and methods of designing zinc finger proteins to bind to preselected sites
US20020165356A1 (en) 2001-02-21 2002-11-07 The Scripps Research Institute Zinc finger binding domains for nucleotide sequence ANN
US6509323B1 (en) 1998-07-01 2003-01-21 California Institute Of Technology Linear cyclodextrin copolymers
WO2003016496A2 (en) 2001-08-20 2003-02-27 The Scripps Research Institute Zinc finger binding domains for cnn
US20030044978A1 (en) 1998-02-05 2003-03-06 Novartis Corporation Expanded and genetically modified populations of human hematopoietic stem cells
US6534261B1 (en) 1999-01-12 2003-03-18 Sangamo Biosciences, Inc. Regulation of endogenous gene expression in cells using zinc finger proteins
US20030113894A1 (en) 1996-09-13 2003-06-19 Transkaryotic Therapies, Inc., A Delaware Corporation Treatment of alpha-galactosidase a deficiency
WO2003052071A2 (en) 2001-12-14 2003-06-26 Yale University Intracellular generation of single-stranded dna
WO2003075408A1 (fr) 2002-03-07 2003-09-12 Jsr Corporation Connecteur conducteur anisotrope, son procede de fabrication et instrument servant a tester un circuit
US6632919B1 (en) 1997-05-23 2003-10-14 Peter Nielsen Peptide nucleic acid monomers and oligomers
US20030211612A1 (en) * 2000-03-24 2003-11-13 Seidman Michael M. Establishment of cellular manipulations which enhance oligo-mediated gene targeting
US20040006035A1 (en) 2001-05-29 2004-01-08 Dennis Macejak Nucleic acid mediated disruption of HIV fusogenic peptide interactions
US6686463B2 (en) 2000-09-01 2004-02-03 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for synthesizing nucleosides, nucleoside derivatives and non-nucleoside derivatives
US6746838B1 (en) 1997-05-23 2004-06-08 Gendaq Limited Nucleic acid binding proteins
US20040197892A1 (en) 2001-04-04 2004-10-07 Michael Moore Composition binding polypeptides
US20040241651A1 (en) 2000-04-07 2004-12-02 Alexander Olek Detection of single nucleotide polymorphisms (snp's) and cytosine-methylations
US6919208B2 (en) 2000-05-22 2005-07-19 The Children's Hospital Of Philadelphia Methods and compositions for enhancing the delivery of a nucleic acid to a cell
WO2005108622A2 (en) 2004-05-04 2005-11-17 University Of Delaware Methods and kits to increase the efficiency of oligonucleotide-directed nucleic acid sequence alteration
US20060045874A1 (en) 2001-02-20 2006-03-02 Uab Research Foundation, The, Aminoglycoside treatment for lysosomal storage diseases
US20070154989A1 (en) 2006-01-03 2007-07-05 The Scripps Research Institute Zinc finger domains specifically binding agc
US7256275B2 (en) 2001-03-09 2007-08-14 Boston Probes, Inc. Methods, kits and compositions pertaining to combination oligomers and libraries for their preparation
US20070213269A1 (en) 2005-11-28 2007-09-13 The Scripps Research Institute Zinc finger binding domains for tnn
US20070219122A1 (en) 2005-11-23 2007-09-20 Glazer Peter M Modified triple-helix forming oligonucleotides for targeted mutagenesis
US7279463B2 (en) 1995-06-07 2007-10-09 Yale University Triple-helix forming oligonucleotides for targeted mutagenesis
US20080050920A1 (en) 2006-08-22 2008-02-28 Nec Electronics Corporation Method of manufacturing semiconductor device
WO2008086529A2 (en) 2007-01-11 2008-07-17 Yale University Compositions and methods for targeted inactivation of hiv cell surface receptors
US7534448B2 (en) 2004-07-01 2009-05-19 Yale University Methods of treatment with drug loaded polymeric materials
US7566535B2 (en) 2002-03-07 2009-07-28 University Of Delaware Enhanced oligonucleotide-mediated nucleic acid sequence alteration
US20100151436A1 (en) 2007-03-02 2010-06-17 Fong Peter M Methods for Ex Vivo Administration of Drugs to Grafts Using Polymeric Nanoparticles
WO2010123983A1 (en) 2009-04-21 2010-10-28 Yale University Compostions and methods for targeted gene therapy
US20110008451A1 (en) 2008-03-11 2011-01-13 Yale University Connecticut Compositions and methods for controlled delivery of inhibitory ribonucleic acids
WO2011053989A2 (en) 2009-11-02 2011-05-05 Yale University Polymeric materials loaded with mutagenic and recombinagenic nucleic acids
US20110145940A1 (en) 2009-12-10 2011-06-16 Voytas Daniel F Tal effector-mediated dna modification
WO2011133803A1 (en) 2010-04-21 2011-10-27 Helix Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions and methods for targeted inactivation of hiv cell surface receptors
WO2011133802A1 (en) 2010-04-21 2011-10-27 Helix Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions and methods for treatment of lysosomal storage disorders
WO2012085554A1 (en) 2010-12-20 2012-06-28 Loxbridge Research Llp Detection of quantitative genetic differences
WO2012138955A2 (en) 2011-04-08 2012-10-11 Ly Danith H CONFORMATIONALLY-PREORGANIZED, MiniPEG-CONTAINING GAMMA-PEPTIDE NUCLEIC ACIDS
US8309356B2 (en) 2009-04-01 2012-11-13 Yale University Pseudocomplementary oligonucleotides for targeted gene therapy
WO2013082529A1 (en) 2011-12-02 2013-06-06 Yale University Enzymatic synthesis of poly(amine-co-esters) and methods of use thereof for gene delivery
WO2013176772A1 (en) 2012-05-25 2013-11-28 The Regents Of The University Of California Methods and compositions for rna-directed target dna modification and for rna-directed modulation of transcription
WO2014018423A2 (en) 2012-07-25 2014-01-30 The Broad Institute, Inc. Inducible dna binding proteins and genome perturbation tools and applications thereof
EP2754684A1 (en) 2013-01-13 2014-07-16 Greenseal Chemicals NV Method for the production of hyperbranched polyglycerol
WO2014110020A1 (en) 2013-01-08 2014-07-17 Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center Compositions and methods for expansion of embryonic hematopoietic stem cells
US20140255384A1 (en) 2013-03-11 2014-09-11 Healthpartners Research & Education Methods of treating and preventing social communication disorder in patients by intranasal administration of insulin
US8889117B2 (en) 2007-02-15 2014-11-18 Yale University Modular nanoparticles for adaptable vaccines
US20140342003A1 (en) 2011-12-02 2014-11-20 Yale University Enzymatic synthesis of poly(amine-co-esters) and methods of use thereof for gene delivery
US20150057505A1 (en) 2013-08-22 2015-02-26 Elwha Llc Method for Administering a Medicament to a Fetus
US20150073041A1 (en) 2011-12-02 2015-03-12 Yale University Formulations for targeted release of agents to low ph tissue environments or cellular compartments and methods of use thereof
US20150118311A1 (en) 2012-05-04 2015-04-30 Yale Universit Highly Penetrative Nanocarriers for Treatment of CNS Disease
US20150125384A1 (en) 2007-02-15 2015-05-07 Yale University Modular nanodevices for smart adaptable vaccines
WO2015148716A1 (en) 2014-03-26 2015-10-01 The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. Compositions and methods for ex vivo expansion of human hematopoietic stem/progenitor cells
WO2015172149A1 (en) 2014-05-09 2015-11-12 Yale University Hyperbranched polyglycerol-coated particles and methods of making and using thereof
US9220698B2 (en) 2008-09-09 2015-12-29 Pozen Inc. Method for delivering a pharmaceutical composition to patient in need thereof
US9317102B2 (en) 2013-01-03 2016-04-19 Apple Inc. Power control for cache structures
WO2016081621A1 (en) 2014-11-18 2016-05-26 Yale University Formulations for targeted release of agents under low ph conditions and methods of use thereof
US20160251477A1 (en) 2011-12-02 2016-09-01 Yale University Poly(amine-co-ester) nanoparticles and methods of use thereof
US20160263875A1 (en) 2013-10-17 2016-09-15 Nissin Foods Holdings Co., Ltd. Thermoplastic resin sheets and formed articles
WO2016183209A1 (en) 2015-05-11 2016-11-17 Yale University Topical formulation of hyperbranched polymer-coated particles
US9501365B2 (en) 2009-12-28 2016-11-22 Netapp, Inc. Cloud-based disaster recovery of backup data and metadata
US9501364B1 (en) 2016-03-18 2016-11-22 Storagecraft Technology Corporation Hybrid image backup of a source storage
US9526136B1 (en) 2015-11-24 2016-12-20 General Electric Company Electronic driver for an illumination device and method of operating thereof
US9617074B2 (en) 2015-09-08 2017-04-11 Carefusion Germany 326 Gmbh Method and picking device for storing a plurality of identical piece goods
WO2017143042A2 (en) 2016-02-16 2017-08-24 Yale University Compositions for enhancing targeted gene editing and methods of use thereof
WO2017143061A1 (en) 2016-02-16 2017-08-24 Yale University Compositions and methods for treatment of cystic fibrosis
US9834945B2 (en) 2014-06-10 2017-12-05 Harvel K. Crumley Concrete form tie assembly for monolithic slabs bearing on masonry stem walls
WO2018175927A2 (en) 2017-03-23 2018-09-27 Trucode Gene Repair, Inc. Peptide nucleic acid (pna) monomers with an orthogonally protected ester moiety
WO2018187493A1 (en) 2017-04-04 2018-10-11 Yale University Compositions and methods for in utero delivery
EP3388517A1 (en) 2017-04-10 2018-10-17 Max-Planck-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der Wissenschaften e.V. Compounds for increasing genome editing efficiency

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB929405A (en) 1958-12-22 1963-06-19 Upjohn Co Processes for the encapsulation of particles
US6900300B1 (en) * 2000-09-19 2005-05-31 Ingeneus Corporation Quadruplex DNA and duplex probe systems
US9136352B2 (en) 2009-07-31 2015-09-15 Fuji Electric Co., Ltd. Manufacturing method of semiconductor apparatus and semiconductor apparatus
TWI521870B (zh) 2013-11-14 2016-02-11 瑞昱半導體股份有限公司 電流平衡裝置與方法

Patent Citations (178)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB929401A (en) 1958-12-22 1963-06-19 Upjohn Co Encapsulated emulsions and processes for their preparation
US3266987A (en) 1962-06-08 1966-08-16 Boots Pure Drug Co Ltd Substituted thiourea compounds and methods of using same as anthelmintics
US3854480A (en) 1969-04-01 1974-12-17 Alza Corp Drug-delivery system
US3832253A (en) 1973-03-21 1974-08-27 Baxter Laboratories Inc Method of making an inflatable balloon catheter
US4460563A (en) 1980-04-09 1984-07-17 Eurand S.P.A. Process for preparing microcapsules in a liquid vehicle
US4675189A (en) 1980-11-18 1987-06-23 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. Microencapsulation of water soluble active polypeptides
US4452775A (en) 1982-12-03 1984-06-05 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. Cholesterol matrix delivery system for sustained release of macromolecules
US4748034A (en) 1983-05-13 1988-05-31 Nestec S.A. Preparing a heat stable aqueous solution of whey proteins
US4714680A (en) 1984-02-06 1987-12-22 The Johns Hopkins University Human stem cells
US4714680B1 (en) 1984-02-06 1995-06-27 Univ Johns Hopkins Human stem cells
US4965204A (en) 1984-02-06 1990-10-23 The Johns Hopkins University Human stem cells and monoclonal antibodies
US5034506A (en) 1985-03-15 1991-07-23 Anti-Gene Development Group Uncharged morpholino-based polymers having achiral intersubunit linkages
US5142047A (en) 1985-03-15 1992-08-25 Anti-Gene Development Group Uncharged polynucleotide-binding polymers
US5185444A (en) 1985-03-15 1993-02-09 Anti-Gene Deveopment Group Uncharged morpolino-based polymers having phosphorous containing chiral intersubunit linkages
US4667013A (en) 1986-05-02 1987-05-19 Union Carbide Corporation Process for alkylene oxide polymerization
EP0253193A2 (en) 1986-07-08 1988-01-20 Abbott Laboratories Method for mutagenesis by oligonucleotide-directed repair of a strand break
US5075109A (en) 1986-10-24 1991-12-24 Southern Research Institute Method of potentiating an immune response
US5665541A (en) 1986-10-28 1997-09-09 The Johns Hopkins University Formation of triple helix complexes for the detection of double stranded DNA sequences using oligomers which comprise an 8-modified purine base
EP0266099A2 (en) 1986-10-28 1988-05-04 The Johns Hopkins University Oligonucleoside alkyl or arylphosphonate derivatives capable of crosslinking with or cleaving nucleic acids
US5422251A (en) 1986-11-26 1995-06-06 Princeton University Triple-stranded nucleic acids
US5118528A (en) 1986-12-31 1992-06-02 Centre National De La Recherche Scientifique Process for the preparation of dispersible colloidal systems of a substance in the form of nanoparticles
US4794000A (en) 1987-01-08 1988-12-27 Synthetic Blood Corporation Coacervate-based oral delivery system for medically useful compositions
US5114719A (en) 1987-04-29 1992-05-19 Sabel Bernhard A Extended drug delivery of small, water-soluble molecules
US4883666A (en) 1987-04-29 1989-11-28 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Controlled drug delivery system for treatment of neural disorders
US5601835A (en) 1987-04-29 1997-02-11 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Polymeric device for controlled drug delivery to the CNS
EP0375408A1 (en) 1988-12-20 1990-06-27 Baylor College Of Medicine Method for making synthetic oligonucleotides which bind specifically to target sites on duplex DNA molecules, by forming a colinear triplex, the synthetic oligonucleotides and methods of use
US5176996A (en) 1988-12-20 1993-01-05 Baylor College Of Medicine Method for making synthetic oligonucleotides which bind specifically to target sites on duplex DNA molecules, by forming a colinear triplex, the synthetic oligonucleotides and methods of use
US5133974A (en) 1989-05-05 1992-07-28 Kv Pharmaceutical Company Extended release pharmaceutical formulations
US5643741A (en) 1990-03-30 1997-07-01 Systemix, Inc. Identification and isolation of human hematopoietic stem cells
US5750397A (en) 1990-03-30 1998-05-12 Systemix, Inc. Human hematopoietic stem cell
US5716827A (en) 1990-03-30 1998-02-10 Systemix, Inc. Human hematopoietic stem cell
US5061620A (en) 1990-03-30 1991-10-29 Systemix, Inc. Human hematopoietic stem cell
US5239660A (en) 1990-10-31 1993-08-24 Nec Corporation Vector processor which can be formed by an integrated circuit of a small size
WO1992020698A1 (en) 1991-05-17 1992-11-26 Uab Research Foundation Sequence specific dna binding drugs
US5714331A (en) 1991-05-24 1998-02-03 Buchardt, Deceased; Ole Peptide nucleic acids having enhanced binding affinity, sequence specificity and solubility
US5786461A (en) 1991-05-24 1998-07-28 Buchardt; Ole Peptide nucleic acids having amino acid side chains
US5736336A (en) 1991-05-24 1998-04-07 Buchardt, Deceased; Ole Peptide nucleic acids having enhanced binding affinity, sequence specificity and solubility
US5773571A (en) 1991-05-24 1998-06-30 Nielsen; Peter E. Peptide nucleic acids
US6441130B1 (en) 1991-05-24 2002-08-27 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Linked peptide nucleic acids
US5407686A (en) 1991-11-27 1995-04-18 Sidmak Laboratories, Inc. Sustained release composition for oral administration of active ingredient
WO1993012096A1 (en) 1991-12-16 1993-06-24 Johnson Matthey Public Limited Company Linked cyclic polyamines with activity against hiv
US5354670A (en) 1991-12-24 1994-10-11 The President And Fellows Of Harvard College Site-directed mutagenesis of DNA
WO1993017102A1 (en) 1992-02-19 1993-09-02 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania MODULATIONS OF CELLULAR FUNCTIONS WITH HnRNP PROTEINS
US5487994A (en) 1992-04-03 1996-01-30 The Johns Hopkins University Insertion and deletion mutants of FokI restriction endonuclease
US5356802A (en) 1992-04-03 1994-10-18 The Johns Hopkins University Functional domains in flavobacterium okeanokoites (FokI) restriction endonuclease
US5436150A (en) 1992-04-03 1995-07-25 The Johns Hopkins University Functional domains in flavobacterium okeanokoities (foki) restriction endonuclease
US5866361A (en) 1992-05-05 1999-02-02 Institut Pasteur Nucleotide sequence encoding the enzyme I-SceI and the uses thereof
US6010908A (en) 1992-08-21 2000-01-04 The Regents Of The University Of California Gene therapy by small fragment homologous replacement
US5739308A (en) 1993-01-21 1998-04-14 Hybridon, Inc. Integrated oligonucleotides
US5539082A (en) 1993-04-26 1996-07-23 Nielsen; Peter E. Peptide nucleic acids
US7078389B2 (en) 1993-06-25 2006-07-18 Yale University Chemically modified oligonucleotide for site-directed mutagenesis
WO1995001364A1 (en) 1993-06-25 1995-01-12 Yale University Chemically modified oligonucleotide for site-directed mutagenesis
US5962426A (en) 1993-06-25 1999-10-05 Yale University Triple-helix forming oligonucleotides for targeted mutagenesis
US6303376B1 (en) 1993-06-25 2001-10-16 Yale University Methods of targeted mutagenesis using triple-helix forming oligonucleotides
US5527675A (en) 1993-08-20 1996-06-18 Millipore Corporation Method for degradation and sequencing of polymers which sequentially eliminate terminal residues
US5623049A (en) 1993-09-13 1997-04-22 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Nucleic acid-binding oligomers possessing N-branching for therapy and diagnostics
US5759793A (en) 1993-09-30 1998-06-02 Systemix, Inc. Method for mammalian cell separation from a mixture of cell populations
WO1995013650A1 (en) 1993-11-12 1995-05-18 Exabyte Corporation Power-off motor deceleration control system
US5698546A (en) 1994-01-11 1997-12-16 Johnson Matthey Public Limted Company Cyclic polyamines
WO1995026136A1 (en) 1994-03-25 1995-10-05 Duke University Parasite enzyme inhibitors and substrate analogs
WO1996002558A1 (en) 1994-07-15 1996-02-01 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Linked peptide nucleic acids
WO1996004000A1 (en) 1994-08-05 1996-02-15 The Regents Of The University Of California PEPTIDE-BASED NUCLEIC ACID MIMICS (PENAMs)
US5677136A (en) 1994-11-14 1997-10-14 Systemix, Inc. Methods of obtaining compositions enriched for hematopoietic stem cells, compositions derived therefrom and methods of use thereof
WO1996017074A2 (en) 1994-12-02 1996-06-06 Yale University Rna polymerase ii peptides and methods of use
WO1996039195A2 (en) 1995-06-06 1996-12-12 Yale University Chemically modified oligonucleotide for site-directed mutagenesis
WO1996040271A1 (en) 1995-06-07 1996-12-19 Yale University Treatment of hemoglobinopathies
WO1996040898A1 (en) 1995-06-07 1996-12-19 Yale University Triple-helix forming oligonucleotides for targeted mutagenesis
US5776744A (en) 1995-06-07 1998-07-07 Yale University Methods and compositions for effecting homologous recombination
US7279463B2 (en) 1995-06-07 2007-10-09 Yale University Triple-helix forming oligonucleotides for targeted mutagenesis
US5736152A (en) 1995-10-27 1998-04-07 Atrix Laboratories, Inc. Non-polymeric sustained release delivery system
US5854033A (en) 1995-11-21 1998-12-29 Yale University Rolling circle replication reporter systems
US6331617B1 (en) 1996-03-21 2001-12-18 University Of Iowa Research Foundation Positively charged oligonucleotides as regulators of gene expression
US20030113894A1 (en) 1996-09-13 2003-06-19 Transkaryotic Therapies, Inc., A Delaware Corporation Treatment of alpha-galactosidase a deficiency
US5945337A (en) 1996-10-18 1999-08-31 Quality Biological, Inc. Method for culturing CD34+ cells in a serum-free medium
WO1998034945A1 (en) 1997-02-06 1998-08-13 Epoch Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Targeted modification of the ccr-5 gene
US5932711A (en) 1997-03-05 1999-08-03 Mosaic Technologies, Inc. Nucleic acid-containing polymerizable complex
US5786571A (en) 1997-05-09 1998-07-28 Lexmark International, Inc. Wrapped temperature sensing assembly
US6632919B1 (en) 1997-05-23 2003-10-14 Peter Nielsen Peptide nucleic acid monomers and oligomers
US6746838B1 (en) 1997-05-23 2004-06-08 Gendaq Limited Nucleic acid binding proteins
WO1998053059A1 (en) 1997-05-23 1998-11-26 Medical Research Council Nucleic acid binding proteins
US6866997B1 (en) 1997-05-23 2005-03-15 Gendaq Limited Nucleic acid binding proteins
US6770442B2 (en) 1998-01-27 2004-08-03 Boston Probes, Inc. Methods for modulating the solubility of synthetic polymers
US6326479B1 (en) 1998-01-27 2001-12-04 Boston Probes, Inc. Synthetic polymers and methods, kits or compositions for modulating the solubility of same
US20030044978A1 (en) 1998-02-05 2003-03-06 Novartis Corporation Expanded and genetically modified populations of human hematopoietic stem cells
US6509323B1 (en) 1998-07-01 2003-01-21 California Institute Of Technology Linear cyclodextrin copolymers
WO2000022114A1 (en) 1998-10-09 2000-04-20 Ingene, Inc. PRODUCTION OF ssDNA $i(IN VIVO)
WO2000022113A1 (en) 1998-10-09 2000-04-20 Ingene, Inc. ENZYMATIC SYNTHESIS OF ssDNA
US6610512B1 (en) 1998-10-16 2003-08-26 The Scripps Research Institute Zinc finger binding domains for GNN
US6140081A (en) 1998-10-16 2000-10-31 The Scripps Research Institute Zinc finger binding domains for GNN
US6534261B1 (en) 1999-01-12 2003-03-18 Sangamo Biosciences, Inc. Regulation of endogenous gene expression in cells using zinc finger proteins
US6453242B1 (en) 1999-01-12 2002-09-17 Sangamo Biosciences, Inc. Selection of sites for targeting by zinc finger proteins and methods of designing zinc finger proteins to bind to preselected sites
US6261841B1 (en) 1999-06-25 2001-07-17 The Board Of Trustees Of Northwestern University Compositions, kits, and methods for modulating survival and differentiation of multi-potential hematopoietic progenitor cells
WO2001025419A1 (en) 1999-10-04 2001-04-12 Cytogenix, Inc. ALTERING GENE EXPRESSION WITH ssDNA PRODUCED IN VIVO
US6363746B1 (en) 2000-03-15 2002-04-02 Corning Incorporated Method and apparatus for making multi-component glass soot
US20030211612A1 (en) * 2000-03-24 2003-11-13 Seidman Michael M. Establishment of cellular manipulations which enhance oligo-mediated gene targeting
US20040241651A1 (en) 2000-04-07 2004-12-02 Alexander Olek Detection of single nucleotide polymorphisms (snp's) and cytosine-methylations
US6919208B2 (en) 2000-05-22 2005-07-19 The Children's Hospital Of Philadelphia Methods and compositions for enhancing the delivery of a nucleic acid to a cell
WO2002010142A1 (en) 2000-08-02 2002-02-07 Slil Biomedical Corporation Cyclic polyamine compounds for cancer therapy
US6686463B2 (en) 2000-09-01 2004-02-03 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for synthesizing nucleosides, nucleoside derivatives and non-nucleoside derivatives
US6422251B1 (en) 2000-12-14 2002-07-23 Windbrella Products Corp. Umbrella having a simplified configuration
US20060045874A1 (en) 2001-02-20 2006-03-02 Uab Research Foundation, The, Aminoglycoside treatment for lysosomal storage diseases
US7067617B2 (en) 2001-02-21 2006-06-27 The Scripps Research Institute Zinc finger binding domains for nucleotide sequence ANN
US20020165356A1 (en) 2001-02-21 2002-11-07 The Scripps Research Institute Zinc finger binding domains for nucleotide sequence ANN
US7256275B2 (en) 2001-03-09 2007-08-14 Boston Probes, Inc. Methods, kits and compositions pertaining to combination oligomers and libraries for their preparation
US20040197892A1 (en) 2001-04-04 2004-10-07 Michael Moore Composition binding polypeptides
US20040006035A1 (en) 2001-05-29 2004-01-08 Dennis Macejak Nucleic acid mediated disruption of HIV fusogenic peptide interactions
WO2003016496A2 (en) 2001-08-20 2003-02-27 The Scripps Research Institute Zinc finger binding domains for cnn
US20030148352A1 (en) 2001-12-14 2003-08-07 Yale University Intracellular generation of single-stranded DNA
WO2003052071A2 (en) 2001-12-14 2003-06-26 Yale University Intracellular generation of single-stranded dna
WO2003075408A1 (fr) 2002-03-07 2003-09-12 Jsr Corporation Connecteur conducteur anisotrope, son procede de fabrication et instrument servant a tester un circuit
US7566535B2 (en) 2002-03-07 2009-07-28 University Of Delaware Enhanced oligonucleotide-mediated nucleic acid sequence alteration
WO2005108622A2 (en) 2004-05-04 2005-11-17 University Of Delaware Methods and kits to increase the efficiency of oligonucleotide-directed nucleic acid sequence alteration
US7534449B2 (en) 2004-07-01 2009-05-19 Yale University Targeted and high density drug loaded polymeric materials
US20090269397A1 (en) 2004-07-01 2009-10-29 Yale University Targeted and high density drug loaded polymeric materials
US20090239789A1 (en) 2004-07-01 2009-09-24 Yale University Methods of treatment with drug loaded polymeric materials
US7550154B2 (en) 2004-07-01 2009-06-23 Yale University Methods of treatment with drug loaded polymeric materials
US7534448B2 (en) 2004-07-01 2009-05-19 Yale University Methods of treatment with drug loaded polymeric materials
US20070219122A1 (en) 2005-11-23 2007-09-20 Glazer Peter M Modified triple-helix forming oligonucleotides for targeted mutagenesis
US8658608B2 (en) 2005-11-23 2014-02-25 Yale University Modified triple-helix forming oligonucleotides for targeted mutagenesis
US20070213269A1 (en) 2005-11-28 2007-09-13 The Scripps Research Institute Zinc finger binding domains for tnn
US20070154989A1 (en) 2006-01-03 2007-07-05 The Scripps Research Institute Zinc finger domains specifically binding agc
US20080050920A1 (en) 2006-08-22 2008-02-28 Nec Electronics Corporation Method of manufacturing semiconductor device
WO2008086529A2 (en) 2007-01-11 2008-07-17 Yale University Compositions and methods for targeted inactivation of hiv cell surface receptors
US20100172882A1 (en) 2007-01-11 2010-07-08 Glazer Peter M Compositions and methods for targeted inactivation of hiv cell surface receptors
US8889117B2 (en) 2007-02-15 2014-11-18 Yale University Modular nanoparticles for adaptable vaccines
US20150125384A1 (en) 2007-02-15 2015-05-07 Yale University Modular nanodevices for smart adaptable vaccines
US20100151436A1 (en) 2007-03-02 2010-06-17 Fong Peter M Methods for Ex Vivo Administration of Drugs to Grafts Using Polymeric Nanoparticles
US20110008451A1 (en) 2008-03-11 2011-01-13 Yale University Connecticut Compositions and methods for controlled delivery of inhibitory ribonucleic acids
US9220698B2 (en) 2008-09-09 2015-12-29 Pozen Inc. Method for delivering a pharmaceutical composition to patient in need thereof
US8309356B2 (en) 2009-04-01 2012-11-13 Yale University Pseudocomplementary oligonucleotides for targeted gene therapy
WO2010123983A1 (en) 2009-04-21 2010-10-28 Yale University Compostions and methods for targeted gene therapy
WO2011053989A2 (en) 2009-11-02 2011-05-05 Yale University Polymeric materials loaded with mutagenic and recombinagenic nucleic acids
US20110268810A1 (en) 2009-11-02 2011-11-03 Yale University Polymeric materials loaded with mutagenic and recombinagenic nucleic acids
WO2011072246A2 (en) 2009-12-10 2011-06-16 Regents Of The University Of Minnesota Tal effector-mediated dna modification
US20110145940A1 (en) 2009-12-10 2011-06-16 Voytas Daniel F Tal effector-mediated dna modification
US9501365B2 (en) 2009-12-28 2016-11-22 Netapp, Inc. Cloud-based disaster recovery of backup data and metadata
US20110293585A1 (en) 2010-04-21 2011-12-01 Helix Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions and methods for treatment of lysosomal storage disorders
WO2011133802A1 (en) 2010-04-21 2011-10-27 Helix Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions and methods for treatment of lysosomal storage disorders
US20110262406A1 (en) * 2010-04-21 2011-10-27 Yale University Compositions and methods for targeted inactivation of hiv cell surface receptors
WO2011133803A1 (en) 2010-04-21 2011-10-27 Helix Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions and methods for targeted inactivation of hiv cell surface receptors
WO2012085554A1 (en) 2010-12-20 2012-06-28 Loxbridge Research Llp Detection of quantitative genetic differences
US20140128570A1 (en) * 2011-04-08 2014-05-08 Carnegie Mellon University Center For Technology Transfer & Enterprise Conformationally-preorganized, minipeg-containing gamma-peptide nucleic acids
WO2012138955A2 (en) 2011-04-08 2012-10-11 Ly Danith H CONFORMATIONALLY-PREORGANIZED, MiniPEG-CONTAINING GAMMA-PEPTIDE NUCLEIC ACIDS
US9193758B2 (en) 2011-04-08 2015-11-24 Carnegie Mellon University Center For Technology Transfer & Enterprise Conformationally-preorganized, miniPEG-containing γ-peptide nucleic acids
US20160251477A1 (en) 2011-12-02 2016-09-01 Yale University Poly(amine-co-ester) nanoparticles and methods of use thereof
US9272043B2 (en) 2011-12-02 2016-03-01 Yale University Enzymatic synthesis of poly(amine-co-esters) and methods of use thereof for gene delivery
WO2013082529A1 (en) 2011-12-02 2013-06-06 Yale University Enzymatic synthesis of poly(amine-co-esters) and methods of use thereof for gene delivery
US20140342003A1 (en) 2011-12-02 2014-11-20 Yale University Enzymatic synthesis of poly(amine-co-esters) and methods of use thereof for gene delivery
US20150073041A1 (en) 2011-12-02 2015-03-12 Yale University Formulations for targeted release of agents to low ph tissue environments or cellular compartments and methods of use thereof
US20150118311A1 (en) 2012-05-04 2015-04-30 Yale Universit Highly Penetrative Nanocarriers for Treatment of CNS Disease
WO2013176772A1 (en) 2012-05-25 2013-11-28 The Regents Of The University Of California Methods and compositions for rna-directed target dna modification and for rna-directed modulation of transcription
WO2014018423A2 (en) 2012-07-25 2014-01-30 The Broad Institute, Inc. Inducible dna binding proteins and genome perturbation tools and applications thereof
US9317102B2 (en) 2013-01-03 2016-04-19 Apple Inc. Power control for cache structures
WO2014110020A1 (en) 2013-01-08 2014-07-17 Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center Compositions and methods for expansion of embryonic hematopoietic stem cells
EP2754684A1 (en) 2013-01-13 2014-07-16 Greenseal Chemicals NV Method for the production of hyperbranched polyglycerol
US20140255384A1 (en) 2013-03-11 2014-09-11 Healthpartners Research & Education Methods of treating and preventing social communication disorder in patients by intranasal administration of insulin
US20150057505A1 (en) 2013-08-22 2015-02-26 Elwha Llc Method for Administering a Medicament to a Fetus
US20160263875A1 (en) 2013-10-17 2016-09-15 Nissin Foods Holdings Co., Ltd. Thermoplastic resin sheets and formed articles
WO2015148716A1 (en) 2014-03-26 2015-10-01 The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. Compositions and methods for ex vivo expansion of human hematopoietic stem/progenitor cells
US20170266119A1 (en) 2014-05-09 2017-09-21 Yale University Hyperbranched polyglycerol-coated particles and methods of making and using thereof
WO2015172153A1 (en) 2014-05-09 2015-11-12 Yale University Topical formulation of hyperbranched polyglycerol-coated particles thereof
US20170000737A1 (en) 2014-05-09 2017-01-05 Yale University Hyperbranched polyglycerol-coated particles and methods of making and using thereof
WO2015172149A1 (en) 2014-05-09 2015-11-12 Yale University Hyperbranched polyglycerol-coated particles and methods of making and using thereof
US9834945B2 (en) 2014-06-10 2017-12-05 Harvel K. Crumley Concrete form tie assembly for monolithic slabs bearing on masonry stem walls
WO2016081621A1 (en) 2014-11-18 2016-05-26 Yale University Formulations for targeted release of agents under low ph conditions and methods of use thereof
WO2016183209A1 (en) 2015-05-11 2016-11-17 Yale University Topical formulation of hyperbranched polymer-coated particles
WO2016183217A1 (en) 2015-05-11 2016-11-17 Yale University Functionalized polymeric particles for treatment of gliomas
US9617074B2 (en) 2015-09-08 2017-04-11 Carefusion Germany 326 Gmbh Method and picking device for storing a plurality of identical piece goods
US9526136B1 (en) 2015-11-24 2016-12-20 General Electric Company Electronic driver for an illumination device and method of operating thereof
WO2017143042A2 (en) 2016-02-16 2017-08-24 Yale University Compositions for enhancing targeted gene editing and methods of use thereof
WO2017143061A1 (en) 2016-02-16 2017-08-24 Yale University Compositions and methods for treatment of cystic fibrosis
US20170283830A1 (en) 2016-02-16 2017-10-05 Yale University Compositions for enhancing targeted gene editing and methods of use thereof
US20200308590A1 (en) 2016-02-16 2020-10-01 Yale University Compositions and methods for treatment of cystic fibrosis
US9501364B1 (en) 2016-03-18 2016-11-22 Storagecraft Technology Corporation Hybrid image backup of a source storage
WO2018175927A2 (en) 2017-03-23 2018-09-27 Trucode Gene Repair, Inc. Peptide nucleic acid (pna) monomers with an orthogonally protected ester moiety
WO2018187493A1 (en) 2017-04-04 2018-10-11 Yale University Compositions and methods for in utero delivery
US20200113821A1 (en) 2017-04-04 2020-04-16 Yale University Compositions and methods for in utero delivery
EP3388517A1 (en) 2017-04-10 2018-10-17 Max-Planck-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der Wissenschaften e.V. Compounds for increasing genome editing efficiency

Non-Patent Citations (490)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
Abes, et al., "Endosome trapping limits the efficiency of splicing correction by PNA-oligolysine conjugates", J. Controll. Rel., 110:595-604 (2006).
Abramova, et al., "Solid-phase-supported synthesis of morpholinoglycine oligonucleotide mimics", Beilstein J. Org. Chem., 10: 1151-1158 (2014).
Agata, et al., Expression of the PD-1 antigen on the surface of stimulated mouse T and B lymphocytes Int. Immunol., 8:765-772 (1996).
Agrawal, et al., "Pharmacokinetics, biodistribution, and stability of oligoeoxynucleotide phosphorothioates in mice," Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 88(17):7595-9 (1991).
Aguado, et al., "Controlled-release vaccines—biodegradable polylactide/polyglycolide (PL/PG) microspheres as antigen vehicles," Immunobiology, 184(2-3):113-25 (1992).
Aiuti, et al., "Gene therapy for immunodeficiency due to adenosine deaminase deficiency", N Engl J Med., 360(5):447-458 (2009).
Akinc, et al., "Synthesis of poly(beta-amino ester)s optimized for highly effective gene delivery", Bioconjug Chem., 14:979-88 (2003).
Allison, et al., "The C-Terminal Domain of the Largest Subunit of RNA Polymerase II of Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Drosophila melanogaster, and Mamals: A Conserved Structure with an Essential Function," Molecular and Cellular Biology, 8(1):321-329 (1988).
Alshamsan, "Nanoprecipitation is more efficient than emulsion solvent evaporation method to encapsulate cucurbitacin I in PLGA nanoparticles", Saudi Pharma J., 22(3):219-222 (2014).
Alton, et al., "A randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled phase IIB clinical trial of repeated application of gene therapy in patients with cystic fibrosis", Thorax, 68(11):1075-7 (2013).
Alton, et al., "Repeated nebulisation of non-viral CFTR gene therapy in patients with cystic fibrosis: a randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled, phase 2b trial", Lancet Respir Med., 3(9):684-91 (2015).
Anandalingam, et al., "Nanoparticles with triplex-forming oligonnucleotides for site specific editing of the human CFTR gene", Poster, Dept of Bioeng, Yale Univ School of Med.and School of Eng and Appliced Sci., 2012.
Andreani, et al., "Persistence of mixed chimerism in class 3 thalassemic patients following BMT", Bone Marrow Transplant, 7(Suppl 2):75 (1991).
Armstrong, et al., "Gene therapy in cystic fibrosis", Arch Dis Child., 99(5):465-8 (2014).
Arnould, et al., "The I-CreI meganuclease and its engineered derivatives: applications from cell modification to gene therapy", Protein Eng. Des. Sel., 24(1-2):27-31 (2011).
Arnould, et al., "The I-Crel meganuclease and its engineered derivatives: applications from cell modification to gene therapy", Protein Eng. Des. Sel., 24(1-2):27-31 (2011).
Asensio, et al. "Thermodynamic, kinetic, and conformational properties of a parallel intermolecular DNA triplex containing 5′ and 3′ junctions", Biochemistry, 37(43):15188-98 (1998).
Asensio, et al., "The Contribution of Cytosine Protonation to the Stability of Parallel DNA Triple Helices," J. Mol. Biol., 275(5): 811-822 (1998).
Avitabile, et al., "[gamma] sulphate ONA (PNA S): Highly Selective DNA Binding Molecule Showing Promising Antigene Activity", PLOS ONE, 7(5): e35774 (2012).
Babar, et al., "Nanoparticle-based therapy in an in vivo microRNA-155 (miR-155)-dependent mouse model of lymphoma", PNAS, 109:E1695-E1704 (2012).
Bahal, et al. "Nanoparticle for delivery of antisense γPNA oligomers targeting CCR5", Artificial DNA: PNA & XNA, 4:2, 49-57(2013).
Bahal, et al., "In vivo correction of anaemia in b-thalassemic mice by gPNA-mediated gene editing with nanoparticle delivery", Nature Communications, 7:1-14 (2016).
Bahal, et al., "In vivo correction of anaemia in β-thalassemic mice by γPNA-mediated gene editing with nanoparticle delivery", Nat Commun., 7:13304. doi: 10.1038 (2016).
Bahal, et al., "Sequence-Unrestricted, Watson-Crick Recognition of Double Helical B-DNA by (R)-MiniPEG-gPNAs", ChemBioChem, 13:56-60 (2012).
Bahal, et al., "Single-Stranded γPNAs for In Vivo Site-Specific Genome Editing via Watson-Crick Recognition", Curr. Gene Ther., 14:331-42 (2014).
Bahal, et al., "Site specific genome editing of hematopoietic stem cells for beta thalassemia gene therapy," American Society of Gene and Cell Therapy, Annual Meeting, May 21-24, (2014).
Bahal, et al., "Site-specific genome editing of hematopoietic stem cells for beta thalassemia gene therapy", Mol Ther., 22:S290-91 (2014b).
Banal, et al., "In vivo correction of anaemia in b-thalassemic mice by gPNA-mediated gene editing with nanoparticle delivery", Nature Communications, 7:1-14 (2016).
Barkalina, et al., "Nanotechnology in reproductive medicine: emerging applications of nanomaterials", Nanomedicine, 10:921-38 (2014).
Baron, et al., "Localization of the Centrin-Related 165,000—M.sub.r Protein of PtK.sub.2 Cells During the Cell Cycle," Cell Motil. and the Cytoskel. 18:1-14 (1991).
Barre, et al., "Unambiguous demonstration of triple-helix-directed gene modification," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 97, 3084 (2000).
Baumann, et al., "Role of the human RAD51 protein in homologous recombination and double-stranded-break repair," Trends Biochem Sci 23(7):247-251 (1998).
Beal & Dervan ,"Second Structural Motif for Recognition of DNA by Oligonucleotide-Directed Triple-Helix Formation," Science 251:1360-1363 (1991).
Beal & Dervan, "The Influence of Single Base Triplet Changes on the Stability of a Pur.Pur.Pyr Triple Helix Determined by Affinity Cleaving," Nucleic Acids Res. 20(11): 2773-2776 (1992).
Beer, et al., "Genome-edited human stem cell-derived beta cells: a powerful tool for drilling down om type 2 diabetes GWAS biology {version1:referees:2 approve]", https://f1000research.com/articles/5-1711/v1 (2016).
Beesley, et al., "Mutational analysis of 85 mucopolysaccharidosis type I families: frequency of known mutations, identification of 17 novel mutations and in vitro expression of missense mutations", Human Genetics, 109(5):503-511 (2001).
Belousov, et al., "Triplex targeting of a native gene in permeabilized intact cells: covalent modification of the gene for the chemokine receptor CCR5," Nucleic Acids Res., 26(5):1324-8 (1998).
Bennett & Davis, "Erythrocyte ankyrin: Immunoreactive analogues are associated with mitotic structures in cultured cells and with microtubules in brain," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA. 78: 7550-7554 (1981).
Bentin, et al., "Combined triplex/duplex invasion of double-stranded DNA by "tail-clamp" peptide nucleic acid", Biochemistry 42(47):13987-95 (2003).
Bentin, et al., "Structural diversity of target-specific homopyrimidine peptide nucleic acid-dsDNA complexes", Nucleic Acids Res, 34(20): 5790-5799 (2006).
Bertram, "Functionalized poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid) enhances drug delivery and provides chemical moieties for surface engineering while preserving biocompatibility", Acta Biomater. 5:2860-71 (2009).
Beumer, et al., "Efficient gene targeting in Drosophila with zinc-finger nucleases", Genetics, 172:2391-2403 (2006).
Bindra & Glazer, "Co-repression of mismatch repair gene expression by hypoxia in cancer cells: role of the Myc/Max network", Cancer Lett, 252(1):93-103 (2007).
Bindra et al., "Hypoxia-induced down-regulation of BRCA1 expression by E2Fs", Cancer Res, 65(24):11597-604, (2005).
Blume, et al., "Triple helix formation by purine-rich oligonucleotides targeted to the human dihydrofolate reductase promoter", Nucleic Acids Res., 20(7):1777-84 (1992).
Braasch, et al., "Locked nucleic acid (LNA): fine-tuning the recognition of DNA and RNA", Chem. Biol., 8(1):1-7 (2001).
Braden, et al., "Polymeric nanoparticles for sustained down-regulation of annexin A2 lead to reduction in proliferation and migration of prostate cancer cells", Journal of Biomedical Nanotechnology 3:148-159 (2007).
Bramlage, et al., "Designing ribozymes for the inhibition of gene expression," Trends Biotechnol. 16, 434 (1998).
Bramwell, et al., "Particulate delivery systems for biodefense subunit vaccines", Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev., 57(9):1247-65 (2005).
Bredberg, et al., "Psoralen adducts in a shuttle vector plasmid propagated in primate cells: high mutagenicity of DNA cross-links", Carcinogenesis 8(12):1923-27 (1987).
Bregman et al., "Cytostellin distributes to nuclear regions enriched with splicing factors," J Cell Sci. 107 (Pt 3):387-96 (1994).
Brenneman, et al., "Stimulation of intrachromosomal homologous recombination in human cells by electroporation with site-specific endonucleases," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93(8): 3608-12 (1996).
Bruscia, et al., "Isolation of CF cell lines corrected at DeltaF508-CFTR locus by SFHR-mediated targeting", Gene Ther., 9:683-5 (2002).
Budke, et al., "RI-1: a chemical inhibitor of RAD51 that disrupts homologous recombination in human cells", Nucleic Acids Research, 40(15):7347-7357 (2012).
Cai, et al., "In utero delivery of oligodeoxynucleotides for gene correction", Gene Correction Methods and Protocols, Methods in Molecular Biology vol. 1114, Chapter 26:399-411, Francesca Storici, editor Springer Science-Business Media (2014).
Campbell, et al., "Homologous recombination involving small single-stranded oligonucleotides in human cells," New Biol. 1(2):223-7 (1989).
Cantin, et al., "Synthesis of the monomeric building blocks of Z-olefinic PNA (Z-OPA) containing the bases adenine and thymine", Tetrahedron Lett., 38:4211-4214 (1997).
Capecchi, "Altering the genome by homologous recombination," Science 244(4910): 1288-1292 (1989).
Carrington, et al., "Novel Alleles of the Chemokine-Receptor Gene CCR5," Am. J. Hum. Genet., 61(6):1261-7(1997).
Carrington, et al., "Novel alleles of the chemokine-receptor gene CCR5.", Am. J. Hum. Genet., 61:1261-1267 (1997).
Cartier, et al., "Hematopoietic stem cell gene therapy with a lentiviral vector in X-linked adrenoleukodystrophy", Science, 326(5954):818-23 (2009).
Cartiera, et al., "Partial correction of cystic fibrosis defects with PLGA nanoparticles encapsulating curcumin", Mol Pharm, 7:86-93 (2010).
Cavazzana-Calvo, et al., "Gene therapy of human severe combined immunodeficiency (SCID)-X1 disease", Science, 288:669-672 (2000).
Cermak, et al, "Efficient design and assembly of custom TALEN and other TAL effector-based constructs for DNA targeting", Nucl. Acids Res., 39(12):e82 (2011).
Chan, et al., "Targeted correction of an episomal gene in mammalian cells by a short DNA fragment tethered to a triplex-forming oligonucleotide," J. Biol. Chem. 274(17): 11541-11548 (1999).
Chan, et al., "Triplex DNA: Fundamentals, Advances, and Potential Applications for Gene Therapy," J. Mol. Med. 75: 267-282 (1997).
Chapman, et al., "Playing the end game: DNA double-strand break repair pathway choice," Mol. Cell, 47:497-510 (2012).
Chen, et al., "Ethyl carbamate metabolism: in vivo inhibitors and in vitro enzymatic systems." Drug Metab. Dispos. 18, 815 (1990).
Chen, et al., "In Vivo Expression of Single-Stranded DNA in Mammalian Cells with DNA Enzyme Sequences Targeted to C-raf," Antisense Nucleic Acid Drug Dev. 10: 415-422 (2000).
Cheng, et al., "Enhanced siRNA delivery into cells by exploiting the synergy between targeting ligands and cell-penetrating peptides", Biomaterials, 32(26):6194-203 (2011).
Chenna, et al., "A simple cytosine to G-clamp nucleobase substitution enables chiral gamma-PNAs to invade mixed-sequence double-helical B-form DNA", Chembiochem., 9:2388-2391 (2008).
Chin, et al., "Correction of a splice-site mutation in the beta-globin gene stimulated by triplex-forming peptide nucleic acids", PNAS.,105(36):13514-19 (2008).
Chin, et al., "Repair of DNA lesions associated with triplex-forming oligonucleotides", Mol Carcinog., 48:389-399 (2009).
Chin, et al., "Triplex-forming Peptide Nucleic Acids Induce Heritable Elevations in Gamma-globin Expression in Hematopoietic Progenitor Cells", Mol. Ther., 21(3):580-7 (2013).
Choi, et al., "Applicastion of chitosan amd cjitosan derivastives as biomaterials", J Ind Eng Chem., 33:1-10 (2016).
Chung, et al., "Generation of ΔF508-CFTR T84 cell lines by CRISPR/Cas9-mediated genome editing", Biotechnol. Lett., 38:2023-2034 (2016).
Ciapetti, et al., "Synthesis of N-Fmoc-α-amino acids carrying the four DNA nucleobases in the side chain", Tetrahedron, 53:1167-1176 (1997).
Ciccia, et al., "The DNA damage response: making it safe to the play with knives," Mol. Cell., 40:179-204 (2010).
Cole-Strauss, et al., "Correction of the mutation responsible for sickle cell anemia by an RNA-DNA oligonucleotide.", Science, 273(5280): 1386-1389.
Cong, et al., "Multiplex genome engineering using CRISPR/Cas systems", Science, 15:339(6121):819-23 (2013).
Connell, et al., "Automated DNA sequence analysis." BioTechniques 5:342 (1987).
Conner and Schmid, "Regulated portals of entry into the cell", Nature 422:37-44 (2003).
Cooney, et al., "Site-Specific Oligonucleotide Binding Represses Transcription of the Human c-myc Gene in Vitro," Science 241:456 (1988).
Coskun, et al., "Development of the fetal bone marrow niche and regulation of HSC quiescence and homing ability by emerging osteolineage cells", Cell Rep., 9:581-590 (2014).
Cradick, et al., "CRISPR/Cas9 systems targeting β-globin and CCR5 genes have substantial off-target activity", Nucleic Acids Res., 41:9584-92 (2013).
Crane, et al., "Targeted Correction and Restored Function of the CFTR Gene in Cystic Fibrosis Induced Pluripotent Stem Cells", Stem Cell Reports, 4:569-577 (2015).
Cruz, et al., "Targeted PLGA nano- but not microparticles specifically deliver antigen to human dendritic cells via DC-SIGN in vitro", J Control Release, 144:118-126 (2010).
Cu, et al., "In vivo distribution of surface-modified PLGA nanoparticles following intravaginal delivery", J Control Release, 156:258-264 (2011).
Cu, et al., "Ligand-modified gene carriers increased uptake in target cells but reduced DNA release and transfection efficiency", Nanomedicine, 6:334-343 (2010).
Cuenoud, et al., "Dual recognition of double-stranded DNA by 2′-aminoethoxy-modified oligonucleotides", Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., 37:1288-1291 (1998).
Cui, et al., "Ex vivo pretreatment of human vessels with siRNA nanoparticles provides protein silencing in endothelial cells", Nature Communications, 8:(191):1-11 (2017).
Culver et al., "Correction of chromosomal point mutations in human cells with bifunctional oligonucleotides", Nature Biotechnology, 17(10):989-993 (1999).
Dagle, et al., "Positively charged oligonucleotides overcome potassium-mediated inhibition of triplex DNA formation", Nucleic Acids Res., 24(11):2143-9 (1996).
Dahmus, "Phosphorylation of Eukaryotic DNA-dependent RNA Polymerase," J. Biol. Chem. 256:3332-3339 (1981).
Daksis, et al., "Heteropolymeric Triplex-Based Genomic Assay to Detect Pathogens or Single-Nucleotide Polymorphisms in Human Genomic Samples", PLOS ONE, 2:3 (2007).
Datta, et al., "Triplex-induced Recombination in Human Cell-free Extracts," J. Biol. Chem., 276:18018-18023 (2001).
Davis, et al., "Cystic fibrosis since 1938", Am J Respir Crit Care Med., 173(5):475-82 (2006).
Davis, et al., "Cystic fibrosis", Pediatr Rev., 22(8):257-64 (2001).
Deng, et al., "Improved i.p. drug delivery with bioadhesive nanoparticles", Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 113:11453-11458 (2016).
Deng, et al., "The Effect of Hyperbranched Polyglycerol Coatings on Drug Delivery Using Degradable Polymer Nanoparticles", Biomaterials, 35(24): 6595-6602 (2014).
Depreaux, et al., "Antisense oligonucleotides delivered to the amniotic cavity in utero modulate gene expression in the postnatal mouse," Nucleic Acids Res. 44(20):9519-9529 (2016).
Desai, et al., "The mechanism of uptake of biodegradable microparticles in Caco-2 cells is size dependent", Pharm. Res., 14:1568-73 (1997).
Di Domenico, et al., "Gene Therapy for a Mucopolysaccharidosis Type I Murine Model with Lentiviral-IDUA Vector", Human Gene Therapy, 16(1):81-90 2005).
Dib and Pastories, "Laronidase for treating mucopolysaccharidosis type I", Genet. Mol. Res., 6(3):667-74 (2007).
Diderichsen, et al., "Self-pairing PNA with alternating alanyl/homoalanyl backbone", Tetrahedron Lett., 37:475-478 (1996).
Diederichsen, et al., "Alanyl-PNA homoduplex: A-T pairing with the N7-regioisomer of adenine", Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 8:165-168 (1998).
Doe, et al., "Generating CRISPR/Cas9-Derived Mutant Mice by Zygote Cytoplasmic Injection Using an Automatic Microinjector", Methods and Protocols, 1(5):1-12 (2018).
Doudna, et al., "Genome editing. The new frontier of genome engineering with CRISPR-Cas9", Science, 346:1258096 (2014).
Dragulescu-Andrasi, et al., "A Simple γ-Backbone Modification Preorganizes Peptide Nucleic Acid into a Helical Structure", Journal of the American Chemical Society, 128(31):10258-67 (2006).
Durland, et al., "Binding of triple helix forming oligonucleotides to sites in gene promoters.", Biochemistry, 30(38):9246-9255 (1991).
Duval-Valentin, et al., "Specific Inhibition of Transcription by Triple Helix-Forming Oligonucleotides," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:504 (1992).
Efimov, et al., "Hydroxyproline-based DNA mimics provide an efficient gene silencing in vitro and in vivo", Nucleic Acids Res., 34(8):2247-2257 (2006).
Egan, et al., "Calcium-pump inhibitors induce functional surface expression of Delta F508-CFTR protein in cystic fibrosis epithelial cells", Nat Med., 8:485-92 (2002).
Egan, et al., "Curcumin, a Major Constituent of Turmeric, Corrects Cystic Fibrosis Defects", Science, 304:600-602 (2004).
Egholm, et al., "Efficient pH-independent sequence-specific DNA binding by pseudoisocytosine-containing bis-PNA.", Nucl. Acids Res., 23(2):217-222 (1995).
Egholm, et al., "PNA hybridizes to complementary oligonucleotides obeying the Watson-Crick hydrogen-bonding rules", Nature, 365:566-8 (1993).
Endoh, et al., "Cellular siRNA delivery using cell-penetrating peptides modified for endosomal escape", Adv Drug Deliv Rev., 61:704-9 (2009).
Eriksson, et al., "PNA-nucleic acid complexes. Structure, stability and dynamics", Quart. Rev. Biophys., 29(4):369-394 (1996).
Ezzati, et al., "Tubal transport of gametes and embryos: a review of physiology and pathophysiology", J. Assist. Reprod. Genet., 31(10):1337-47 (2014).
Fahmy, et al., "Surface modification of biodegradable polyesters with fatty acid conjugates for improved drug targeting", Biomaterials, 26: 5727-36 (2005).
Fakan & Bernhard, "Localization of Rapidly and Slowly Labelled Nuclear RNA as Visualized by High Resolution Autoradiography," Exp. Cell Res. 67:129-141 (1971).
Fakan & Nobis, "Ultrastructural Localization of Transcription Sites and of RNA Distribution During the Cell Cycle of Synchronized Cho Cells," Exp. Cell Res. 113:327-337 (1978).
Fakan & Puvion, "The Ultrastructural Visualization of Nucleolar and Extranucleolar RNA Synthesis and Distribution," Int. Rev. Cytol.. 65:255-99 (1980).
Fakan, et al., "Localization and Characterization of Newly Synthesized Nuclear RNA in Isolated Rat Hepatocytes," Exp. Cell. Res. 99:155-164 (1976).
Famulok, "Oligonucleotide aptamers that recognize small molecules," Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 9, 324 (1999).
Fanen, et al., "Genetics of cystic fibrosis: CFTR mutation classifications toward genotype-based CF therapies", Int. J. Biochem. Cell Biol., 52:94-102 (2014).
Faria, et al., "Targeted Inhibition of Transcription Elongation in Cells Mediated by Triplex-Forming Oligonucleotides," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 97: 3862-3867 (2000).
Faruqi, et al., "Peptide nucleic acid-targeted mutagenesis of a chromosomal gene in mouse cells", PNAS, 95:1398-1403 (1998).
Faruqi, et al., "Recombination induced by triple helix-targeted DNA damage in mammalian cells", Mol. Cell. Biol. 16: 6820-6828, (1996).
Faruqi, et al., "Triple-helix formation induces recombination in mammalian cells via a nucleotide excision repair-dependent pathway," Mol Cell Biol 20(3): 990-1000 (2000).
Felfly, et al., "Long-term correction of beta-thalassemia with minimal cellular requirement and transplantation modalities", Mol Ther, 15:1701-9 (2007).
Fields, et al., "Modified poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid) nanoparticles for enhanced cellular uptake and gene editing in the lung", Adv Healthc Mater., 4(3):361-6 (with supporting information) (2015).
Fields, et al., "Surface modified poly(β amino ester)-containing nanoparticles for plasmid DNA delivery", J Control Release, 164(1):41-8 (2012).
Firth, et al., "Functional Gene Correction for Cystic Fibrosis in Lung Epithelial Cells Generated From Patient iPSCs", Cell Rep., 12:1385-1390 (2015).
Francois et al., "Sequence-Specific Recognition and Cleavage of Duplex DNA via Triple-Helix Formation by Oligonucleotides Covalently Linked to a Phenanthroline-Copper Chelate," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:9702 (1989).
Fujii, et al., "Nucleic acid analog peptide (NAAP) 2. Syntheses and properties of novel DNA analog peptides containing nucleobase linked β-aminoalanine" Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 7:637-627 (1997).
Gabbianelli, et al., "Role of stem cell factor in the reactivation of human fetal hermoglobin", Mediter J Hemo Infect Dis., 1(1):e2009009 (2009).
Gaj, et al., "ZFN, TALEN, and CRISPER/cas-based methods dor genome engineering", Trends in Biotech., 31(7):397-405 (2013).
Gaj, et al., "ZFN, TALEN, and CRISPER/cas-based methods for genome engineering", Trends in Biotech., 31(7):397-405 (2013).
Galderisi, et al., "Antisense oligonucleotides as therapeutic agents," J. Cell Physiol. 181, 251 (1999).
Gamble, et al., "Development of Cu+2-Based Distance Methods and force Field Parameters for the Determination of PNA Conformations and Dynamics by EPR and MD Simulations", Journal of Physical Chemistry Part B, 124(35):7544-7556 (2020).
Gaspar, et al., "Gene therapy of X-linked severe combined immunodeficiency by use of a pseudotyped gammaretroviral vector", Lancet, 364:2181-2187 (2004).
Gasparro, et al., "Photoactivatable antisense DNA: suppression of ampicillin resistance in normally resistant Escherichia coli.," Antisense Res. Dev. 1:117-140 (1991).
Gasparro, et al., "Site-specific targeting of Psoralen Photoadducts with a Triple Helix-Forming Oligonucleotide: Characterization of Psoralen Monoadduct and Crosslink Formation," Nucleic Acids Research, 22(14):2845-2852 (1994).
Gasparro, et al.,"Rapid and sensitive analysis of 8-methoxypsoralen in plasma," J. Invest. Derm. 90:234-236 (1988).
Genbank accession No. AH006034.1, "Human cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator (CFTR) gene", 24 pages, first appeared Jul. 26, 1993, updated Jun. 10, 2016, accessed Aug. 9, 2017.
Genbank accession No. NM_000579, "CCR5 chemokine (C-C motif) receptor 5 (Homo sapiens)", 8 pages, first appeared Mar. 24, 1999, updated Aug. 22, 2010, accessed Aug. 9, 2201.
Genbank accession No. U01317.1—"Human beta globin region on chromosome 11",42 pages, first appeared Feb. 18, 1994, updated Jan. 9, 2012, accessed Aug. 9, 2017.
Gerace, et al., "Immunocytochemical Localization of the Major Polypeptides of the Nuclear Pore Complex—Lamina Fraction," J. Cell Biol. 79:546-566 (1978).
Gia, et al., "Sequence specificity of psoralen photobinding to DNA: a quantitative approach," Biochemistry 31:11818-11822 (1992).
Giovannangeli, et al., "Oligodeoxynucleotide-directed photo-induced cross-linking of HIV proviral DNA via triple-ihelix formation," Nucleic Acids Res. 20:4275-4281 (1992).
Giovannangeli, et al., "Triple-helix formation by oligonucleotides containing the three bases thymine, cytosine, and guanine," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:8631-8635 (1992B).
Giovannangeli, et al., "Triplex-forming molecules for modulation of DNA information processing," Curr. Opin. Mol. Ther. 2(3): 288-296 (2000).
Glazer, et al., "Detection and Analysis of UV-induced Mutations in Mammalian Cell DNA Using a Phage Suttle Vector," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 83:1041-1044 (1986).
Glazer, et al., "DNA mismatch repair detected in human cell extracts," Mol. Cell. Biol. 7:218 (1987).
Goncz, et al., "Expression of DeltaF508 CFTR in normal mouse lung after site-specific modification of CFTR sequences by SFHR", Gene Ther., 8:961-965 (2001).
Goncz, et al., "Site-directed alteration of genomic DNA by small-fragment homologous replacement," Methods Mol. Biol. 133:85-89 (2000).
Goncz, et al., "Small fragment homologous replacement-mediated modification of genomic beta-globin sequences in human hematopoietic stem/progenitor cells", Oligonucleotides, 16:213-24 (2006).
Goncz, et al., "Targeted replacement of normal and mutant CFTR sequences in human airway epithelial cells using DNA fragments", Hum Mol Genet., 7:1913-9 (1998).
Good, et al., "Progress in developing PNA as a gene-targeted drug," Antisense Nucleic Acid Drug Dev. 7(4):431-7 (1997).
Gordenin, et al., "Yeast ARMs (DNA at-risk motifs) can reveal sources of genome instability," Mutat. Res. 400(1-2)45-58 (1998).
Gorman and Glazer, "Directed gene modification via triple helix formation," Curr. Mol. Med., 1(3): 391-399 (2001).
Gorman, et al., "Stable Alteration of Pre-mRNA Splicing Patterns by Modified U7 Small Nuclear RNAs," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 95: 4929-4934 (1998).
Gottesfeld, et al., "Regulation of gene expression by small molecules" Nature 387(6629):202-5 (1997).
Govindaraju, et al., "(1S,2R/1R,2S)-cis-Cyclopentyl PNAs (cpPNAs) as Constrained PNA Analogues: Synthesis and Evaluation of aeg-cpPNA Chimera and Stereopreferences in Hybridization with DNA/RNA", J. Org. Chem. 69(17):5725-34 (2004).
Grafmueller, et al., "Bidirectional transfer study of polystyrene nanoparticles across the placental barrier in an ex vivo human placental perfusion model", Enviro Health Perspectives, 123(12):1280-6 (2015).
Granio, et al., "Adenovirus 5-fiber 35 chimeric vector mediates efficient apical correction of the cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator defect in cystic fibrosis primary airway epithelia", Human Gene Therapy, 21:251-69 (2010).
Green, "A combinatorial polymer library approach yields insight into nonviral gene delivery", Acc Chem Res., 41(6):749-59 (2008).
Griesenbach, et al., "Gene transfer to the lung: Lessons learned from more than 2 decades ofCF gene therapy", Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews, 61:128-139 (2009).
Grigoriev, et al., "A Triple-Helix-Forming Oligonucleotide-Intercalator Conjugate Acts as a Transcriptional Repressor via Inhibition of NF kB Binding to Interleukin-2 Receptor □ Regulatory Sequence," J. of Biological Chem. 267:3389 (1992B).
Grigoriev, et al., "A Triple-Helix-Forming Oligonucleotide-Intercalator Conjugate Acts as a Transcriptional Repressor via Inhibition of NF κB Binding to Interleukin-2 Receptor α-Regulatory Sequence," J. of Biological Chem. 267:3389 (1992B).
Grigoriev, et al., "Inhibition of Gene Expression by Triple Helix-directed DNA Cross-linking at Specific Sites," Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of USA, 90(8):3501-3505 (1993).
Grigoriev, et al., "Oligodeoxynucleotide-directed Photo-induced Cross-linking of HIV Proviral DNA via Triple-helix Formation," Nucleic Acids Research, 20(16):4275-4281 (1992A).
Gruenert, et al., "Established cell lines used in cystic fibrosis research", J Cystic Fibros, 3 (Suppl 2):191-6 (2004).
Gupta, et al., "Nanotechnology for delivery of peptide nucleic acids (PNAs)", J Control Release, 240:302-11 (2016).
Gupta, et al., "Triple Helical Recognition of Pyrimidine Inversions in Polypurine Tracts of RNA by Nucleobase-modified PNA", Chem. Comm., 47:11125-11127 (2011).
Gura, "Antisense has growing pains," Science 270:575-77 (1995).
Hacein-Bey-Abina, et al., "Sustained correction of X-linked severe combined immunodeficiency by ex vivo gene therapy", N. Engl. J. Med., 346:1185-1193 (2002).
Haendel, et al., "Zinc-finger nuclease based genome surgery: it's all about specificity", Gene Ther., 11:28-37 (2011).
Hanawalt, "Transcription-coupled repair and human diseases," Science 266(5193): 1957-1958 (1994).
Hanna, et al., "Treatment of Sickle Cell Anemia Mouse Model with iPS Cells Generated from Autologous Skin", Science, 318:1920-3 (2007).
Hansen, et al., "High-affinity triplex targeting of double stranded DNA using chemically modified peptide nucleic acid oligomers", Nucleic Acids Research, 37(13): doi:10.1093/nar/gkp437.
Hanson, et al., "Analysis of biological selections for high-efficiency gene targeting," Mol. Cell. Biol. 15(1):45-51 (1995).
Harding, "NMR Studies on YSPTSPSY: Implications for the Design of DNA Bisintercalators," Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 35:4658-4664 (1992).
Hartley, et al., "Electrophoretic and chromatographic separation methods used to reveal interstrand crosslinking of nucleic acids", J. Chromatogr., 618(1-2):277-88 (1993).
Havre & Glazer, "Targeted mutagenesis of simian virus 40 DNA mediated by a triple helix-forming oligonucleotide," J. Virol. 67(12):7324-31 (1993A).
Havre, et al., "Targed Mutagenesis of DNA Using Triple Helix-forming Oligonucleotides Linked to Psoralen," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 90(16):7879-7883 (1993).
He, et al., "The Structure of a y-modified peptide nucleic acid duplex", Mol. BioSyst. 6:1619-1629 (2010).
He, et al., "The Structure of a γ-modified peptide nucleic acid duplex", Mol. BioSyst. 6:1619-1629 (2010).
Helene, "Sequence-selective recognition and cleavage of double-helical DNA," Curr. Opinion Biotechnology 4:29-36 (1993).
Helene, et al., "The anti-gene strategy: control of gene expression by triplex-forming-oligonucleotides," Anticancer Drug Des. 6(6):569-84 (1991).
Henry & Hodge, "Nuclear Matrix: A Cell-Cycle-Dependent Site of Increased Intranuclear Protein Phosphorylation," Eur. J. Biochem. 133:23-29 (1983).
Hirt, et al., "Selective extraction of polyoma DNA from infected mouse cell cultures" J. Mol. Biol. 26:365-369 (1967).
Hoban, et al., "Correction of the sickle cell disease mutation in human hematopoietic stem/progenitor cells", Blood, 125:2597-2604 (2015).
Hollingsworth, et al., "A nuclear factor that binds purine-rich, single-stranded oligonucleotides derived from S1-sensitive elements upstream of the CFTR gene and the MUC1 gene", Nucleic Acids Res., 22(7):1138-46 (1994).
Holt, et al., "Human hematopoietic stem/progenitor cells modified by zinc-finger nucleases targeted to CCR5 control HIV-1 in vivo", Nature biotechnology, 28(8):839-47 (2010).
Horne, et al., "Recognition of Mixed-Sequence Duplex DNA by Alternate-Strand Triple-Helix Formation", J. Am. Chem. Soc., 112:2435-2437 (1990).
Hrkach, et al., "Preclinical Development and Clinical Translation of a PSMA-Targeted Docetaxel Nanoparticle with a Differentiated Pharmacological Profile", Sci Transl Med., 4:128ra139 (2012).
Hu, et al., "ELDA: extreme limiting dilution analysis for comparing depleted and enriched populations in stem cell and other assays", J Immunol Methods, 347:70-8 (2009).
Hu, et al., "Reaction parameters pf targeted gene repair in mammalian cells", Mol. Biotech., 29:197-210 (2005).
Huang & Spector, "Nascent pre-mRNA transcripts are associated with nuclear regions enriched in splicing factors," Genes and Dev. 5:2288 (1991).
Huang, et al., "Functional silencing of hepatic microsomal glucose-6-phosphatase gene expression in vivo by adenovirus-mediated delivery of short hairpin RNA", FEBS Lett., 558(1-3):69-73 (2004).
Huang, et al., "Preparation and determination of optical purity of γ-lysine modified peptide nucleic acid analogues", Arch Pharm Res, 35(3):51722 (2012).
Hubbell, et al., "Chemistry. Nanomaterials for drug delivery", Science, 337:303-5 (2012).
Hutt, et al., "Reduced histone deacetylase 7 activity restores function to misfolded CFTR in cystic fibrosis", Nat Chem Biol., 6:25-33 (2010).
Igoucheva, et al., "Transcription affects formation and processing of intermediates in oligonucleotide-mediated gene alteration", Nucleic Acid Res., 31:2659-2670 (2003).
International Search Report PCT/US2017/018142, dated Sep. 15, 2017.
Ito, et al., "Sequence-specific DNA purification by triplex affinity capture," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:495 (1992).
Iversen, et al., "In vivo studies with phosphorothioate oligonucleotides: pharmacokinetics prologue," Anticancer Drug Des. 6(6):531-8 (1991).
Iverson, et al., "In vivo studies with phosphorothioate oligonucleotides: pharmacokinetics prologue," Anticancer Drug Des. 6(6):531-8 (1991).
Izvolsky, et al., "Sequence-specific protection of duplex DNA against restriction and methylation enzymes by pseudocomplementary PNAs", Biochemistry, 10908-10913 (2000).
Jackson, et al., "Visualization of focal sites of transcription within human nuclei," EMBO 12:1059-1065 (1993).
Jagodzinski, "Enhanced human immunodeficiency virus infection in macrophages by high-molecular-weight dextran sulfate is associated with conformational changes of gp120 and expression of the CCR5 receptor", Viral Immunol, 12:23 (1999).
Jain, et al., "Influence of pendant chiral C(γ)-(alkylideneamino/guanidino) cationic side-chains of PNA backbone on hybridization with complementary DNA/RNA and cell permeability", J. Org. Chem., 79(20): 9567-9577 (2014).
Jakubczak, et al., "Analysis of genetic instability during mammary tumor progression using a novel selection-based assay for in vivo mutations in a bacteriophage lambda transgene target," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93:9073-9078 (1996).
James, et al., "Towards gene-inhibition therapy: a review of progress and prospects in the field of antiviral antisense nucleic acids and ribozymes," Antiviral Chemistry & Chemotherapy 2:191-214 (1991).
Jasin "Genetic manipulation of genomes with rare-cutting endonucleasis", Trends Genet., 12:224-228 (1996).
Jepsen, et al., "LNA-antisense rivals siRNA for gene silencing", Curr. Opin. Drug Discov. Devel., 7(2):188-94 (2004).
Jia, et al., "Bacterial delivery of TALEN proteins for human genome editing", PlosOne, 9(3):e91547 1-9 (2014).
Jiang, et al., "Biodegradable poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid) microparticles for injectable delivery of vaccine antigens", Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev., 57(3):391-410 (2005).
Jinek, et al., "A programmable dual-RNA-guided DNA endonuclease in adaptive bacterial immunity", Science, 337(6096):816-21 (2012).
Johnson, et al., "Efficiency of gene transfer for restoration of normal airway epithelial function in cystic fibrosis", Nat. Genet. 2:21-25 (1992).
Johnson, et al., "Efficiency of gene transfer for restoration of normal airway epithelial function in cystic fibrosis", Nature Genetics, 2:21-25 (1992).
Jones & Wood, "Preferential binding of the xeroderma pigmentosum group A complementing protein to damaged DNA," Biochemistry 32(45):12096-104 (1993).
Jordan, et al., "New hetero-oligomeric peptide nucleic acids with improved binding properties to complementary DNA", Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 7:687-690 (1997).
Juch, et al., "Nanomaterial interference with early human placenta: Sophisticated matter meets sophisticated tissues", Reproductive Toxicology, 41:73-79 (2013).
Kaihatsu, et al., "Extending recognition by peptide nucleic acids (PNAs): binding to duplex DNA and inhibition of transcription by tail-clamp PNA-peptide conjugates", Biochemistry, 42(47):13996-4003 (2003).
Kamei, et al., "Mechanistic study of the uptake/permeation of cell-penetrating peptides across a caco-2 monolayer and their stimulatory effect on epithelial insulin transport", J Pharm Sci., 102(11):3998-4008 (2013).
Karen, et al., "Angiokeratoma corporis diffusum (Fabry disease)", Dermatol. Online J., 11(4): 8 (2005).
Kayali, et al., "Site-directed gene repair of the dystrophin gene mediated by PNA-ssODNs", Human Molecular Genetics, 19(16): 3266-3281 (2010).
Kenesei, et al., "Enhanced detection with spectral imaging fluorescence microscopy reveals tissue-and cell-type-specific compartmentalization of surface-modified polystyrene nanoparticles," J.Nanobiotechnol, 14:55 (2016).
Keshet, et al., "Embryonic RNA expression patterns of the c-kit receptor and its cognate ligand suggest multiple functional roles in mouse development", EMBO J. 10:2425-2435 (1991).
Khan, A. et al., "Sustained polymeric delivery of gene silencing antisense ODNs, siRNA, DNAzymes and ribozymes: in vitro and in vivo studies", J Drug Target, 12:393-404 (2004).
Khiat, et al., "Structural Differences Between the Free and Bound States of DNA-Bisintercalating Peptide YSPTSPSY," Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 39(21):2495 (1996).
Kim, et al. "Insertion and deletion mutants of FokI restriction endonuclease", J. Biol. Chem. 269:31978-82 (1994b).
Kim, et al., "Chimeric restriction endonuclease", PNAS, 91:883-7 (1994a).
Kim, et al., "Efficient sequence-directed psoralen targeting using pseudocomplementary peptide nucleic acids", Bioconjug. Chem., 18:567-572 (2007).
Kim, et al., "Efficient sequence-directed psoralen targeting using pseudocomplementary peptide nucleic acids", Bioconjug. Chem., 18:567-572 (2007B).
Kim, et al., "Inhibition of Transcription of the Human c-myc Protooncogene by Intermolecular Triplex," Biochemistry 37: 2299-304 (1998).
Kim, et al., "Site-directed gene mutation at mixed sequence targets by psoralen-conjugated pseudo-complementary peptide nucleic acids", Nucleic Acids, 35:7604-7613 (2007).
Kim, et al., "Site-directed gene mutation at mixed sequence targets by psoralen-conjugated pseudo-complementary peptide nucleic acids", Nucleic Acids, 35:7604-7613 (2007B).
Kim, et al., "USP17- and SCFβTrCP-Regulated Degradation of DEC1 Controls the DNA Damage Response",Mol Cell Biol., 34(22):4177-85 (2014c).
Kirillova, et al., "Polyanionic Carboxyethyl Peptide Nucleic Acids (ce-PNAs): Synthesis and DNA Binding", PLOS ONE, 10(10):e0140468 (2015).
Kitagawa, et al., "Enzyme coupled immunoassay of insulin using a novel coupling reagent." J. Biochem. 79:233-236 (1976).
Knauert, et al., "Distance and affinity dependence of triplex-induced recombination." Biochemistry, 44:3856-3864 (2005).
Knauert, et al., "Triplex-stimulated intermolecular recombination at a single-copy genomic target", Mol. Therapy, 14:392-400 (2006).
Kong, "Btrim: a fast, lightweight adapter and quality trimming program for next-generation sequencing technologies," Genomics, 98:152-153 (2011).
Konopka & Duzgunes, "Expression of CD4 controls the susceptibility of THP-1 cells to infection by R5 and X4 HIV type 1 isolates", AIDS Res Hum Retroviruses, 18(2):123-31 (2002).
Konstan, et al., "Compacted DNA Nanoparticles Administered to the Nasal Mucosa of Cystic Fibrosis Subjects Are Safe and Demonstrate Partial to Complete Cystic Fibrosis Transmembrane Regulator Reconstitution", Human Gene Therapy, 15(12):1255-69 (2004).
Koppelhus, et al., "Cellular delivery of peptide nucleic acid (PNA)" Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev., 55(2): 267-280 (2003).
Kramer, et al., "Monoclonal Antibody Directed Against RNA Polymerase II of Drosophila melanogaster," Molec. Gen. Genet. 180:193-199 (1980).
Krishnendu, et al., "Core/shell nanoparticles in biomedical applications", Advances in Colloid and Interface Science, 209:8-39 (2014).
Krotz, et al., "Synthesis of ‘retro-inverso’ peptide nucleic acids: 2. Oligomerization and stability", Tetrahedron Lett. 36:6941-6944 (1995).
Kuhn, et al., "An experimental study of mechanism and specificity of peptide nucleic acid (PNA) binding to duplex DNA.", J. Mol. Biol., 286(5): 1337-1345 (1999).
Kuhn, et al., "Sequence specificity at targeting double-stranded DNA with a γ-PNA oligomer modified with guanidinium G-clamp nucleobases", Artificial DNA, PNA & XNA, 1(1):45-53(2010).
Kukreti, et al., "Extension of the range of DNA sequences available for triple helix formation: stabilization of mismatched triplexes by acridine-containing oligonucleotides," (Nucl. Acid. Resc 25(21): 4264-4270, (1997).
Lacroix, et al., "Triplex formation by oligonucleotides containing 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine: decreased magnesium dependence and improved intracellular gene targeting", Biochemistry, 38(6):1893-901(1999).
Laemmli, "Cleavage of Structural Proteins during the Assembly of the Head of Bacteriophage T4," Nature. 227:680-685 (1970).
Lagriffoul, et al., "The synthesis, co-oligomerization and hybridization of a thymine-thymine heterodimer containing PNA", Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 4:1081-1082 (1994).
Lagriffoule, et al., "Peptide Nucleic Acids with a Conformationally Constrained Chiral Cyclohexyl□Derived Backbone", Chem. Eur. J., 3:912-919 (1997).
Lahoud, et al., "Properties of pseudo-complementary DNA substituted with weakly pairing analogs of guanine or cytosine", Nucleic Acid Research, 36(22):6999-7008 (2008).
Larson, et al., "In Utero Gene Therapy", Ochsner J., 2(2):107-110 (2000).
Lassner, et al., "Targeting of T7 RNA polymerase to tobacco nuclei mediated by an SV40 nuclear location signal," Plant Mol Biol. 17(2):29-34 (1991).
Lee & Greenleaf, "A protein kinase that phosphorylates the C-terminal repeat domain of the largest subunit of RNA polymerase II," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 86:3624-28 (1989).
Lee, et al., "Correction of the ΔF508 Mutation in the Cystic Fibrosis Transmembrane Conductance Regulator Gene by Zinc-Finger Nuclease Homology-Directed Repair", BioResearch Open Access, 1:99-108 (2012).
Lennartsso, et al., "Stem Cell Factor Receptor/C-Kit: From Basic Science to Clinical Implications", Physiological Reviews, 92(4):1619-1649 (2012).
Lennartsson, et al., "Stem Cell Factor Receptor/C-Kit: From Basic Science to Clinical Implications", Physiological Reviews, 92(4):1619-1649 (2012).
Letai, et al., "Specificity in formation of triple-stranded nucleic acid helical complexes: studies with agarose-linked polyribonucleotide affinity columns," Biochemistry 27:9108 (1988).
Lewis, et al., "A common human beta globin splicing mutation modeled in mice", Blood, 91:2152-6 (1998).
Li, et al., "Alteration of the cleavage distance of Fok I restriction endonuclease by insertion mutagenesis", PNAS, 90:2764-8 (1993).
Li, et al., "Functional domains in Fok I restriction endonuclease", PNAS, 89:4275-9 (1992).
Lin et al., "Stability of DNA triplexes on shuttle vector plasmids in the replication pool in Mammalian cells", J. Biol. Chem., 275(50):39117-39124 (2000).
Lin, et al., "Enhanced homology-directed human genome engineering by controlled timing of CRISPR/Cas9 delivery", eLife, 3:e04766. doi: 10.7554 (2014).
Lin, et al., "Extrachromosomal recombination in mammalian cells as studied with single- and double-stranded DNA substrates," Mol. Cell Biol 7(1):129-140 (1987).
Lin, et al., "Repair of double-stranded DNA breaks by homologous DNA fragments during transfer of DNA into mouse L Cells," Molecular and Cellular Biology 10:113-119 (1990).
Lin, et al., "Use of EDTA derivatization to characterize interactions between oligodeoxyribonucleoside methylphosphonates and nucleic acids," Biochemistry 28:1054 (1989).
Lind, et al., "Structural characteristics of 2′-O-(2-methoxyethyl)-modified nucleic acids from molecular dynamics simulations", Nucleic Acids Res., 26(16):3694-799 (1998).
Little, et al., "Formulation and characterization of poly (beta amino ester) microparticles for genetic vaccine delivery", J Control Release, 107:449-62 (2005).
Little, et al., "Poly-beta amino ester-containing microparticles enhance the activity of nonviral genetic vaccines", PNAS, 101:9534-9 (2004).
Liu, et al., "New procedures for preparation and isolation of conjugates of proteins and a synthetic copolymer of D-amino acids and immunochemical characterization of such conjugates" Biochem. 18:690-697 (1979).
Lohse, et al., "Double duplex invasion by peptide nucleic acid: a general principle for sequence-specific targeting of double-stranded DNA", Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 96:11804-11808 (1999).
Lorenz, et al., "Steroid and lipid conjugates of siRNAs to enhance cellular uptake and gene silencing in liver cells", Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 14(19):4975-4977 (2004).
Lowe, et al., "Amino acids bearing nucleobases for the synthesis of novel peptide nucleic acids", J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans., 1:539-546 (1997).
Luens, et al., "Thrombopoietin, kit ligand, and flk2/flt3 ligand together induce increased numbers of primitive hematopoietic progenitors from human CD34+Thy-1+Lin-cells with preserved ability to engraft SCID-hu bone", Blood 91:1206-15 (1998).
Luo, et al., "Controlled DNA delivery systems", Pharm Res, 16:1300-08 (1999).
Luo, et al., "High-frequency intrachromosomal gene conversion induced by triplex-forming oligonucleotides microinjected into mouse cells," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 97(16): 9003-9008 (2000).
Lynn, et al., "Degradable Poly(β-amino esters): Synthesis, Characterization, and Self-Assembly with Plasmid DNA", J Am Chem Soc., 122(44):10761-10768 (2000).
Ma, et al., "Nuclease-resistant external guide sequence-induced cleavage of target RNA by human ribonuclease P", Antisense Nucleic Acid Drug Dev., 8(5):415-26 (1998).
Maeder, et al., "Genome-editing Technologies for Gene and Cell," Therapy Molecular Therapy, 24(3): 430-446 (2016).
Magzoub, et al., "N-terminal peptides from unprocessed prion proteins enter cells by micropinocytosis", Biochem Biophys Res Commun., 348:379-85 (2006).
Maher, et al., "Analysis of Promoter-Specific Repression by Triple Helical DNA Complexes in a Eukarvotic Cell-Free Transcription System," Biochemistry 31:70 (1992).
Maher, et al., "Inhibition of DNA binding proteins by oligonucleotide-directed triple helix formation," Science 245:725 (1989).
Majumdar, et al., "Cell cycle modulation of gene targeting by a triple helix-forming oligonucleotide", J. Biol. Chem., 278(13):11072-7 (2003A).
Majumdar, et al., "Gene targeting by triple helix-forming oligonucleotides", Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci., 1002:141-53 (2003B).
Majumdar, et al., "Targeted gene knockout mediated by triple helix forming oligonucleotides", Nat. Genet., 20:212-214 (1998).
Mali, et al., "RNA-guided human genome engineering via Cas9", Science, 339:823-6 (2013).
Martz, "Triplex solution for a monogenic problem", Science-Business eXchange, 1(33); doi:10.1038/scibx.2008.794, Published online Sep. 18, 2008 (http://www.nature.com/scibx/journal/v1/n33/full/scibx.2008.794.html), 4 pages.
Matsui, et al., "Embryonic expression of a haematopoietic growth factor encoded by the S1 locus and the ligand for c-kit", Nature, 347:667-669 (1990).
Matsui, et al., "Embryonic expression of a haematopoietic growth factor encoded by the SI locus and the ligand for c-kit", Nature, 347:667-669 (1990).
Mayer, "Synthesis and triplex forming properties of pyrrolidino pseudoisoccytidine containing oligodeoxynucleotides." , Org. Biomol. Chem., 3(9):1653-1658 (2005).
McClain, et al., "In utero stem cell transplantation and gene therapy: Recent progress and the potential for clinical application," Best Practice & Research Clinical Obstetrics and Gynaecology, 31:88-98 (2016).
McNeer et al., "Nanoparticles that deliver triplex-forming peptide nucleic acid molecules correct F508del CFTR in airway epithelium", Nat Commun., doi: 10.1098/ncomms7952 (2015).
McNeer, "Nanoparticles for site specific genome editing", Dissertation presented to the Facility of Graduate School of Yale University, 154 pages, May 2013.
McNeer, et al., "Correction of F508DEL CFTR using nanoparticles delivering triplex-forming peptide nucleic acid molecules", Nat Commun. 6:(6925):1-25 (2015).
McNeer, et al., "Correction of F508DEL CFTR using nanoparticles delivering triplex-forming peptide nucleic acid molecules", poster presented at North American Cystic Fibrosis Meeting, Oct. 8-10, 2015.
McNeer, et al., "Correction of F508DEL CFTR using nanoparticles delivering triplex-forming peptide nucleic acid molecules", supplemental, Nat Commun. 6:(6925):1-25 (2015).
McNeer, et al., "Nanoparticles Deliver Triplex-forming PNAs for Site-specific Genomic Recombination in CD34+ Human Hematopoietic Progenitors", Mol Ther., 19(1):172-80 (2011).
McNeer, et al., "Nanoparticles for site-specific genome editing in cystic fibrosis", 16 pages, presented at 26th Annual North American Cystic Fibrosis Conference, Orlando, Fl, Oct. 11-13, 2012.
McNeer, et al., "Polymer delivery systems for site-specific genome editing", J Control Release, 155(2): 312-316 (2011b).
McNeer, et al., "Systemic delivery of triplex-forming PNA and donor DNA by nanoparticles mediates site-specific genome editing of human hematopoietic cells in vivo", Gene Therapy, 20:658-669 (2013).
Mergny, et al., "Sequence specificity in triple-helix formation: experimental and theoretical studies of the effect of mismatches on triplex stability," Biochemistry 30:9791 (1991).
Miccio, et al., "In vivo selection of genetically modified erythroblastic progenitors leads to longterm correction of beta-thalassemia", PNAS, 105:10547-52 (2008).
Miller, et al., "A TALE nuclease architecture for efficient genome editing", Nature Biotechnol 29: 143 (2011).
Mirabelli, et al., "In Vitro and in vivo pharmacologic activities of antisense oligonucleotides," Anticancer Design 6:647-661 (1991).
Moser & Dervan, "Sequence-specific cleavage of double helical DNA by triple helix formation," Science 238:645-650 (1987).
Murata, et al., "Anti-tumor effects of anti-VEGF siRNA encapsulated with PLGA microspheres in mice", J. Control. Release, 126(3):246-54 (2008).
Myhr, "Validation studies with Muta Mouse: a transgenic mouse model for detecting mutations in vivo," Environ. Mol. Mutagen, 18:308-315(1991).
Nansen, et al., "The role of CC chemokine receptor 5 in antiviral immunity.", Blood, 99(4):1237-1245 (2002).
Narayanan, et al., "Elevated levels of mutation in multiple tissues of mice deficient in the DNA mismatch repair gene Pms2," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94:3122-3127 (1997).
NCBI Reference Sequence: NG_007119.1), "Homo sapiens galactosidase alpha (GLA), RefSeqGene (LRG_672) on chromosome X", 10 pages first appeared Nov. 27, 2007, updated Jul. 12, 2017, accessd Aug. 10, 2017.
NCBI Reference Sequence: NG_008103.1), "Homo sapiens iduronidase, alpha-L- (IDUA), RefSeqGene on chromosome 4", 14 pages, first appeared Nov. 27, 2008, updated Jul. 12, 2017, accessed Aug. 10, 2017.
NCBI Reference Sequence: NG_009783.1 "Homo sapiens glucosylceramidase beta (GBA), RefSeqGene on chromosome 1)", 11 pages, first appeared Feb. 19, 2009, updated Jul. 12, 2017, accessed Aug. 10, 2017.
Nickerson, et al., "A Normally Masked Nuclear Matrix Antigen That Appears at Mitosis on Cytoskeleton Filaments Adjoining Chromosomes, Centrioles, and Midbodies," J. Cell. Biol. 116:977-987 (1992).
Nie, et al., "Lysine-based peptide-functionalized PLGA foams for controlled DNA delivery", J Control Release, 138:64-70 (2009).
Nielsen, et al., "Peptide nucleic acid (PNA). A DNA mimic with a peptide backbone", Bioconjug. Chem., 5:3-7 (1994).
Nielsen, et al., "Sequence-Selective Recognition of DNA by Strand Displacement with a Thymine-Substituted Polyamide", Science (Washington, D.C., 1883-), 254:1497-1500 (1991).
Nielsen, et al., "Sequence-selective targeting of duplex DNA by peptide nucleic acids", Current opinion in molecular therapeutics, 12:184-191 (2010).
Noonberg, et al., "In Vivo Generation of Highly Abundant Sequence-Specific Oligonucleotides for Antisense and Triplex Gene Regulation," Nucleic Acids Res. 22: 2830-2836 (1994).
Nyce and Metzger, "DNA antisense therapy for asthma in an animal model", Nature, 385(6618):721-5 (1997).
Oakland, et al., "Advances in cell and gene-based therapies for cystic fibrosis lung disease", Mol Ther., 20:1108-15 (2012).
Obika, et al., "2′-O,4′-C-Methylene bridged nucleic acid (2′,4′-BNA): synthesis and triplex-forming properties", Bioorg. Med. Chem., 9(4):1001-11 (2001).
O'Keefe, et al., Disruption of Pre-mRNA Splicing In Vivo Results in Reorganization of Slicing Factors, J. Cell Biol. 124:249-260 (1994).
Oliveria, et al., "Enhancement of chitosan-mediated gene delivery through combination with phiC31 integrase", Acta Biomaterialia, 17:89-97 (2015).
Oliveria, et al., "Enhancement of chitosan-mediated gene delivery through combination witj phiC31 integrase", Acta Biomaterialia, 17:89-97 (2015).
Olsen, et al., "Genomic sequence correction by single-stranded DNA oligonucleotides: role of DNA, synthesis and chemical modifications of the oligonucleotide ends", J. Gene Med., 7:1534-1544 (2005).
Orr-Urtreger, et al., "Developmental expression of c-kit, a proto-oncogene encoded by the W locus", Development, 109:911-923 (1990).
Orson, et al., "Oligonucleotide inhibition of IL2R alpha mRNA transcription by promoter region collinear triplex formation in lymphocytes," Nucleic Acids Res. 19:3435-3441 (1991).
Papaioannou, et al., "Oligonucleotide-directed gene-editing technology: mechanisms and future prospects", Expert Opin. Biol. Ther., 12(3):329-342 (2012).
Papaioannou, et al., "Oligonucleotide-directed gene-editing technology: mechanisms and future prospects", Expert Opinion on Biological, The Informa Healthcare, UK., 12(3):329-342 (2012).
Park, et al., "Formation of a ternary complex by human XPA, ERCC1, and ERCC4(XPF) excision repair proteins," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:5017-5021 (1994).
Parris, et al., "Proximal and distal effects of sequence context on ultraviolet mutational hotspots in a shuttle vector replicated in xeroderma cells," J mol Biol. 236(2):491-502 (1994).
Pászty, et al., "Transgenic knockout mice with exclusively human sickle hemoglobin and sickle cell disease." Science, 278(5339):876-8 (1997).
Patel, et al., "Polymeric nanoparticles for drug delivery to the central nervous system", Advanced drug delivery reviews, 64(7):701-5 (2012).
Pattanayek, et al., "Structural rationalization of a large difference in RNA affinity despite a small difference in chemistry between two 2′-O-modified nucleic acid analogues", J. Am. Chem. Soc., 126(46):15006-7 (2004).
Pei et al, "Site Specific Cleavage of Duplex DNA by a Semisynthetic Nuclease via Triple-Helix Formation," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87:9858 (1990).
Perroualt, et al., "Sequence-specific artificial photo-induced ndonucleases based on triple helix-forming oligonucleotides," Nature 344:358 (1990).
Petersen, et al., "Synthesis and oligomerization of Nδ-Boc-Nα-(thymin-1-ylacetyl)ornithine", Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 6(7):793-796 (1996).
Pierce et al., "Oligonucleotide-directed single-base DNA alterations in mouse embryonic stem cells", Gene Therapy, 10(1):24-33 (2003).
Postel, et al., "Evidence that a triplex-forming oligodeoxyribonucleotide binds to the c-myc promoter in HeLa cells, thereby reducing c-myc mRNA levels," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:8227 (1991).
Posvic, et al., "Sequence-Specific Alkylation of Double Helical DNA by Oligonucleotide Directed Triple-Helix Formation," J. Am. Chem. Soc. 112:9428 (1992).
Prakash, et al., "2′-O[2-(guanidinium)ethyl]-modified oligonucleotides: stabilizing effect on duplex and triplex structures", Org. Lett., 6(12):1971-4 (2004).
Praseuth, et al., "Sequence-Specific Binding and Photocrosslinking of □ and □ Oligodeoxynucleotides to the Major Groove of DNA via Triple-Helix Formation," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:1349 (1988).
Preprotech, Recombinant Human SCF Catalog No. 250-03, Stem Cell Factor, c-Kit Ligand, Mast Cell Growth Factor (MGF), Steel Factor, 2 pages, accessed Aug. 11, 2017.
Preprotech, Recombinant Human SCF Catalog No. 300-07, Stem Cell Factor, c-Kit Ligand, Mast Cell Growth Factor (MGF), Steel Factor, 2 pages, accessed Aug. 11, 2017.
Price & Pettijohn, "Redistribution of the Nuclear Mitotic Apparatus Protein (NuMA) during Mitosis and Nuclear Assembly," Exp. Cell Res. 166:292-311 (1986).
Puri, et al., "Minimum number of 2′-O-(2-aminoethyl) residues required for gene knockout activity by triple helix forming oligonucleotides", Biochemistry, 41(24):7716-24 (2002).
Puri, et al., "Targeted gene knockout by 2′-O-aminoethyl modified triplex forming oligonucleotides", J.Biol. Chem. (2001) 276(31):28991-28998.
Puri, et al., "Targeted gene knockout by 2′-O-aminoethyl modified triplex forming oligonucleotides", J.Biol. Chem., 276(31):28991-28998 (2001).
Quijano, et al., "Therapeutic Peptide Nucleic Acids: Principles, Limitations, and Opportunities", Yale J. Biol. Med., 90:583-598 (2017).
Raha, et al., "Mutagenesis by Third-Strand-Directed Psoralen Adducts in Repair-Deficient Human Cells: High Frequency and Altered Specgrum in a Xeroderma Pigmentosum Variant," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 93(7):2941-2942 (1996).
Ramachandran, et al., "A microRNA network regulates expression and biosynthesis of wild-type and DeltaF508 mutant cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator", PNAS, 109:13362-7 (2012).
Rapireddy, et al., "Strand invasion of mixed-sequence, double-helical B-DNA by γ-peptide nucleic acids containing G-clamp nucleobases under physiological conditions", Biochemistry, 50(19):3913-8 (2011).
Reardon, et al., "Removal of psoralen monoadducts and crosslinks by human cell free extracts," Nucleic Acids Res. 19: 4623 (1991).
Reay, et al., "Full-length dystrophin gene transfer to the mdx mouse in utero", Gene Therapy, 15:531-6 (2008).
Recombinant Rat SCF (Stem Cell Factor) Accession No. P2158,1 Catalog No. 300-32) accessed Aug. 11, 2017.
Reyes, et al., "Towards a CRISPR view of early human development: applications, limitations and ethical concerns of genome editing in human embryos," Development, 144: 3-7 (2017).
Reza et al., "Triplex-mediated genome targeting and editing," Methods Mol Biol, 1114:115-142 (2014).
Ricciardi, et al., "Targeted genome modification via triple helix formation", Methods Mol. Biol., 1176:89-106 (2014).
Richardson, et al., "Gene Repair in the New Age of Gene Therapy", Hepatology, 35(3):512-518 (2002).
Rivera-Torres, et al., "The position of DNA cleavage by TALENs and cell synchronization influences the frequency of gene editing directed by single-stranded oligonucleotides", Plos One, 9(5):e96483 1-8 (2014).
Roberts, et al., "Stability and Properties of Double and Triple Helices: Dramatic Effects of RNA or DNA Backbone Composition," Science 258: 1463-1466 (1992).
Rodriguez, et al., "Minimal "Self" peptides that inhibit phagocytic clearance and enhance delivery of nanoparticles", Science, 339:971-5 (2013).
Rogers, et al., "Local delivery of gene-modifying triplex-forming molecules to the epidermis", J Ivest Dermatol., 133(3):685-91(2013).
Rogers, et al., "Site-directed recombination via bifunctional PNA-DNA conjugates", PNAS., 99(26):16695-16700 (2002).
Rooney & Moore, "Antiparallel, intramolecular triplex DNA stimulates homologous recombination in human cells," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 92:2141-2144 (1995).
Roos, et al., "The multifaceted influence of histone deacetylases on DNA damage signalling and DNA repair", Nucleic Acids Research, 44(21):10017-10030 (2016).
Roybal, et al., "Stem cell and genetic therapies for the fetus", Semin. Fetal Neonatal. Med., 15:46-51 (2010).
Rump, et al., "Modification of the plasma clearance and liver uptake of steroid ester-conjugated oligodeoxynucleotides by association with (lactosylated) low-density lipoprotein", Biochem. Pharmacol., 59(11):1407-1416 (2000).
Ryan, et al., "Knockout-transgenic mouse model of sickle cell disease." Science., 278(5339):873-6 (1997).
Sahu, et al., "Synthesis and characterization of conformationally preorganized, (R)-diethylene glycol-containing γ-peptide nucleic acids with superior hybridization properties and water solubility", J. Org. Chem., 76:5614-27 (2011).
Sambrook, et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, second edition, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, New York (1990).
Sancar, "DNA excision repair," Annu. Rev. Biochem. 65: 43-81 (1996).
Sangamo Bioscience, Triple forming peptide nucleic acids (TFPs)-SGMO, http://www.investorvillage.com/mbthread.asp?mb=1933&=13823114&showall, accessed Jul. 13, 2016.
Sangamo Bioscience, Triple forming peptide nucleic acids (TFPs)-SGMO, http://www.investorvillage.com/mbthread.asp?mb=1933&=13823114&showall, post dated May 13, 2014, accessed Jul. 13, 2016.
Sanz, et al., "Cas9/gRNA targeted excision of cystic fibrosis-causing deep-intronic splicing mutations restores normal splicing of CFTR mRNA", PLoS One 12:e0184009 (2017).
Sargent, et al., "Oligo/polynucleotide-based gene modification: strategies and therapeutic potential", Oligonucleotides, 21(2):55-75 (2011).
Sazani, et al., "Systemically delivered antisense oligomers upregulate gene expression in mouse tissues", Nat. Biotechnol., 20:1228-33 (2002).
Schaefer, et al., "Unexpected mutations after CRISPR-Cas9 editing in vivo", Nat. Methods, 14:547-548 (2017).
Schleifman, et al., "Site-specific Genome Editing in PBMCs With PLGA Nanoparticle-delivered PNAs Confers HIV-1 Resistance in Humanized Mice", Mol. Ther Nucleic Acids, 2:e135 (2013).
Schleifman, et al., "Triplex-mediated gene modification", Methods in Molecular Biology, 175-190 (2008).
Schleifman, et al., Targeted disruption of the CCR5 gene in human hematopoietic stem cells stimulated by peptide nucleic acids Chem Biol., 18:1189-98 (2011).
Schneider, et al., "Optimal design of parallel triplex forming oligonucleotides containing Twisted Intercalating Nucleic Acids—TINA," Nucl. Acids Res. 38(13):4394-4403, (2010).
Schwank, et al., "Functional repair of CFTR by CRISPR/Cas9 in intestinal stem cell organoids of cystic fibrosis patients", Cell Stem Cell, 13:653-8 (2013).
Scott et al., "Molecular genetics of mucopolysaccharidosis type I: diagnostic, clinical, and biological implications", Hum. Mutat. 6:288-302 (1995).
Seidman, et al., "The potential for gene repair via triple helix formation", The Clinical Journal of Investigation 112(4):487-94 (2003).
Seipel, et al, "Basal Components of the Transcription Apparatus (RNA Polymerase II, TATA-binding Protein) Contain Activation Domains: Is Repetitive C-Terminal Domain (CTD) of RNA Polymerase II a" Portable Enhancer Domain?, Chemical Abstracts, 122(17), Abstract No. 206769 (1994).
Seksek, et al., "Nuclear pH gradient in mammalian cells revealed by laser microspectrofluorimetry", Journal of Cell Science 109(1):257-262 (1996).
Seksek, et al., "Nuclear pH gradient in mammalian cells revealed by laser microspectrofluorimetry", Journal of Cell Science 109, 257-262 (1996)).
Semerad & Maher, "Exclusion of RNA Strands from a Purine Motif Triple Helix," Nucleic Acids Res. 22: 5321-5325 (1994).
Shahid, et al., "Targeted cross-linking of the human beta-globin gene in living cells mediated by a triple helix forming oligonucleotide.", Biochemistry, 45 (6): 1970-1978 (2006).
Shen et al., "Intrinsic human immunodeficiency virus type 1 resistance of hematopoietic stem cells despite coreceptor expression", J Virol, 73:728 (1999).
Shenoy, et al., "Calcium Modulated Chloride Pathways Contribute to Chloride Flux in Murine CF-Affected Macrophages", Pediatric research, 70:447-452 (2011).
Shenoy, et al., "Calcium-modulated chloride pathways contribute to chloride flux in murine cystic fibrosis-affected macrophages", Pediatr Res., 70:447-52 (2011).
Shevelev, et al., "Potential Triple Helix-Mediated Inhibition of IGF-I Gene Expression Significantly Reduces Tumorigenicity of Gliolastoma in an Animal Model," Cancer Gene Therapy 4: 105-112 (1997).
Shimizu, et al., "Oligo(2′-O-methyl)ribonucleotides. Effective probes for duplex DNA", FEBS Lett., 302(2):155-8 (1992).
Shimizu, et al., "Oligo(2′-O-methypribonucleotides. Effective probes for duplex DNA", FEBS Lett., 302(2):155-8 (1992).
Shivji, et al., "Proliferating cell nuclear antigen is required for DNA excision repair," Cell 69: 367 (1992).
Sibghat-Ullah, et al., "Human nucleotide excision repair in vitro: repair of pyrimidine dimers, psoralen and cisplatin adducts by HeLa cell-free extract," Nucleic Acids Res. 17(12):4471-84 (1989).
Sidransky, et al., "Identification of p53 gene mutations in bladder cancers and urine samples" Science 252:706-709 (1991).
Singer, et al., "Electronic barcoding of a viral gene at the single-molecule lever", Nano Ltrs., 12:1722-8 (2012).
Singleton & Dervan, "Influence of pH on the Equilibrium Association Constants for Oligodeoxyribonucleotide-Directed Triple Helix Formation at Single DNA Sites," Biochemistry 31: 10995-1003 (1992).
Sinn, et al., "Lentiviral vector gene transfer to porcine airways", Mol Ther Nucleic Acids, 1:e56 (2012).
Smith, et al., "Alterations in chromatic Conformation Are Accompanies by Reorganization of Nonchromatin Domains That Contain U-snRNP Protein p28 and Nuclear Protein p107," J. Cell Biol. 101:560-567 (1985).
Smith, et al., "The ATM-Chk2 and ATR-Chk1 pathways in DNA damage signaling and cancer", Adv Cancer Res., 108:73-112 (2010).
Song, et al., "Evidence against the rescue of defective DeltaF508-CFTR cellular processing by curcumin in cell culture and mouse models", Science, 304:600-2 (2004).
Song, et al., "Surface chemistry governs cellular tropism of nanoparticles in the brain", Nat. Commun, 8:15322 (2017).
Soutschek, et al., "Therapeutic silencing of an endogenous gene by systemic administration of modified siRNAs", Nature, 432(7014):173-8 (2004).
Spector, "Higher order nuclear organization: Three-dimensional distribution of small nuclear ribonucleoprotein particles," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 87:147-151 (1990).
Staretz-Chacham, et al., "Lysosomal storage disorders in the newborn", Pediatrics, 123(4):1191-207 (2009).
Steinberger, et al., "Functional deletion of the CCR5 receptor by intracellular immunization produces cells that are refractory to CCR5-dependent HIV-1 infection and cell fusion", PNAS, 97:805-10 (2000).
Sterchak, et al., "Uncharged stereoregular nucleic acid analogs. 1. Synthesis of a cytosine-containing oligomer with carbamate internucleoside linkages", Organic Chem., 52:4202-06, (1987).
Streisinger, et al., "Frameshift mutations and the genetic code," Cold Spring harbor Symp. Quant. Biol. 31:77-84 (1966).
Strobel, et al., "Site-specific cleavage of human chromosome 4 mediated by triple-helix formation", Science, 254(5038):1639-42 (1991).
Strouse, et al., "Combinatorial gene editing in mammalian cells using ssODNs and TALENs", Scientific Reports, 4:3791-9 (2014).
Strouse, et al., "Combinatorial gene editing in mammalian cells using ssODNs and TALENs", Scientific Reports, 4:3791-9 (2014).UniProtKB—P20826 (SCF_MOUSE), 8 pages, first appeared Feb. 1, 1991, updated May 10, 2017, accessed Aug. 11, 2017.
Sugiyama and Kittaka, "Chiral peptide nucleic acids with a substituent in the N-(2-aminoethy)glycine backbone", Molecules, 18:287-310 (2013).
Sugiyama, et al., "PNA monomers fully compatible with standard Fmoc-based solid-phase synthesis of pseudocomplementary PNA", Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 27(15):3337-3341 (2017).
Summerton, et al., "Morpholino antisense oligomers: design, preparation, and properties", Antisense Nucleic Acid Drug Dev., 7(3):187-95 (1997).
Sung, et al., "Recombination factors of Saccharomyces cerevisiae," Mutat Res 451:257-75 (2000).
Svasti, et al., "RNA repair restores hemoglobin expression in IVS2-654 thalassemic mice", PNAS, 106:1205-10 (2009).
Takasugi, et al., "Sequence-specific photo-induced cross-linking of the two strands of double-helical DNA by a psoralen covalently linked to a triple helix-forming oligonucleotide," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:5602-5606 (1991).
Talmadge, "The pharmaceutics and delivery of therapeutic polypeptides and proteins," Adv. Drug Del. Rev. 10:247-299 (1993).
Tan, et al., "Homopolymeric pyrrolidine-amide oligonucleotide mimics: Fmoc-synthesis and DNA/RNA binding properties", Org. Biomol. Chem., 5: 239-248 (2007).
Tatokoro, et al., "Heat shock protein 90 targeting therapy: state of the art and future perspective", EXCLI J., 14:48-58 (2015).
Thacker, "A surfeit of RAD51-like genes?," Trends Genet 15(5):166-8 (1999).
Thacker, "The photoprotective effect of ascorbic acid, acetylsalicylic acid, and indomethacin evaluated by the photo hen's egg test," Trends Genet 15(5): 166-8 (1999).
Thacker, "The photoprotective effect of ascorbic acid, acetylsalicylic acid, and indomethacin evaluated by the photo hen's egg test," Trends Genet 15(5): 166-8 (1999B).
Thibodeau & Vincent, "Monoclonal Antibody CC-3 Recognizes Phosphorproteins in Interphase and Mitotic Cells," Experimental Cell Research 195:145-153 (1991).
Thompson and Eastman, "The cancer therapeutic potential of Chk1 inhibitors: how mechanistic studies impact on clinical trial design", Br J Clin Pharmacol., 76(3):358-69 (2013).
Towbin, et al., "Electrophoretic transfer of proteins from polyacrylamide gels to nitrocellulose sheets: Procedure and some applications," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA., 76:4350-4354 (1979).
Treisman, et al., "A single-base change at a splice site in a beta 0-thalassemic gene causes abnormal RNA splicing." Cell, 29(3): 903-911, (1982).
Uhlman, et al., "Antisense Oligonucleotides: A New Therapeutic Principle," Chem. Reviews 90(4):544-584 (1990).
UniProtKB—21581(SCF_RAT), 7 pages, first appeared May 1, 1991, updated May 10, 2017, accessed Aug. 11, 2017.
UniProtKB—P20826 (SCF_MOUSE), 8 pages, first appeared Feb. 1, 1991, updated May 10, 2017, accessed Aug. 11, 2017.
UniProtKB—P21583 (SCF_HUMAN), 10 pages, first appeared May 1, 1991, updated May 10, 2017, accessed Aug. 11, 2017.
Urnov, et al., "Highly efficient endogenous human gene correction using designed zinc-finger nucleases", Nature, 435:646-651 (2005).
Van Der Laan, et al., "An approach towards the synthesis of oligomers containing a N-2-hydroxyethyl-aminomethylphosphonate backbone: A novel PNA analogue", Tetrahedron Lett. 37:7857-7860 (1996).
Vasquez, et al., "Chromosomal mutations induced by triplex-forming oligonucleotides in mammalian cells," Nucleic Acids Res. 27: 1176 (1999).
Vasquez, et al., "Human XPA and RPA DNA repair proteins participate in specific recognition of triplex-induced helical distortions", PNAS, 99:5848-53 (2002).
Vasquez, et al., "Manipulating the mammalian genome by homologous recombination" Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 98:8403-8410 (2001).
Vasquez, et al., "Specific mutations induced by triplex-forming oligonucleotides in mice", Science, 290:530-533 (2000).
Vasquez, et al., "Triplex-directed modification of genes and gene activity.", Trends Biochem. Sci., 23(1):4-9 (1998).
Von Bismarck, et al., "IKK NBD peptide inhibits LPS induced pulmonary inflammation and alters sphingolipid metabolism in a murine model", Pulm Pharmacol Ther., 25(3):228-35 (2012).
Waddington, et al., "In Utero gene therapy: current challenges and perspectives," Molecular Therapy, 11(5): 661-676 (2005).
Walkley, "Pathogenic cascades in lysosomal disease—Why so complex", J. Inherit. Metab. Dis., 32(2):181-9 (2009).
Walsh, "Fetal Gene Therapy," Gene Therapy, 6(7):1200-1 (1999).
Wang, et al., "Altered Repair of Targeted Psoralen Photoadducts in the Context of an Oligonucleotide-mediated Triple Helix" J. Biol. Chem. 270(22):22595-22601(1996).
Wang, et al., "Mutagenesis in mammalian cells induced by triple helix formation and transcription-coupled repair," Science 271(5250): 802-805 (1996B).
Wang, et al., "Mutagenesis in mammalian cells induced by triple helix formation and transcription-coupled repair," Science 271: 802-805 (1996B).
Wang, et al., "Targeted Mutagenesis in Mammalian Cells Mediated by Intracellular Triple Helix Formation," Molecular and Cellular Biology, 15(32), 1759-1768 (1995).
Wang, et al., "The sustained-release behavior and in vitro and in vivo transfection of pEGFP-loaded core-shell-structured chitosan-based composite particles", Intl J Namomed., 9:4965-78 (2014).
Wansink, et al., "Fluorescent Labeling of Nascent RNA Reveals Transcription by RNA Polymerase II in Domains Scattered Throughout the Nucleus," J. Cell. Biol. 122:283-293 (1993).
Warren & Nelson, "Nonmitogenic Morphoregulatory Action of pp60.sup.v-src on Multicellular Epithelial Structures," Mol. Cell. Biol. 7:1326-1337 (1987).
Warren, et al., "Cytostellin: a novel. highly conserved protein that undergoes continuous redistribution during the cell cycle," J. Cell Sci. 103:381-388 (1992).
Warren, et al., Coordinated Transcription-Dependent Redistribution, Journal of Cellular Biochemistry, Supplement 21B:141 (1995).
Weber and Ryan, "ATM and ATR as therapeutic targets in cancer", Pharmacol Ther., 149:124-38 (2015).
Wefers, et al., "Gene editing in mouse zygotes using the CRISPR/Cas9 system," Methods, 121-122:55-67 (2017).
White, et al., "Cell killing by the Drosophila gene reaper," Science 271(5250): 805-807 (1996).
Whitesell, et al., "Stability, clearance, and disposition of intraventricularly administered oligodeoxynucleotides: implications for therapeutic application within the central nervous system," Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 90(10):4665-9 (1993).
Wick, et al., "Barrier capacity of human placenta for nanosized materials", Enviro Health Perspectives, 118(3):432-6 (2010).
Wood, et al., "Complementation of the xeroderma pigmentosum DNA repair defect in cell-free extracts," Cell 53:97 (1988).
Wood, et al., "The Effect of Volume and Temperature on the Energy and Entropy of Pure Liquids," J. Am. Chem. Soc. 79:2023 (1957).
Woodrow, et al., "Intravaginal gene silencing using biodegradable polymer nanoparticles densely loaded with small-interfering RNA", Nat Mater, 8:526-33 (2009).
Wu, et al., "Increased efficiency of oligonucleotide-mediated gene repair through slowing replication fork progression", Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 102:2508-2513 (2005).
Xing & Lawrence, "Higher Level Organization of Individual Gene Transcription and RNA Splicing," Science 259:1326-1330 (1993).
Yamano, et al., "Modified Tat peptide with cationic lipids enhances gene transfection efficiency via temperature-dependent and caveolae-mediated endocytosis", J Control Release, 152:278-85 (2011).
Yang, et al., "Blocking the CC Chemokine Receptor 5 Pathway by Antisense Peptide Nucleic Acid Prolongs Islet Allograft Survivals", Transplantation Proceedings, 39(1):185-190 (2007).
Yang, et al., "In utero gene delivery using chitosan-DNA nanoparticles in mice", J Surgical Res., 171:691-9 (2011).
Yang, et al., "Nu-MA: An Unusually Long Coiled-Coil Related Protein in the Mammalian Nucleus," J. Cell Biol. 116:1303-1317 (1992).
Yeh, et al., "Self-assembled Monothiol-Terminated Hyperbranched Polyglycerols on a Gold Surface: A Comparative Study on the Structure, Morphology, and Protein Adsorption Characteristics With Linear Poly(ethylene Glycol)s", Langmuir, 24(9):4907-16(2008).
Yin, "Genome editing with Cas9 in adult mice corrects a disease mutation and phenotype", Nat Biotechnol., 32(6):551-3 (2014).
Young et al., "Triple Helix Formation Inhibits Transcription Elongation in vitro," Proc. Natl. Sci. USA 88:10023 (1991).
Yu, et al., "Novel aptamer-nanoparticle bioconjugates enhances delivery of anticancer drug to MUC1-positive cancer cells in vitro", PLoS One., 6:e24077 (2011).
Yuan, et al., "siRNA drug delivery by biodegradable polymeric nanoparticles", J. Nanosci. Nanotechnol., 6:2821-8 (2006).
Zeiher, et al., "A mouse model for the delta F508 allele of cystic fibrosis", J Clin Invest., 96:2051-64 (1995).
Zendegui, et al., "In vivo stability and kinetics of absorption and disposition of 3′ phosphopropyl amine oligonucleotides," Nucleic Acids Res. 20(2):307-14 (1992).
Zhou, et al., "Biodegradable poly(amine-co-ester) terpolymers for targeted gene delivery", Nat Mater.,11:82-90 (2012).
Zhou, et al., "Highly penetrative, drug-loaded nanocarriers improve treatment of glioblastoma", PNAS, 110(29):11751-6 (2013).
Zielke, et al., "Repetitive synchronization of human lymphoblast cultures with excess thymidine", Methods Cell Biol., 8:107-121 (1974).
Zon & Geiser, "Phosphorothioate oligonucleotides: chemistry, purification, analysis, scale-up and future directions," Anticancer Drug Des. 6(6):539-68 (1991).

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20190365806A1 (en) * 2016-11-02 2019-12-05 Universität Basel Immunologically discernible cell surface variants for use in cell therapy
US20210340280A1 (en) * 2018-08-31 2021-11-04 Yale University Compositions and methods for enhancing donor oligonucleotide-based gene editing
US20230277658A1 (en) * 2018-08-31 2023-09-07 Yale University Compositions and methods for enhancing triplex and nuclease-based gene editing
WO2023108083A2 (en) 2021-12-08 2023-06-15 Yale University Nanoparticle immunogenic compositions and vaccination methods

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP3416976A2 (en) 2018-12-26
WO2017143042A2 (en) 2017-08-24
AU2017221405A1 (en) 2018-09-20
US20170283830A1 (en) 2017-10-05
CA3014792A1 (en) 2017-08-24
CN109476706A (zh) 2019-03-15
WO2017143042A3 (en) 2017-10-19
JP2019508037A (ja) 2019-03-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11136597B2 (en) Compositions for enhancing targeted gene editing and methods of use thereof
US20200308590A1 (en) Compositions and methods for treatment of cystic fibrosis
US20200113821A1 (en) Compositions and methods for in utero delivery
EP3653717B1 (en) Improved transposon system for gene delivery
Conley et al. Nanoparticles for retinal gene therapy
US9173853B2 (en) Composition for gene delivery
EP3844287B1 (en) Compositions and methods for enhancing donor oligonucleotide-based gene editing
US20110293585A1 (en) Compositions and methods for treatment of lysosomal storage disorders
US20210189431A1 (en) Compositions and methods for embryonic gene editing in vitro
KR20230152014A (ko) 에어로졸 형성을 위한 제형 및 핵산 전달을 위한 에어로졸
US20220243211A1 (en) Peptide nucleic acid compositions with modified hoogsteen binding segments and methods of use thereof
US20220372474A1 (en) Hydroxymethyl-modified gamma-pna compositions and methods of use thereof
US20220280656A1 (en) Compositions and methods for treating sickle cell disease
Zhang Development of non-viral systems for pulmonary nucleic acid delivery and gene editing

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: YALE UNIVERSITY, CONNECTICUT

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:SALTZMAN, W. MARK;GLAZER, PETER;BAHAL, RAMAN;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20170321 TO 20181003;REEL/FRAME:047155/0618

Owner name: CARNEGIE MELLON UNIVERSITY, PENNSYLVANIA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:LY, DANITH H.;REEL/FRAME:047155/0627

Effective date: 20180518

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

AS Assignment

Owner name: NATIONAL SCIENCE FOUNDATION, VIRGINIA

Free format text: CONFIRMATORY LICENSE;ASSIGNOR:YALE UNIVERSITY;REEL/FRAME:050930/0383

Effective date: 20191031

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: RESPONSE AFTER FINAL ACTION FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NOTICE OF ALLOWANCE MAILED -- APPLICATION RECEIVED IN OFFICE OF PUBLICATIONS

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: PUBLICATIONS -- ISSUE FEE PAYMENT VERIFIED

STCF Information on status: patent grant

Free format text: PATENTED CASE